'OltM.    -if     ,-..;r,  ^.,-;4^   HO-RTICIJlTURt 

COlLEGt  L:   /.r;RicULTURE 
BERKFfFV    aiiFORNIA 


[r 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 
AT    LOS  ANGELES 


BfiJIKL 


FARM  MANAGEMENT  NOTES 

(FOR  CALIFORNIA) 


By      . 
R.  L.  ADAMS 

Professor  of  Farm  Management 

University  of  California 

Beriieley 


SEVENTH  EDITION 
1921 


DISTRIBUTED  BY 

ASSOCIATED  STUDENTS'   STORE 

lUNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 

BERKELEY 


FARM  MANAGEMENT  NOTES 

(For  California) 

COVERING 

Agricultural  Statistics. 

Methods  and  Costs  of  California  Crop  Production. 

California  Stock  Industries. 

Miscellaneous  Farm  Management  Data. 

Work  Capacity  of  Men,  Stock,  Implements  and  Machines. 

Costs  of  Farm  Equipment  and  Supplies. 

Selected  Farm  Management  Literature. 

Farm  Management  Outlines  for  Reporting  Ranch  Properties,  Valuing  Agricultural  Lands, 
Testing  Farm  Businesses,  Studying  Farm  Management  Subjects. 


^^0512 


Farm  Management  Notes 


CONTENTS 

Preface                                                                                                                                                                   page 
Purpose  of  "Notes" 9 

Part  I — California  Agricultural,  Climatic  and  Farm  Statistics 13 

Census  data 13,  14,  15 

Production 15,  16 

Centers  of  production 17,  18 

Large  holdings 19 

Climate 20 

Soils 20 

Part  II — Methods  and  Costs  of  California  ('roj)  Production  -  23 

Items  to  bear  in  mind  in  using  "Notes" 23,  24,  25 

Alfalfa 

Methods 26 

Costs ^27 

Almond 

Methods 28 

Costs 29 

Apple 

Methods 30 

Costs 31 

Apricot 

Methods 32 

Costs 33 

Asparagus 

Methods .34 

Costs 35 

Barley 

Methods 36 

Costs 37 

Bean 

Methods 38 

Costs 39 

Bean,  Limas 

Methods 40 

Costs 41 

Cabbage 

Methods 42 

Costs 43 

Cherry- 
Methods 44 

Costs 45 

Corn  (Indian) 

Methods 46 

Costs , , .47 

Cotton 

Methods  48 

Costs 49 

Fig 

Methods ; 50 

Costs 51 


6  Farm  Management  Notes 

Grape  (raisin)  page 

Methods 52 

Costs 53 

Grape  (table) 

Methods 54 

Costs 55 

Hay 

Methods .^ 56 

Costs ,, 57 

Hop 

Methods 58 

Costs 59 

Lemon 

Methods 60 

Costs 61 

Oats     ,,    ,     , 

Methods ; , 62 

Costs '. 63 

Olive 

Methods 64 

Costs 65 

Onion 

Methods 66 

Costs 67 

Orange 

Methods 68 

Costs 69 

Peach  ,,    ,     , 

Methods .70 

Costs ; : 71 

Pear     , .    ,     , 

Methods 72 

Costs : 73 

Pea 

Methods 74 

Costs 75 

Plum 

Methods 76 

Costs ; 77 

Potato 

Methods : ...78 

Costs 79 

Prune 

Methods 80 

Costs 81 

Rice 

Methods -.82 

Costs 53 

Sorghum 

Methods 84 

Costs 85 

Stock  Beet 

Methods 86 

Costs 87 

Sugar  Beet 

Methods 88 

Costs 89 

Sweet  Potato 

Methods 90 

Costs 91 


Farm  Management  Notes  7 

Tomato  p^o^ 

Methods 92 

Costs 93 

Walnut 

Methods 94 

Costs ; 95 

Wheat     Methods ' 96 

Costs 97 

Paut  III — California  Methods  in  Commercial  Stock  Industries 101 

Dairying 

Methods 101 

Financial  Items 102 

B^'^f         Methods 103 

Financial  Items 105 

^•^''^P      Methods 106 

Financial  Items 109 

Hog         Methods no 

Financial  Items 112 

Poultry 

Methods 113 

Financial  Items 115 

Part  IV — Work  Capacity  of  Men,  Stock,  Implements  and  Farm  Machines , 119 

Subject  to  wide  variations 119 

Duty  implements  and  machines 121 

Work  capacity  of  stock 123 

Day's  work  for  man  or  crew '. 123 

Field  crops 123 

Alfalfa 123 

Beans 124 

Corn 124 

Cotton 125 

Flax 125 

Grain 125 

Hops 126 

Potatoes 126 

Sorghums 126 

Stockbeets 126 

Sugarbeets.  126 

Sweet  peas 126 

Fruit : 127 

Cultivation 127 

Spraying 127 

Apples... 127 

Apricots 127 

Berries 127 

Cherries 128 

Currants 128 

Grapes 128 

OUves 128 

Pears 128 

Prunes 128 

Peaches 128 

Strawberries 128 

Walnuts 128 


8  Farm  Management  Notes 

PAGE 

Vegetables 129 

Asparagus 129 

Cabbage „ 129 

Cantaloupes ; 129 

Onions 129 

Peas 129 

Rhubarb 129 

String  beans 129 

Sweet  potatoes 129 

Tomatoes , 129 

Dairying 130 

Poultry 130 

Sheep 130 

Stock 130 

Building 131 

Fencing 131 

Hauling 131 

Irrigating , 132 

Poisoning  gophers 132 

Sawing  wood 132 

Tiling 132 

Size  of  load 132 

Part  V — Costs  of  Farm  Equipment  and  Supplies 135 

Farm  implements  and  machinery 135 

Building  materials 136 

Windmills 136 

Fencing 136 

Miscellaneous  small  tools  and  supplies 138 

Irrigating  materials 139 

Dairy  materials 140 

Orchard  materials 140 

Poultry  materials 140 

Part  VI — Miscellaneous  Data  and  Tables 143 

Tractor  data 143 

Building  dimensions !. 145 

Part  VII — Farm  Management  Outlines 149 

Basic  data 149 

Description  of  the  property ; 149 

Studies  in  connection  with  establishing  a  farm  business ^. 151 

Planning  the  work 151 

Calendar  of  operations 151 

Equipping  the  business 152 

Determining  capital  needs 156 

Reviewing  findings : 161 

Studies  pertaining  to  established  concerns 162 

Farm  bookkeeping 162 

Cost  data 165 

Marketing ; 168 

Farm  labor : 168 

Leasing  farm  lands 171 

Farm  law 173 

Valuing  farm  properties 175 

Part  VIII— Selected  Farm  Management  Literature 179 

General  texts 179 

Bulletins  and  pamphlets 179 


PREFACE. 

The  purpose  of  these  "Notes"  is  to  provide  a  collection  of  data  covering  California  agri- 
cultural and  farming  conditions  for  use  by  newcomers  into  the  State  and  by  students  of  farm  man- 
agement, so  that  they  may  be  better  equipped  to  pass  upon  the  commercial  possibilities  of  the 
various  farming  industries  of  more  outstanding  importance,  and  to  know  something  of  the  financial 
requirements. 


PART  I. 

CALIFORNIA  AGRICULTURAL,  CLIMATIC, 
AND   FARM   STATISTICS 


Farm  Management  Notes  IS 


PART  I. 
CALIFORNIA  AGRICULTURAL,  CLIMATIC,  AND  FARM  STATISTICS. 

CALIFORNIA  AGRICULTURE. 

California  ranks  second  in  land  area  and  eighth  in  population  among  the  states  and  terri- 
tories of  continental  United  States. 

The  State  is  extremely  diversified  both  topographically  and  agriculturally.  The  elevation 
ranges  from  sea  level  to  14,000  feet  in  the  Sierra  Nevada  mountains.  The  rugged  masses  of  the 
Coast  Range  mountains  practically  parallel  the  entire  coast  of  the  State,  while  the  Sierras  range 
along  the  eastern  boundary,  the  two  forming  the  boundaries  of  the  great  central  valley  of  Cali- 
fornia. The  northern  portion  of  this  valley  constitutes  the  basin  of  the  Sacramento  Valley,  while 
the  southern  portion  constitutes  the  basin  of  the  San  Joaquin.  The  valley  is  everywhere  practically 
uniform  as  regards  its  physical  features.  The  soil  immediately  along  the  rivers  is  usually  heavy 
clays  and  clay  loams,  constituting  the  overflow  land  and  river  flood  plains.  These  are  bordered 
along  the  foothills  by  loams,  adobes,  sandy  loams,  and  sandy  and  gravelly  soils,  giving  great  variety 
in  soil  characteristics  and  in  resultant  crop  adaptation. 

The  normal  annual  rainfall  of  the  State  ranges  from  two  to  three  inches  in  the  southeastern 
corner,  to  sixty  inches  in  the  northwestern.  Except  in  the  southeastern  part  of  the  State,  there  is 
sufficient  rainfall  for  raising  grain  crops  without  irrigation,  but  the  practice  of  irrigation  is  general. 

Of  the  total  ninety-nine  and  one-half  million  acres  comprising  the  State  of  California,  about 
28%  is  in  farms.  Of  the  28%,  nearly  half  is  improved,  or  1L4%  of  the  total  area.  And  yet  every 
nook  and  corner  of  good  land  in  California  has  been  taken  up  by  some  enterprising  farmer,  cattle- 
man, or  investor.  Of  the  28%,  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  in  Merced,  Solano  and  Sutter  counties 
90%  to  95%  is  in  farms,  while  Inyo  and  San  Bernardino  have  less  than  2%  in  farms. 

As  an  indication  of  the  importance  of  agriculture,  data  has  been  taken  from  the  United 
States  Census  for  1909  and  1919;  the  Pacific  Rural  Press,  issue  of  January  1,  1921;  the  California 
Cultivator,  issues  of  August  28,  1920,  and  January  22,  1921;  and  the  California  Crop  Report,  1920 
of  the  U.  S.  D.  A.  Bureau  of  Crop  Estimates,  the  California  Department  of  Agriculture,  and  the 
California  Cooperative  Crop  Reporting  Service,  and  the  montlily  bulletins  of  the  State  Horti- 
cultural Commission.    Additional  details  can  be  found  in  these  original  sources. 

CALIFORNIA  FARM  STATISTICS. 
(From  U.  S.  Census) 

A  summary  of  the  last  available  census  (1909),  with  spaces  for  including  similar  data  for 
1919,  when  it  is  available,  is  given  in  the  following  table: 

1910  Census  1920  Census 

Total  acreage  in  State,  acres 99}^  million  

Total  acreage  in  farms,  percentage  of  total  acreage 28%  

Farm  acreage  that  is  improved,  percentage  of  total  acreage.  11. 4%  

Improved  farm  acreage  that  is  irrigated,  percentage  of 

improved  acreage 23.7%  

Number  of  farms 88,197  117,993 

Average  size  of  farms,  acres 316.7  

Average  farm  value,  per  acre $47.16  

Ranging  from — 

Low,  per  acre 10.00  

High,  per  acre 125.00  

Average  value  per  farm — 

All  farm  property $18,308  

Land  and  buildings 16,447  

Implements  and  machinery 414  

Domestic  animals 1,447  


H  Farm  Management  Notes 


NUMBER  OF  FARMS. 

The  number  of  farms  in  the  different  counties  is  shown  in  the  following  table  (figures  for 

1920  being  advance  data  from  the  Bureau  of  the  Census,  Washington) : 

County  1920  1910  1900 

Alameda  2,793  2,422  2,787 

Alpine  21  42  37 

Amador  500  537  560 

Butte.  2,102  1,500  1,179 

Caavoras.  621  632  575 

^olusa.    781  667  582 

Contra  Costa 1,681  1,465  1,511 

Del  Norte I39  114  131 

El  Dorado 728  716  759 

Fresno 8,933  6,245  3,290 

^lenn..     1,215  663  529 

Humboldt  1,738  1,534  1500 

Imperial  2,877  1,322  0 

J^yo 487  438  424 

Kern 2,053  1,167  1,098 

Kmgs 2,156  1,837  932 

Lake 771  603  723 

Lassen 603  502  555 

Los  Angeles 13,013  7,919  6,577 

Madera 1,423  573  523 

Marm 704  498  462 

Mariposa 448  330  381 

Mendocino                                             1,706  1,356  1,452 

Merced 2,856  1,856  999 

Modoc.                      758  736  638 

Mono                          75  91  112 

Monterey 1,747  1,558  i,850 

Napa  1,406  1,537  1,336 

Nevada 477  544  522 

Orange 3,931  3,155  2,388 

Pacer 1,274  1,062  1,076 

Plumas 146  221  267 

Riverside 4,001  2,688  2,340 

Sacramento 2,975  1,601  1,392 

San  Benito 936  921  907 

San  Bernardino                                  3,997  2,949  2,350 

San  Diego 3,131  2,298  2,698 

San  Francisco 96  157  394 

San  Joaquin 4,502  3,286  1,966 

San  Luis  Obispo 1,675  1,714  1,813 

San  Mateo 619  665  551 

Santa  Barbara 1,459  1,355  1,149 

Santa  Clara 5,446  4,731  3,995 

Santa  Cruz •. 1,771  1,466  1,274 

Shasta 967  1,010  1,221 

Sierra 76  no  141 


Farm  Management  Notes 


15 


County 


1920 


1910 


1900 


Siskiyou 1,039 

Solano 1,387 

Sonoma ..'. 5,985 

Stanislaus 4,405 

Sutter 1,441 

Tehama 1,408 

Trinity 374 

Tulare 6,244 

Tuolumne 315 

Ventura 1,474 

Yolo 1,608 

Yuba 499 


Totals. 


117,993 


1,114 

931 

1,143 

4,772 

2,687 

873 

1,151 

3,676 

951 

728 

1,006 
308 

1,055 
272 

4,021 
386 

2,212 
457 

1,293 

1,255 

436 

1,269 

1,214 

483 

88,197 


72,255 


The  classification  into  groups  of  various  sizes,  shows: 

1910  Census 

Number  % 

Relative  size  of  farms  under  3  acres 1,300  1 

3  to      9  acres 9,300  11 

10  to    19  acres 11,900  14 

20  to    49  acres 20,600  23 

50  to    99  acres 10,700  12 

100  to  174  acres 12,000  14 

175  to  259  acres 4,700  5 

260  to  499  acres 7,900  9 

500  to  999  acres 5,100  6 

1000  acres  and  over 4,700  5 


1920  Census 


FRUIT  AND  NUT  CROPS. 


Acreages  and  production  during  1920  are  estimated : 


1920  Crop 


Production 


Apples 6,003,000 

Peaches 345,000 

Pears 90,000 

Prunes 95,000 

Apricots 115,000 

Oranges 18,700,000 

Lemons 4,500,000 

Raisins 180,000 

Grape  (wine) 380,000 

Grape  (table) 160,000 


Cherries. 

Plums 

Figs 

Almonds.. 
Walnuts  . 
Cantaloupes.. 


Farm  Value  December  1.  1920 
*Unit     Per  Unit  Total 


15,000 
35,000 
10,000 
5,500 
21,500 
14,000 
Vegetables 21,000 

*B— Bushel,  Bx.— Box,  T— Ton,  C— Carload. 


B 

T 

T 

T 

T 

Bx 

Bx 

T 

T 

T 

T 

T 

T 

T 

T 

C 

C 


1.60 
76.00 
90.00 

200.00 

85.00 

2.75 

.60 

310.00 
65.00 
75.00 

200.00 
90.00 
90.00 

360.00 

400.00 


$9,605,000 

26,220,000 

8,100,000 

19,000,000 

9,775,000 

51,425,000 

2,700,000 

55,800,000 

24,700,000 

12,000,000 

3,000,000 

3,150,000 

900,000 

1,980,000 

8,600,000 

6,000,000 

10,000,000 


16 


Farm  Management  Notes 


FIELD  CROPS. 

Farm  Value  December  1,  1920 

1920  Crop                                Acreage  Production  *Unit  Per  Unit  Total 

Corn 90,000  3,150,000  B  $1.20  $3,780,000 

Oats 175,000  5,425,000  B  .80  4,340,000 

Barley 1,250,000  28,750,000  B  1.00  28,750,000 

Wheat 050,000  9,100,000  B  1.80  16,380,000 

Potatoes 95,000  13,015,000  B  1.50  19,522,000 

Sweet  Potatoes 8,000  1,056,000  B  1.60  1,690,000 

Rice 162,000  9,720,000  B  1.21  11,701,000 

Hay  (tame) 2,175,000  5,003,000  T  20.00  100,060,000 

Hay  (wild) 180,000  180,000  T  12.00  2,160,000 

Hops 12,000  21,000,000  P  .35  7,350,000 

Beans 285,000  2,850,000  B  3.30  9,405,000 

Cotton  (lint) 275,000  71,580,000  P  .18  12,884,000 

Cotton  (seed) 83,500  T  17.00  1,419,000 

Grain  sorghums 150,000  4,050,000  B  1.05  4,252,000 

Sugar  beets 123,500  1,037,000  T  13.62  14,124,000 

Onions 11,700  -2,925,000  B  .75  2,194,000 

*B— Bushel,  T— Ton,  P— Pound. 

For  weights  per  bushel  see  under  "Miscellaneous  Farm  Management  Data." 


Fruit  and  nut  acreages  indicate  the  extent  of  the  fruit  industry.    The  non-bearing  acreage 
shows  the  trend  in  planting  fruits  for  future  production : 

Acreages 

Bearing  Non-bearing 

Almonds ., 34,972  15,975 

Apples 43,647  15,684 

Apricots 40,886  19,444 

Cherries 8,610  5,187 

Grapes  (raisin) 170,000  

Lemons 26,744  15,297 

Olives 18,801  12,222 

Oranges 110,470  40,819 

Peaches 107,575  12,388 

Pears 22,416  23,087 

Plums 17,284  4,656 

Prunes 100,721  34,690 

Walnuts 48,520  18,809 


Farm  Management  Notes 


17 


LOCATION  OF  INDUSTRIES. 

A  knowledge  of  the  counties  most  prominent  in  the  different  industries  shows: 
First — What  crop  is  particularly  well  adapted  to  the  county. 
Second — Where  to  go  to  enter  into  the  particular  business  represented. 
Third — Best  place  to  get  information  as  to  how  the  industry  is  carried  on. 

In  order  of  importance  California  counties  occupying  first,  second  and  third  places,  for 
bearing  acreages,  are: 

First  Second  Thied 

Prunes Santa  Clara  Sonoma  Solano 

Peaches Fresno  Kings  Placer 

Plums Placer  Solano  Sacramento 

Oranges San  Bernardino         Los  Angeles  Tulare 

Apricot Santa  Clara  Riverside  Alameda 

Apple Santa  Cruz  San  Bernardino  Sonoma 

Pear Sacramento  Santa  Clara  Placer 

Almond Yolo  Butte  San  Luis  Obispo 

Lemons Los  Angeles  Orange  San  Diego 

Olive Los  Angeles  Tulare  Butte 

Walnut Los  Angeles  Orange  Ventura 

Figs Fresno  Tulare  Los  Angeles 

Cherries Santa  Clara  San  Joaquin  Solano 

Grapes  (raisin) Fresno  Tulare  Kings 

Alfalfa Fresno  Stanislaus  Tulare 

Barley San  Joaquin  Colusa  Merced 

Wheat Solano  Kings  San  Luis  Obispo 

Rice Butte  Colusa  Glenn 

Oats Sacramento  San  Joaquin  Los  Angeles 

Corn,  Indian San  Joaquin  Inyo  Kern 

Milo  and  Kaffir Imperial  Kern  Merced 

Beans Ventura  Santa  Barbara  Los  Angeles 

Potatoes San  Joaquin  Contra  Costa  Los  Angeles 

Cotton Imperial  Riverside  Fresno 

Sweet  Potato Butte  Merced 

Sugar  Beets Orange  Los  Angeles  Monterey 

Stock  industries,  in  order  of  greatest  numbers,  are  reported  from : 

Beef Merced  Kern  Fresno 

Dairying Marin  Tulare  Sonoma 

Poultry Sonoma  Los  Angeles  Marin 

Swine Kings  Tulare  Fresno 

Sheep Tehama  Solano  Fresno 


18  Farm  Management  Notes 

Something  of  the  value  increase  since  1909  can  be  noted  by  comparing  these  figures  with 
the  census  data  of  1909: 

1.  Fruits  and  nuts $48,900,000 

2.  Haj' and  forage 42,000,000 

3.  Cereals 28,000,000 

4.  Cattle 19,900,000 

5.  Dairy  products 19,000,000 

6.  Poultrj' products 8,700,000 

7.  Vegetables  other  than  potatoes 6,900,000 

8.  Grains  and  seeds,  other  than  cereals 6,500,000 

9.  Swine 5,900,000 

10.  Potatoes 5,200,000 

11.  Sugar  beets 4,300,000 

12.  Flowers,  plants  and  nursery  products 3,600,000 

13.  Sheep  and  goats 3,200.000 

14.  Forest  products 3,000,000 

15.  Wool  2,000,000 

16.  SmaU  fruits  1,800,000 

17.  Hops 1,700,000 


STOCK  AND  STOCK  PRODUCTS. 

California's  production  of  stock  and  stock  products  for  1919  is  estimated  at: 

Dairy  products 

Butter  62,449,004  pounds 

Cheese 11,000,138  pounds 

Condensed  milk 1,145,859  cases 

Apiarj-  products 

Honey 5,600,000  pounds 

Wax 100,000  pounds 

Wool 13,298,000  pounds 

Poultiy 6,087,267  head 

Eggs 32,000,000  dozen 

Figures  of  yields  and  values  for  1918  are : 

Dairy  products 

Butter 60,348,595  pounds  827,199,112 

Cheese 9,795,974  pounds  2,290,298 

Condensed  and  evaporated  milk 50,443,374  pounds  5,616,(>46 

Powdered  milk 2,927,782  pounds  502,823 

Casein 3,249,953  pounds  487,493 

Miscellaneous 18,331,684 

Poultry  products 

Eggs  36,480,000 

Poultry 12,600,000 

Honey,  Wax,  etc.  (estimated) 6,500,000  pounds  2,400,000 

Farm  animals  and  wool 

Livestock 350,000,000 

Production  of  wool 12,500,000  pounds  7,500,000 


Farm  Management  Notes  19 

Live  stock  on  hand,  as  of  Januaiy  1,  1921,  with  average  prices  per  head,  is  estimated  by 
the  Bureau  of  Crop  Estimates,  U.  S.  D.  A.,  to  he: 

Number  Value  per  head 

Horses 380,000  $89.00 

Mules 57,000  125.00 

Milch  cows 577,000  95.00 

Other  cattle 1,683,000  44.00 

Sheep 2,950,000  0.70 

Swine 930,000  14.50 


LARGE  HOLDINGS. 
Some  of  the  larger  farm  land  holdings  include: 

Miller  &  Lux — This  company  is  credited  with  the  possession  and  control  of  14,500,000 
acres.  Of  this  about  4,000,000  acres  (owned  and  leased)  are  in  California.  Most  of  the  Miller  & 
Lux  California  holdings  are  in  the  San  Joaquin  Valley,  where  they  are  said  to  own  outright  a  million 
and  a  half  acres  and  have  in  the  foothills,  chiefly  under  rental,  about  as  many  more. 

Haggin  &  Tevis  Estate — 460,000  acres,  425,000  of  which  are  in  Kern  County  and  are 
owned  under  the  corporate  title  of  the  Kern  County  Land  Company. 

Laguna  de  Tache — Owned  by  L.  S.  Nares  and  associates;  400,000  acres. 

Harrison  Gray  Otis  and  Associates — 250,000  acres  in  Southern  California. 

KuHN  Syndicate — 117,000  acres,  of  which  about  15,000  acres  have  been  sold,  leaving 
102,000  acres  as  the  present  holding. 

James  Irvine — 109,000  acres  in  Orange  County. 

0.  A.  Robertson  Syndicate — 100,000  acres  in  Madera  and  Merced  Counties. 

Spring  Valley  Water  Co. — 97,000  acres  in  Alameda  and  Santa  Clara  Counties. 

James  McM.  Shafter  Estate — 60,000  acres  in  Marin  County. 

Estate  of  David  Jacks — 60,000  acres  in  Monterey  County. 

Jefferson  G.  James  Estate — 60,000  acres  in  Western  Fresno  County,  now  chief!}'  con- 
trolled by  the  Hellman  Syndicate. 

Contra  Costa  Water  Co. — 30,000  acres,  chiefly  in  Alameda  and  Contra  Costa  Counties. 

Chas.  Webb  Howard  Estate — 26,000  acres  in  Marin  County. 

Crocker-Huffman  Canal  Co. — 20,000  acres  in  Merced  County. 


go  Farm  Management  Notes 

CLIMATE. 

California  is  divided  into  thi-ee  main  areas  and  climates  so  far  as  agriculture  is  concerned , 
which  merge  into  each  other:  the  Coast,  the  Valley  and  the  Foothill  climates. 

The  Coast  climate  is  characterized  by  equable  temperature,  increasing  southward;  summers 
cool  and  winters  warm,  as  compared  with  the  interior;  abundant  rainfall,  decreasing  southward;  a 
somewhat  humid  atmosphere,  frequent  fogs  or  overcast  skies,  prevailing  west  winds.  Local  to- 
pography governs  the  localities  having  the  Coast  climate.  Coast  valleys  or  gaps  in  the  mountain 
ranges  may  carry  the  influence  far  inland,  but  as  a  rule  the  Coast  climate  is  confined  to  the  west  of 
the  Coast  Range  mountains. 

The  Valley  climate  is  a  broad  term  including  everything  away  from  the  coast  to  the  more 
elevated  foothills.  The  Sacramento  and  San  Joaquin  valleys  are  noted  for  the  Valley  climate, 
which  in  general  may  lie  described  as  a  high  summer  temperature  and  a  lower  winter  one,  rainfall 
abundant  in  the  north  and  decreasing  rapidly  southward;  very  dry  air  and  constant  sunshine, 
freedom  from  fogs  and  dew  in  summertmie;  winds  occasionally  strong,  hot  and  dessicating  in  sum- 
mer and  cold  in  winter. 

The  Foothill  climate  is  usually  considered  as  a  modification  of  Valley  climate.  Usually  the 
difference  is  in  rainfall,  which  increases  about  1  inch  for  every  100  foot  rise  in  elevation.  Valleys  and 
ravines  as  well  as  broad  stretches  of  foothill  slopes  cause  variations  in  local  topography  and  con- 
sequent differences  in  climatic  conditions.  Foothill  climate  is  therefore  apt  to  be  very  variable, 
particularly  in  relation  to  early  and  late  frosts  and  local  winds. 

SOILS. 

The  great  areas  of  the  State  of  California  combined  with  its  varying  topographical  features 
brings  about  great  variation  in  soil  texture  and  type.  Not  only  does  this  difference  apply  to  one 
locality  compared  with  another,  but  to  neighboring  ranches,  and  more  often  than  not  to  the  soils  on 
the  same  ranch.  Streaks  of  alkali,  swales  and  sloughs,  sand  pockets,  old  stream  beds  and  the  like 
combine  to  bring  about  extensive  changes  in  small  areas.  A  classification  of  California  soils  is 
therefore  a  rather  difficult  matter. 

California  soils  predominately  exhibit  the  sandy,  silty,  or  pulverulent  nature  of  all  soils 
formed  under  arid  conditions.  Wlule  "sand"  in  the  humid  region  means  virtually  quartz  grains 
only,  in  the  arid  country  it  means  very  largely  grains  and  powder  of  the  other  soil  forming  minerals 
as  well.  Sandy  land  therefore  under  California  conditions  means  high  productiveness,  durability, 
ease  of  cultivation  and  resistance  to  drouth. 

The  soil  and  subsoil,  which,  so  important  and  striking  in  regions  of  abundant  rainfall,  is 
largely  oljliterated  in  arid  climates.  In  California,  the  soil  will  often  remain  constant  for  several 
feet  in  depth  with  almost  no  perceptible  change  of  tint  or  texture.  Thus  the  surface  soil  is  here  of 
minor  importance  as  a  main  source  of  fertility.  In  the  matter  of  hinnas,  a  larger  proportion  is  often 
found  in  the  second  foot  than  in  the  upper  layer,  due  to  oxidation  uutler  the  intense  heat  and  abun- 
dant aeration  of  summer. 

The  "lightness"  and  depth  permit  deep  rooting,  thus  giving  the  plants  the  benefits  of  the 
stores  of  plant  foods  and  moisture  deep  down  in  the  soil.  Roots  of  grapevines  are  reported  as  having 
been  found  at  a  depth  of  23  feet,  fruit  trees  at  15  feet,  cereals  at  14  feet  in  loams,  moi-ning  glory 
roots  have  been  found  at  over  12  feet,  and  sugar  beet  roots  one-eighth  of  an  inch  in  diameter  at  6  feet. 

Of  the  usual  main  elements  needed  for  plant  growth  —  nitrogen,  potash,  phosphoric  acid, 
and  lime  —  the  aggregate  amounts  in  common  with  other  arid  sections  is  greater  in  California 
than  in  humid  countries.  Some  sections  show  a  need  of  lime  —  as  Humboldt  county  —  others 
a  need  for  humus — as  the  grain  fields  of  the  Tracy  foothills,  and  in  the  unirrigated  uplands  of  the 
Salinas  Valley.  In  general,  however,  California  soils  are  sufficiently  supplied  with  lime,  potash  and 
phosphoric  acid.  Nitrogen  is  often  rather  scanty  if  not  definitely  lacking,  while  hunuis,  although 
not  strictly  a  plant  food,  is  very  apt  to  be  inadequate  for  best  returns,  wherever  the  rainfall  averages 
less  than  15  to  Iti  inches,  and  the  land  is  inclined  to  be  sandy  or  gravelly. 

Much  along  this  line  of  classifying  soils  has  been  done  by  the  United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Bureau  of  Soils.  Since  the  work  was  started  in  1889,  it  has  been  pushed  rapidly  along, 
the  results  being  published  from  time  to  time  as  fast  as  sufficient  data  is  obtained  to  warrant  pub- 
lication. 

In  general,  the  soils  of  California  are  classified  into  a  number  of  series,  l)ased  upon  the  field 
characteristics,  topography,  origin  and  mode  of  formation,  and  agricultural  importance.  They 
range  from  residual  and  coUuvial  soil  of  the  mountain  sides,  foot  slopes  and  foothills,  to  deep  and 
extensive  river  flood  plains  and  delta  sediments. 


PART  II. 
METHODS  AND  COSTS 

OF 

CALIFORNIA  CROP  PRODUCTION 


Farm  Management  Notes 


PART  II. 

METHODS  AND  COSTS  OF  CALIFORNIA  CROP  PRODUCTION. 

INTRODUCTION. 

Ill  the  following  accounts  of  California  methods  and  costs  of  crop  production,  certain  pre- 
liminary statements  should  be  fully  understood  if  best  use  is  to  be  made  of  the  data  presented. 

(1)  The  data  is  not  guaranteed  to  be  absolutely  correct,  nor  free  of  minor  errors. 

(2)  The  facts  and  figures  presented  arc  offered  as  a  possible  guide  to  the  prospective, 
inexperienced  farmer  who  needs  to  know  something  of  possible  returns  antl  expenses. 

(3)  The  statements  cover  present  practice  in  commercial  production.  They  are  not  de- 
signed to  indicate  what  should  l)c  done,  but  rather  what  is  being  done  by  men  specializing  in  these 
crops.   The  data  applies  to  California  conditions. 

As  commercial  production  is  largely  confined  to  an  environment  well  adapted  to  the  enter- 
prise, the  statement  of  soil,  climate  ancl  water  tends  to  approach  the  best  possible  conditions 
available  in  the  State,  or  at  least  conditions  which  past  experience  on  the  part  of  ranchers  has 
indicated  as  specially  suited. 

(4)  Cost  and  price  data  are  given  for  both  pre-war  (1915-16)  and  war  time  (1918-19) 
periods  to  provide  a  choice  of  figures  for  either  the  relatively  low  level  or  pre-war  conditions,  or 
the  higher  plane  of  war  and  post-war  conditions. 

The  first  column  in  each  instance  is  for  usual,  normal,  or  pre-war  circumstances.  The  second 
column  carries  data  of  unusually  high,  abnormal,  "peak"  conditions  of  war  and  early  post-war 
times.   A  third,  blank  column  is  provided  for  inserting  local,  individual  or  subseciuent  data. 

In  general,  the  normal  figures  should  be  used  as  they  can  be  applierl  with  reasonable  safety 
under  most  conditions,  because  this  is  the  level  toward  which  costs  and  prices  are  tending  since 
the  "peak"  of  high  prices,  reached  in  1918-19,  was  passed. 

Use  of  either  pre-war  (normal)  or  post-war  (high)  figures  will  indicate  approximate  results, 
if  data  which  applies  throughout,  is  used  consistently,  and  if  the  actual  purchasing  power  of  the 
dollar  is  kept  in  mind. 

(5)  Classification  of  yields  into  "good"  and  "usual,"  indicates  what  it  is  possible  to  obtain. 
Averages  are  not  used.  One  should  understand,  however,  that  of  100  growers  producing  com- 
mercially, probably  not  more  than  7  or  8  will  secure  "good"  yields  year  in  and  year  out.  Thirty 
to  50  will  fall  into  the  "usual"  class.  The  remainder  produce  yields  either  better  than  good  or  less 
than  the  usual. 

(6)  "Market  prices  for  land"  are  governed  not  alone  by  their  suitability  to  the  industry 
being  followed.  Prices  are  estalilished  by  demand.  Demand  is  stimulated  by  the  three  factors  of 
desirability  for  homes,  possible  future  increase  in  value,  and  producing  value.  Lands  in  Southern 
California  usually  average  higher  than  in  central  California,  and  these  higher  than  in  northern 
California.  In  presenting  figures  showing  market  values,  some  difficulty  has  been  experienced  in 
settling  upon  a  single  figure  which  will  be  both  applicable  and  illustrative.  It  should  be  under- 
stood that  wide  variations  occur,  in  all  classes  of  land  —  best,  good,  and  fair  —  the  extent  of  the 
variations  being  governed  by  locality,  environment,  demand  and  producing  value.      ' 

Increases  in  land  values  in  war  times  over  pre-war  figures  are  traceable  in  some  instances 
to  a  gener-al  boom  in  a  community  rather  than  to  increased  interest  in  a  specific  enterprise.  Either 
is  sufficient  to  influence  and  enhance  land  prices.  Moreover,  increase  in  possible  acreage  returns 
results  in  the  planting  of  such  crops  on  higher  priced  lands  than  were  formerlj^  utilized. 

(7)  "Farm  returns  from  product"  is  the  price  farmer  receives  at  shipping  point  after 
commissions,  express  and  freight  cliarges  are  deducted. 

(8)  "Age  to  self-sustaining  crop"  refers  to  period  when  crop  receipts  are  sufficient  to  pay 
operating  expenses. 

(9)  "Gross  yields"  are  for  mature  trees  and  vines,  and  for  ordinary  field  crop  lands. 


24  Farm  Management  Notes 

(10)  The  cost  data  is  a  general  estimate  of  costs,  secured  by  a  wide  inquiry  into 
operations  and  expense.  The  cost  data  is  not  the  result  of  a  detailed  survey.  No  single  set  of  figures 
will  apply  to  all  conditions,  and  these  must  be  accepted  as  only  indicative.  The  cost  data  does  not 
include  interest  or  depreciation  of  stock,  improvements  and  equipment,  or  cost  of  management. 

Of  the  two  ways  to  estimate  costs  of  production,  the  first  method  is  employed  here.  These 
two  are: 

First  —  An  estimate  of  the  average  acreage  cost  of  each  operation,  and  a  totahng 

of  the  figures  thus  obtained. 
Second  —  An  estimate  of  the  annual  costs  of  running  the  entire  ranch  and  a  pro-rating 

of  this  cost  to  the  different  enterprises  represented  in  the  farm  business. 

The  latter  is  the  more  accurate  way,  but  requires  a  mass  of  detailed  data.  The  former,  if 
properly  used,  oiTers  a  valuable  comparable  basis,  and  the  figures  are  much  easier  to  obtain.  Al- 
though the  first  method  is  the  one  employed  here,  its  justification  is  found  in  the  fact  that  informa- 
tion presented  along  lines  of  costs  based  on  average  cost  of  general  operations  do  offer  a  chance 
for  comparing  costs  of  producing  difTerent  crops,  of  their  financial  requirements,  and  a  rough  index 
of  resulting  gross  profit.  Such  figures  are  generally  illuminating  even  though  they  are  not  especially 
applicable  to  the  individual  farm. 

An  example  will  illustrate  the  two  methods: 

A  man  farming  320  acres  to  barley,  using  16  horses,  and  producing  15  sacks  per  acre  an- 
nually, estimating  his  cost  by  the  general  survey  method,  with  horses  at  75  cents  per  day,  men  at 
$3.00  per  day,  would  calculate: 

(h  =  horses,  m  =  men,  A  =  acres)  Per  Acre 

Plowing  6"  deep,  8h  1  m    8  A  per  day $  1.12 

Disking  8  h  1  m  14  A  per  day 64 

Harrowing  8  h  1  m  60  A  per  day 15 

Drilling  4  h  1  m  20  A  per  day 30 

Seed,  100  pounds  at  .$2.50 2.50 

Rolling  4  h  1  m  20  A  per  day 15 

Harvesting  16  h  5  m  12  A  per  day 2.25 

Sacks  13  at  13  cents 1.95 

Hauling  off  2  h  2  m 50 

Taxes  and  insurance 1.50 

.111.06 
Giving  a  total  cost,  under  this  method  of  figuring,  of  $11.06,  or  74  cents  per  sack. 

This  account,  however,  although  it  constitutes  a  system  often  used  in  computing  costs, 
sometimes  does  not  include  idle  time  of  stock  and  men  and  does  not  take  into  account  overhead, 
or  depreciation  of  the  general  equipment. 

A  better  method  of  computing  costs  is  like  this: 

Feed  for  16  horses,  1  year  (including  value  of  home-grown  feed) $2400.00 

Seed 750.00 

Extra  help  (wages  and  board)                                              1200.00 

Depreciation  of  equipment 175.00 

Taxep  and  insurance 200.00 

Blacksmith,  harness,  repairs,  veterinary,  etc 125.00 

Replacement  of  parts  and  incidentals 225 .  00 

Total .155075.00 

To  which  may  1)C  added  labor  and  su])crvision  of  owner,  unless  these  are  considered  to  be 
profits  and  not  costs  of  production.  If  these  items  are  added,  and  together  total  $1800,  (he  total 
cost  of  the  crop  is  $6875,  or  about  .¥22  per  acre  instead  of  $11. 

(11)  Labor  costs  range  higher  in  the  fruit  industries  tluin  in  field  crop  production,  and 
in  northern  than  in  southern  California.     Man-labor,  including  value  of  board  under   pre-war 


Farm  Management  Notes  25 

conditions,  averaged  $2.00  to  $3.00  per  day;  during  war  times,  $3.50  to  SG.OO,  of  whicii  board 
amounts  to  an  average  of  from  one-fourth  to  one-fifth  these  totals.  Horse-lal)or  in  pre-war  times 
averaged  45  cents  to  GO  cents  pcu-  day;  under  war  conditions,  $1.00  to  $1.25. 

(12)  Taxes  and  insurance  are  based  on  the  producing  value  of  the  land,  including  improvements. 

Taxes — Tax  rates  fluctuate  with  land  values,  and  for  a  specific  case  actual  data  is  necessary. 
Taxes  of  farm  property  amounted,  in  1919,  to  $2.50  per  $100,  and  as  property  is  commonly  assessed 
at  50%  of  its  market  value,  a  general  rule  would  be  to  figure  taxes  as  1M%  of  the  market  value. 
The  tax  rate  varies  in  different  localities,  ranging,  in  1919,  from  a  low  of  $1.19  to  a  high  of  .$3.00 
per  $100. 

In.surance — Farm  property  is  definefl  by  insurance  companies  as  that  located  on  hind  of 
not  less  than  five  acres  in  extent  and  cultivated  for  income. 

In  the  determination  of  rates  which  must  he  paid,  the  insurance  companies  follow  a  rather 
complicated  system  of  classification.  In  general,  three  segregations  are  made  for  building  or  con- 
tents, based  on: 

(a)     Type  and  materials  used  in  construction; 
(6)     Section  of  the  state  where  located; 
(c)     Use  of  buildings. 

Interior  county  rates,  for  instance,  are  one-quarter  to  one-third  higher  than  the  rates  in 
bay  or  coast  counties.  These  differences  are  partly  due  to  climatic  differences  and  partly  to  fire 
loss  experience. 

The  rate  for  dwellings  increases  25  cents  per  $100  when  occupied  by  a  tenant. 

Use  of  electric  inculjators  in  buildings  increases  the  rate  25  cents,  use  of  other  types  75  cents. 

As  an  inducement,  three  year  rates  are  double  the  annual  rate,  and  five  year  rates  treble 
the  annual  rate. 

The  following  will  show  something  of  the  rates.  In  all  cases  the  rate  is  expressed  in  cost 
per  $100: 

Coast  Counties  Interior  Counties 

Barns $1.50  .$2.00 

Contents  of  barns,  except  livestock 1.25  1.50 

Livestock 75  1.00 

Dwelling 60  .75 

Outbuildings  and  contents 1.25  1.50 

Pumping  plants 1.25  1.50 

The  following  rates  prevail  uniformly  throughout  the  State : 

Wooden  fences $1.25 

Grain  (cut,  uncut,  in  stacks  or  in  sacks,  while  in  the  field) 3.00 

*Hay  or  straw  in  stacks 6.00 

*Combined  harvester  or  hay  presses  (per  season) 4.00 

*Threshers  (per  season) 5.00 

Incubators,  brooders,  and  appurtenances 2.25 

Tank  houses  (not  enclosed) 75 

Tank  houses  (enclosed) 1.00 

Warehouses  for  hay,  or  hay  barns 6.00 

Tractor  engines  (1  year  periods) 2.00 

Pasturage 10.00 

*Only  75%  of  value  recoverable  in  case  of  loss. 

There  are  no  statistics  available  as  to  what  proportion  of  the  value  of  farm  property  is 
covered  by  insurance  in  the  State  of  California,  but  best  estimates  suggested  by  experience  indicates 
that  of  the  total  value  — 

70%  of  farm  dwellings  and  contents  are  insured  to  G0%  of  value. 
60%  of  barns  and  outbuildings  to  60%  of  value. 
40%  of  implements  and  machinery  to  25%  of  value. 
10%  of  livestock  to  25%  of  value. 


36  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 

ALFALFA. 

Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Time  to  Maturity— 1  year  (1st  cutting  3  to  6  months  from  planting). 
Life — 12  years  (range  2  to  40  years). 
Soil  Requirements — 

Surface:  Does  well  on  a  wide  range  from  clay  to  fertile  sand.  Best  fields  are  on  level,  fertile, 

open,  loamy,  non-acid  soil. 
Subsoil:  Continuous,  deep,  well-drained,  even  in  texture. 
Depth:  4  feet  or  more. 
Climatic  Requirements — Long  growing  season  of  sunny  days  and  warm  nights. 
Water  Requirements-^30"  (rainfall  or  irrigation)  or  more. 
Calendar  of  Operations — 

Varieties:  Common  (Chili)  most  generally  grown. 
Seeded:  Seed  tested  for  germination  and  purity  (especially  for  dodder). 
Time:  Fall. —  October  or  November — or  spring  —  January  15  to  May  —  timed  to  escape 
severe  frosts  or  hot  weather  during  germination  and  early  stage.   Majority  of  seeding 
done  during  February  and  March.   Nurse  crop  usually  omitted. 
Quantity  of  Seed:  18  pounds  (range  10  to  20  pounds) . 

Method  and  Distance:  Broadcast,  harrowed,  dragged  or  brushed  in.   Sometimes  drilled. 
Irrigation:  After  well  established,  irrigated  once  or  twice,  depending  upon  the  soil,  with  2 
to  6  acre  inches  of  water  between  cuttings,  April  to  October;  irrigated  thoroughly 
one  time  in  winter  (December  or  January)  if  soil  is  retentive  or  rainfall  light. 

Harvest — 

When:  Wlien  one-tenth  in  liloom,  or  when  new  shoots  are  4  or  5"  tall.    Usually  every  4-6 

weeks,  beginning  April  15,  until  December  1. 
How:  Mowed,  raked,  shocked,  stacked,  baled.    Raked  in  windrows  two  hours  to  two  days 

after  cutting  —  put  in  cocks  as  soon  as  possible  after  raking;  cured  for  two  to  ten 

days  in  cocks.   Then  baled  from  field  or  else  stacked  in  field.   Sometimes  baled  from 

stacks. 

Gross  Yield  for  Season  per  Acre — 

First  year: 

Good,  23^  tons. 

Usual,  13^  tons. 
After  maturing: 

Good,  8  tons. 

Usual,  5  tons. 

Major  Producing  Sections — 

Grown  generally  over  California,  especially  in 
Imperial  Valley, 

Modoc  County  (for  seed  and  hay) , 
Sacramento  Valley, 
San  Joacjuin  Valley, 
Sonoma  C/Ounty  (for  seed  and  hay), 
Southern  (California  Counties, 
Central  Coast  Counties. 


Farm  Management  Notes  27 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  ALFALFA. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
Market  prices  for  land  per  acre —  (See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Unplanted  land  Normal  High  Special 

Best  land $250.00  S300.00  

Good  land 150.00  200.00  

Fair  land 75.00  100.00  

Planted  —  Good  stand 

Best  land 300.00  400.00  

Good  land 200.00  2.50.00  

Fair  land 125.00  150.00  


Costs  of  planting,  per  acre — 

L'rigating  system  or  water  right  included  in  price  of  lantl 

Leveling,  checking  and  ditching 30.00  .50.00 

Plowing,  working  down  and  preparing  seed  bed 5.00  9.00 

Seed 3.00  7.25 

Planting,  either 

Drilling 40  .70 

Broadcasting,  and  brushing,  or  harrowing  in 45  .75 

Costs  of  growing,  first  year,  per  acre — 

Two  mowings 1.00  1 .60 

Two  rakings 40  .70 

Hauling  off  two  crops  and  stacking 3.00  7.00 

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 10.00  14.00 

Taxes  and  insurance 1.50  1.75 

Costs  of  growing  after  maturity,  annually — 

Upkeep  of  ditches  and  checks 1 .00  1 .75 

Irrigating,  per  acre 

Water 7.00 

Labor 8.00 

Mowing,  per  acre,  per  cutting 50 

Raking,  per  acre,  per  cutting 20 

Shocking,  per  acre,  per  cutting 30 

Stacking,  per  ton 60 

Baling,  per  ton 1.75 

Hauhng  to  cars,  if  baled  (5-mile  haul) 1 .50 

Taxes  and  insurance,  per  acre 

Best  land 3.00 

Good  land 2.00 

Fair  land 1.00 

Farm  returns  for  product,  baled  and  f.  o.  b.,  per  ton — 
First  cutting 

High 10.00 

Low 5.00 

Usual 8.00 

Second,  and  subsequent  cuttings 

High 15.00 

Low 6.00 

Usual 10.00 


8 

.00 

12 

.00 

.80 

.35 

.50 

1 

.00 

4 

.00 

2 

.50 

3 

.25 

2 

.25 

1 

.25 

16 

.00 

8 

.00 

12 

.00 

28, 

,00 

12, 

,00 

18. 

,00 

£8  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 

ALMOND. 

Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Climatic  Requirements — 

Mild  climate,  freedom  from  fogs  and  frosts  at  time  of  blossoming. 

Almond  is  the  first  fruit  tree  to  blossom  —  usually  flowering  in  early  February. 
Soil  Requirements — 

Warm,  fertile,  sandy  loams,  of  good  depths  (minimum  of  6'),  with  sufficient  slope  to  provide 

good  ah'  and  water  drainage.   Absence  of  alkali. 
Water  Requirements — 

Requires  ample  moisture,  and  moisture-retaining  soils  are  chosen.  30"  of  rainfall  or  irrigation. 

Setting  Out  and  Caring  for  Orchards  to  Maturity — 

Distance  Apart  of  Trees:  20'  x  20'  to  28'  x  28';  the  greater  distance  favored  in  present-day 

planting. 
Average  Number  per  Acre:  108  to  55;  80  average. 

Time  of  Planting  Out:  January,  February  or  March  (preferably  February). 
Age  to  Self-Sustaining  Crop:  6  to  8  years. 
Age  to  Maturity:  10  to  12  years. 
Length  of  Profitable  Life:  Estimated  40  years  or  longer. 

Calendar  of  Operations  to  Maturity — 

Irrigation:  If  given,  two  irrigations  by  furrows  —  January  and  July.  Sometimes  a  September 

irrigation  is  added. 
Pruning:  To  form  head. 
Fertilizing:  None. 

Spraying:  February  and  May  or  June  —  sulphur  for  red  spider. 
Cultivation:  March  —  plowed  10"  deep,  worked  down.  Cultivated  four  to  six  times,  monthly, 

beginning  in  April. 
Companion  Cropping:  Intercropped  to  berries,  small  fruits,  beans,  corn,  and  sometimes 

alfalfa.   Usually  discontinued  after  trees  are  ten  years  old. 
Most  Popular  Varieties:  IXL,  Ne  Plus  Ultra,  Nonpariel,  Texas  Prolific,  Drake  Seedling, 

Languedoc. 
Caring  for  Bearing  Orchards — 

Calendar  of  Operations  after  Matltrity — 

Irrigation:  If  given,  irrigated  by  furrows  in  November,  January  and  July,  as  needed. 

Spraying:  February  —  lime-sulphur  (if  moss,  scale,  red  spider  or  peach  blight  is  present) ; 

May  or  June  —  sulphur  for  red  spider. 
Pruning:  Some  pruning  every  January  or  February,  to  keep  heads  moderately'  open  and 

low.  to  assist  in  harvesting  crops. 
Fertilizing:  Cover  crops  if  soil  lacks  body. 
Cultivation:  Plowed  deeply  in  February,  and  after  irrigating,  worked  down.  Cultivated  all 

summer  from  April  to  November  at  intervals  of  usually  one  month. 
Fumigating:  NoIU^.     Thinning:  None. 
Harvest — 

Time:  July  to  November. 

Method:  By  shaking  trees  and  knocking  off  with  poles  12'  to  20'  long,  striking  tree  with 

square  blow.   Caught  on  light  canvas  sheets,  used  in  pairs,  14'  x  28'  in  size,  or  on  two 

wagons  specially  constructed  for  the  purpose. 
Preparing  for  Market:  Hulled  by  machine,  dried  in  trays,  sulphured  (to  lileach)  and  sacked. 

Percentage  of  Different  Crades — 

Percentage  of  first  grade  runs  very  high,  possibly  90  per  cent. 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — Good,  1200  pounds.      Usual,  700  pounds. 

By-Products — None. 

Major  Producing  Counties— 

Butte,        Contra  Costa,        Los  Angeles,        San  Luis  Obispo,       Solano,  Sutter, 

Colusa,      Glenn,  Riverside,  San  Joaquin,  Stanislaus,       Yolo. 


Farm  Management  Notes  29 


OPERATINCJ  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  ALMONDS. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre—  (See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Not  planted  Normal  High  Special 

Best  land 300,00  .«400.00 

Good  land 150.00  300.00  

Fair  land 100.00  200.00 

Bearing  orchard 

Best  land 800.00  1000.00  

Good  land 500.00  800.00  

Fair  land 300.00  400.00  


Cost  of  establishing  an  orchard,  per  acre 

Irrigation  system  or  water  right  included  in  the  price  of 
the  land. 

Preparing  land 

Clearing,  leveling  and  grading 30.00  50.00 

Plowing  and  working  down 5.00  9.00 

Planting 

Trees 10.00  20.00 

Setting  out 5.00  9.00 

Replanting,  including  trees 1 .00  2.00 

Costs  from  setting  out  to  self-sustaining  age,  annually,  per 
acre 

Plowing  and  cultivating 8.00  14.00 

Irrigating,  water  and  labor G.OO  8.00 

Pruning 3.00  (i.OO 

Sulphuring .50  .75 

Taxes  and  insurance .'. 3.00  3.25 

Costs  of  mature  orchard,  amiually,  per  acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 8.00  14.00 

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 6.00  10.00 

Spraying 3.00  4.50 

Pruning 2.00  4.00 

Cover  crop 5.00  8.00 

Cost  of  harvesting  and  marketing — 

Knocking,  collecting  and  sacking,  per  lb. 02  .03 

Hulling  and  sacking,  per  lb 01  .02- 

Bleaching  and  sacking,  per  lb ■. 005  .005 

Sacks,  each 12  .17 

Twine,  per  sack ■. 003  .005 

Hauling  (5  miles),  per  ton 1.50  2.25 

Taxes  and  insurance,  bearing  orchard — 

Best 8.00  9.00 

Good 6.00  7.00 

Fair 4.00  5.00 

Farm  returns  for  product,  cents  per  lb.,  f.  o.  b. — 

High 20  .31 

Low 08  .19 

Usual 14  .24 


so  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 

APPLE. 

Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Climatic  Requirements — Cool  nights,  freedom  from  excessive  heat;  Coast  valleys  and  high 

altitudes  preferred. 
Soil  Requirements — Deep,  rich,  moist,  calcareous  loam,  8'  or  more  in  depth,  with  well-drained 

subsoil.   East,  west  or  south  slopes  preferred. 
Water  Requirements — Ample  supply  of  moisture  throughout  the  year. 
Setting  Out  and  Caring  for  Orchard  to  Maturity — 

Distance  of  Trees  Apart:  22'  x  22'  to  30'  x  30',  greater  distance  being  favored. 

Average  Number  per  Acre:  100  to  48;  usually  56. 

Time  of  Planting  Out:  January,  February  or  March. 

Age  to  Self-Sustaining  Crop:  8  to  12  years. 

Age  to  Maturity:  12  to  20  years. 

Most  Popular  Varieties:  Yellow  Newton,  Yellow  Bellflower,  White  Winter  Pearmain,  Red 

Pearmain,  Gravenstein,  Alexander,  Jonathan. 
Length  of  Profitable  Life:  Estimated  40  years  or  more. 
Calendar  of  Operations — 

Irrigation:  Very  little  done  in  Coast  sections.    In  some  mountain  sections  some  irrigation 

necessary,  usually  during  June,  July,  August. 
Pruning:  Pruned  annually  in  January  or  February  to  form  head. 
Fertilizing:  Cover  crops  for  soils  lacking  body.    Land  usually  intercropped  when  trees  are 

small,  and  expense  of  fertilizing,  if  done,  is  borne  by  them. 
Spraying:  Trunks  whitewashed  in  spring.    Sprayed  with  hme-sulphur  or  oil  emulsion  for 

scale  during  dormant  season.   Watched  for  borers. 
Cultivation:  Plowed  in  February  and  March,  harrowed  twice,  cultivated  at  six-weeks  intervals. 

(Expense  usually  borne  by  intercrop). 
Companion  Cropping:  Litercropped  to  berries,  small  fruits,  beans,  beets,  corn,  and  some- 
times alfalfa.    Usually  discontinued  after  trees  are  eight  to  ten  years  old. 
Caring  for  Bearing  Orchards — 

Irrigation:  Very  little  done,  except  as  noted  above. 

Pruning:  January-February.    To  head  in  and  shape  trees.    Summer  pruning;  thinning  out 

and  topping  l^ack  sprouts. 
Fertilizing:  Very  little  done.   Cover  crops  sometimes  grown. 

Cultivating:  March,  plowed,  worked  down.   Crop  cultivated  4-6  times,  April  to  August. 
Fumigating:  None. 

Thinning  Fruit:  May,  when  apples  ^i"  in  diameter. 
Spraying:  January-February  —  lime-sulphur,  or  oil  emulsion. 

April,  two  sprayings  for  codling  moth  and  mildew  (sometimes  scab). 
Harvest — 

Time:  Gravenstein,  July  25-August  15. 

Newton,  September  15-December  15. 
Bellflower,  September  1-October  1. 
Method:  Picked  l)y  hand  into  lug  boxes. 

Preparing  for  Market:  Sorted  and  packed  into  44-pound  boxes  (net)  each,  apples  being 
wrapped  in  papers  for  fancy  trade;  3  loose  boxes  of  sorted  gives  2  packed  boxes. 
Percentage  of  Different  Grades — 

First  grade  —  65  to  70%.      Second  grade — 15%. 
Culls  —  15  to  20%,. 
Gross  Yield  per  Acre — 

Good,  400  packed  boxes,  200  pounds  of  culls. 
Usual,  150  packed  boxes,  100  pounds  of  culls. 
By-Products — Culls  sold  for  drying,  cider,  vinegar  and  canning. 
Major  Producing  Counties —  « 

Humboldt,  Monterey,  San  Bernardino,  Santa  Cruz,  Sonoma. 


Farm  Management  Notes  SI 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  APPLES. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre—  (See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Not  planted  Normal  High  Special 

Best  land $500.00  $000.00  

Good  land 200.00  300.00  

Fair  land 150.00  200.00  

Bearing  orchard 

Best                       1000.00  1200.00          

Good                        600.00  800.00          

Fair                             300.00  400.00          


Costs  of  establishing  an  orchard,  pei-  acre — 

Preparing  land 

Clearing,  grading  and  leveling 30.00  50.00 

Plowing  and  working  down 10.00  18.00 

Planting 

Trees 9.00  19.00 

Setting  out 5.00  9.00 

Replanting,  including  trees 1 .00  1 .75 

Costs  from  setting  out  to  self-sustaining  age,  annually,  per 
acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 7.50  13.50 

Pruning 3.00  7.00 

Whitewashing 1.00  1.50 

Taxes  and  insurance 3.00  3.25 

Costs  of  mature  orchard,  annually,  per  acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 8.00  14.50 

Pruning  and  burning  brush 10.00  18.00 

Thinning  fruit 12.00  17.00 

Spraying 15.00  21.00 

Propping 2.00  3.00 

Taxes  and  insurance 

Best 10.00  11.00 

Good 8.00  9.00 

Fair 4.00  4.50 

Costs  of  harvesting  and  marketing — - 

Picking,  per  loose  box 04  .08 

Hauling  (2  miles),  per  loose  box 01  .02 

Package,  packing  and  warehouse  charges,  per  packed 

box  (3  loose  bo.xes,  unsorted  =  l  packed  box) 23  .40 

Farm  returns  for  product — 

Packed  boxes,  per  box,  f.  o.  b. 

High    1.50  2.25 

Low 50  1.40 

Usual 90  1.85 

Culls,  per  ton,  local  sale 6.00  30.00 


32  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 

APRICOT. 

Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Climatic  Requirements — Freedom  from  frosts  at  time  of  blooming,  which  occurs  early,  being  sec- 
ond only  to  the  almond.   Blossoming  takes  place  early  in  February.    Warm  growing  season. 
Soil  Requirements — By  proper  selection  of  stock  can  be  grown  on  wide  range  of  soil — light  sands 

to  adobe,  althouth  light  soils  are  preferred.    Depth  of  6'  or  more  required. 
Water  Requirements — Natural  rainfall,  often  aided  by  irrigation.   Minunum  of  20"  to  30". 
Setting  Out  and  Caring  for  Orchards  to  Maturity — 

Distance  Apart  of  Trees:  20'  x  20'  to  24'  x  24';  greater  distance  preferred. 
Average  Number  per  Acre:  108  to  76;  80  average. 
Time  of  Planting  Out:  January,  February  or  March. 

Age  to  Self-Sustaining  Crop:  5  to  7  years.     Age  to_  Maturity:  8  to  10  years. 
Most  Popular  Varieties:  Royal,  Blenheim,  Newcastle. 
Length  of  Profitable  Life:  Estimated  30  years,  or  longer. 
Calendar  of  Operations  to  Maturity — 

Irrigation:  When  given,  twice  by  furrows  —  June  and  October  or  November.    Sometimes  a 

February  irrigation  given. 
Pruning:  Pruned  annually  in  January  or  February  to  form  head.   Sometimes  in  July. 
Fertilizing:  Cover  crops  for  soils  lacking  body. 
Spraying:  Not  usually  necessary. 

Cultivation:  Plowed  in  Octot^er-November,  cross-plowed  in  February  and  March.   Harrowed 
twice,  cultivated  at  six  weeks'  intervals  from  April  to  July.  Usually  borne  by  inter-crop. 
Companion  Cropping:  Often  intercropped  to  berries,  small  fruits,  beans,  beets,  corn,  and 
sometimes  alfalfa.   Usually  discontinued  after  trees  are  3  or  4  years  old. 
Caring  for  Bearing  Orchards — 
Calendar  of  Operations — 
Irrigation:  If  given,  usually  applied  in  June  or  July  and  October  by  furrows.    Sometimes  in 

February. 
Pruning:  July-October.   To  head  in,  shape  tree  and  mature  fruit. 
Fertilizing:  Cover  crops  grown  when  soil  lacks  body. 
Cufemh'on.- October-November,  plowed.   February-May,  cross-plowed.   Crop  cultivated  4-6 

times,  from  April  to  July.   Worked  down  into  good  condition. 
Fumigating:  None. 

Thinning  Fruit:  If  thinned  work  is  done  before  pits  harden  (usually  late  March  or  early  April). 
Spraying:  November,  lime-sulphur.    Borers  if  present,  removed  from  crowns  once  a  year 
during  February  or  March.    Sometimes  distillate  or  crude  oil  used  in  November- 
January  foi'  scales. 
Harvest — Time:  June-August  15. 

Method:  Picked  by  hand,  or  if  for  drying,  shaken  from  tree  to  groiunl  or  sheets.   Trees  gone 

over  3  to  5  times. 
Preparing  for  Market: 

Green — Delivered  in  lug  boxes  to  commission  firm,  or  packed  in  4-basket  crates,  total 

24  pounds,  net  20  pounds. 
Dried — Cut  in  half,  pitted,  sulphured,  and  dried  on  trays  in  sun.   Dry  4  or  5  to  1. 
Canning — Delivered  in  lug  boxes. 
Gross  Yield — Canning  or  Green  Dried 

Good —     8  tons  IM  tons 

Usual—    4  tons  %  ton 

Percentage  of  Different  Grades — Usually  sold  orchard  run  and  not  graded. 
By-Products — Pits;  =1-12  to  1-16  of  the  yield. 

Major  Producing  Counties — 

Alameda,        Kings,  Riverside,         San  Bernardino,        Santa  Cruz,        Ventura, 

Fresno,  Los  Angeles,        San  Benito,      Santa  Clara,  Solano,  Yolo. 


Farm  Management  Notes  33 

OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  APRICOTS. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 

Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre —  (See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Not  planted                                                                          Normal  High  Special 

Best  land $400.00  $500.00         

Good  land 200.00  250.00          

Fair  land ....' 150.00  150.00          

Bearing  orchard 

Best  land 1200.00  2000.00         

Good  land 800.00  1200.00          

Fair  land 500.00  800.00          

Costs  of  establishing  an  orchard,  per  acre — Irrigation  system  included  in  the  price  of  the  land. 

Prpnarin^  Innd  /  Clearing,  grading  and  leveling          $30.00  $50.00          

rreparmg  land  I  pj^^jj^g  ,^jj^[  ^^^.j^jj^g  j^^j^ ^  ^^  g  qq          

I  Trees 15.00  30;00          

Planting  \  Setting 5.00  9.00          

[  Replanting,  including  trees 1.00  2.00          

Costs  from  setting  out  to  self-supporting  age,  annually,  per 
acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating ; G.OO  10.00          

Pruning ; 3.00  5.00 

Irrigating,  water  and  labor G.OO  9.00          

Whitewashing 1.00  1.50          

Taxes  and  insurance 3.00  3.25          

Costs  of  mature  orchard,  annually,  per  acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 8.00  14.00          

Pruning 12.00  20.00          

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 8.00  12.00         

Spraying  and  whitewashing 8.00  12.00          

Thinning 7.00  20.00          

Digging  for  borers 6.00  9.50          

Cover  crop 2.00  5.00          '. 

Propping  (labor) 1.00  1.75         

Taxes  and  insurance 

Best  orchard 12.00  13.50          

Good  orchard 8.00  9.00         

Fair  orchard ..;.:... 5.00  5.50          

Costs  of  harvesting  and  marketing,  either  for  shipping  or 
canning,  per  ton — 

Picking 4.00  12.00          

Hauling  (3  miles) 1.00  1.50          

(If  packed,  per  20-lb.  box,  add) 

Package 06  .10 

Package,  warehouse  and  loading  charge 09  .12          

For  drying,  per  dry  ton 

Picking 15.00  45.00          

Hauling  from  orchard 2.50  5.00         

Cutting 20.00  45.00          

Drying 15.00  20.00          

Hauling  to  ship  (3  miles) 1.00  2.00          

Farm  returns  for  product,  f.  o.  b. — 

[High 60.00  125.00          

Shipping  or  canning  fruit,  per  ton  {  Low 20.00  80.00          

[Usual 25.00  90.00          

[High 15  .32          

Dried  fruit,  per  pound  I  Low 05  .15          

[Usual 10  .26          

Pits,  per  ton— Usual 35.00          


S4  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 


ASPARAGUS. 
Requirements:  Methods  op  Growing:  Costs. 

Time  to  Maturity — 3  years. 

Life — 10  years  (range  8-12  years). 

Soil  Requirements — Deep,  warm,  rich,  moist,  sandy  alluvial  or  peat  soil,  where  water  table  does 
not  rise  above  2'  from  surface. 

Climatic  Requirements — Plenty  of  atmospheric  moistm-e  and  warm  climate. 

Water  Requirements — Abundant  moisture  best  supplied  either  naturally,  although  sometimes  by 
urigation.   Excess  should  be  avoided,  as  this  tends  to  keep  soils  cold  and  sour. 

Calendar  of  Operations — 

Preparing  Bed:  November-January,  plowed  12"  deep,  replowed  and  made  into  good  seed 
bed  by  the  use  of  the  cultivator,  harrow  and  disk. 

Planting:  Time:  January-March. 

Quantity:  3600  roots  (range  3400-4400). 

Method  and  Distance:  Rows  9'  apart,  plants  IH'  in  rows.  Plant  roots  8-12"  deep  in 
trenches,  covering  4  to  6"  deep,  gradually  filling  in  by  subsequent  cultivation  as 
sprouts  appear.   Irrigate  when  needed  on  upland  plantations. 

Care  of  Old  Plantations:  February  —  Rows  covered  1'  deep  and  harrowed  into  fine  shape. 
February-May  —  Cultivated  with  special  tools  often  enough  to  keep  weeds  down 
and  to  keep  ridges  up.  September-November  —  Tops  cut  and  burned  after  heavy 
frost  kills  them. 

Intercropping:  Beans  or  potatoes  are  often  raised  between  the  rows  of  asparagus  for  the 
first  two  years. 

Varieties — Palmetto,  Conover  Colossal,  Barr's  Mammoth. 

Harvest — 

Time:  February  to  July  1. 

Method:  Cut  with  flat  chisel  ly/  wide,  crated  in  28"  crates  for  eastern  shipment,  or  placed 
in  50-lb.  lug  boxes  for  cannery  or  packing  house  after  washing  and  cutting  butts. 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — 
Good,  5000  pounds. 
Usual,  4000  pounds. 

Percentage  of  Different  Grades — 
First  —  75%. 

Second  —  25%,  flowered  and  crooked  —  sent  to  canneries.  All  eastern  consignments  shipped 
green;  no  segregation  into  white  or  green  when  shipping  to  canneries. 

Major  Producing  Sections — 
Delta  Islands, 
Imperial  Valley. 


Farm  Management  Notes  35 

OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  ASPARAGUS. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
(See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre—                                           Normal  High  Special 

Not  planted $250.00  $325.00          

Planted 

Best  land 350.00  400.00         

Good  land 250.00  300.00         

Fair  land 150.00  200.00         

Costs  of  the  crop — 

Preparing  land  and  planting,  per  acre 

Plowing,  working  down,  ridging  and  preparing  bed, 

per  acre 10.00  18.00          

Planting 

Roots 7.00  18.00          

Dropping  and  covering 5.00  10.00          

Growing — First  year,  per  acre 

Cultivating 5.00  9.00         

Hoeing 10.00  20.00         

Mowing  and  burning  tops 1.25  2.00          

Taxes  and  insui'ance 3.50  3.50          

Second  year,  per  acre 

Cultivating 5.00  9.00          

Hoeing 12.00  20.00          

Ridging  and  leveling 6.00  11.00          

Mowing  and  burning  tops 1.50  2.50          

Taxes  and  insurance 3.50  3.50          

After  second  year,  per  acre 

Cultivating 5.00  9.00          

Hoeing 2.00  3.50          

Ridging  and  leveling 6.00  12.00          

Mowing  and  burning  tops 2.00  4.00          

Taxes  and  insurance,  established  field — 

Best  land 5.00  5.50          

Good  land 4.00  4.50          

Fair  land 3.00  3.50          

Costs  of  harvesting  and  marketing — 
For  canning,  per  box  of  48  pounds 

Cutting 32  .70          

Hauhng  to  ship 03  .05          

Wasliing  and  putting  in  lug  boxes  (lugs  returnable)       .08  .12         

For  shipping,  per  crate  of  28  pounds 

Cutting 18  .42          

Hauling  and  shipping 02  .03          

Wasliing  and  putting  in  lug  boxes  (lugs  returnable)       .07  .11          

If  crated,  add  { Si-::::::::::::::::::::   :^?  ;??  •••■•■•■■•■■••••••••■••■ 

Farm  returns  from  product,  f.  o.  b. 

Shipping  asparagus,  in  lugs,  cents  per  pound 

f  High 05  .06          

No.  1  grade  j  Low 03  .04          

[  Usual 04  .05         

Cannery  asparagus  in  lugs,  f.  o.  b.,  cents  per  pound 

High 03  .05         

No.  1  grade  {  Low 01  .04         

Usual 021^  .04^      

High 021^  .02K      

No.  2  grade  {Low 01  .02         

Usual OlM  .021^     


36  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 


BARLEY. 

Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Time  to  Maturity — 4  to  8  months. 

Life — Annual. 

Soil  Requirements — Rich,  fertile,  well-drained  soil  preferable,  varying  in  textiu-e,  the  heavier 
types  being  preferred.   Withstands  considera!)le  alkali. 
Depth:  2'  or  more. 

Climatic  Requirements — Withstands  very  dry,  hot  weather  and  will  produce  on  limited  rainfall. 
Sensitive  to  frosts  in  high  altitudes. 

Water  Requirements  and  Irrigation — If  rainfall  is  less  than  12"  to  16"  usually  land  is  fallowed 
every  second  year.   25-30"  of  water  is  optimum.   Irrigation  not  extensively  practiced. 

Calendar  of  Operations — 

Preparing  Seed  Bed:  November-February  plowed  4-8"  deep.    Disked  or  harrowed  before 
planting. 

Planting:  Time:  October  to  April. 

Quantity:  60-100  pounds,  broadcasted,  or  35-60  pounds  drilled. 

Method  and  Distance:  Broadcasted  and  harrowed  in,  or  drilled. 

Varieties:  Common,  Chevalier,  Tennessee  Winter,  Mariout. 

Harvest — When:  May  to  September.    Hoiv:  Either  by  heading;  by  combines;  bj^  binders. 

Operations:  Threshed  either  from  shock   by  stationary  outfit  or  in  combined 
harvester. 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — 

Irrigated  lands  Dry  farmed 

Good 2500  pounds  1500  pounds 

Usual 1500  pounds  1000  pounds 

By-Products — 

Stubble:  Used  for  feed.  Amount  depends  on  how  badly  grain  lodges  and  method  of  harvest — 
combine  leavers  most  grain,  binder  least. 

Straw:  Loose  or  baled :  6-8  bales  per  acre. 

Major  Producing  Counties — 

Grown  generally  over  the  State  except  in  extreme  altitudes: 
Colusa,  Imperial  Riverside  Stanislaus 

Fresno  Merced  San  Joaquin  Yolo 

Glenn  Monterey  Solano 


Farm  Management  Notes  87 


COST  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  BARLEY. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
(See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre—                                           Normal  High                 Special 

Best  land $250.00  $300.00  

Good  land 125.00  150.00          

Fair  land 40.00  40.00          

Costs  of  the  crop — 

Preparing  land  and  planting,  per  acre 
Plowing,  either 

Annually  cropped  land 1.50  2.50         

Summer  fallowed  land 2.50  4.00         

Harrowing  before  seeding 25  .40 

Seed 1.00  2.50 

Treating  seed 04  .06 

Seeding,  either 

Drilhng... 25  .50 

Broadcasting  and 10  .15 

Harrowing 15  .30         

Harvesting,  either 

By  combine,  per  acre 

Less  than  12-sack  crop 1.75  2.50         

12-25  sack  crop 2.00  3.50          

25-35-sack  crop 3.00  5.00          

Over  35-sack  crop 5.00  7.50         

By  binding  and  stationary  threshing 
Binding,  including  twine 

Under  18-sack  crop,  per  acre 1.00  1.75          

18-sack  or  over  crop,  per  acre 1.50  2.50 

Stacking,  per  acre 12  .17          

Threshing,  per  sack 11  .25          

By  heading  and  stationary  threshing 
Heading 

Under  good  conditions,  per  acre 1.00  2.00          

Under  difficult  conditions,  per  acre 2.00  3.50         

Threshing,  per  sack 11  .25          

Sacks,  each 08  .15          

Twine,  per  sack 003  .005        

HauHng  off,  per  sack 

2-mile  haul 02  .03          

10-mile  haul 05  .08 

Taxes  and  insurance,  per  acre 

Best  land 2.00  2.25         

Good  land 1.25  1.50          

Fair  land 40  .50         

Farm  returns  for  products — 
Grain,  f.  o.  b.,  per  hundred 

High 1.50  3.00          

Low 90  2.25          

Usual 1.00  2.50          

Stubble,  per  acre 

High 50  2.50          

Low 10  .25 

Usual 25  1.00          


220512 


38  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 

BEAN. 
Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing;  Costs. 

(a)     Pinks,  Large  Whites,  Small  Whites,  Bayos,  Mexican  Reds,  etc. 

(6)     Blackeyes. 
Time  to  Maturity — 

(a)     150-180  clays. 

(6)     130-140  days. 
Life — Annual. 
Soil  Requirements — 

Surface:  Good  soil,  free  from  excessive  moisture,  rich  sandy  loam  best,  but  will  grow  over 
wide  range. 

Subsoil:  Good  moisture  retainer. 

Depth:  2'  or  more  —  the  deeper  soils  for  those  poor  in  moisture-retaining  qualities. 
Climatic  Requirements — 

(a)  Freedom  from  frosts,  severe  winds  and  hot  suns  during  growing  period,  April  15  to 

September  15.   Lessening  of  moisture  in  fall.   Freedom  from  extreme  heat  at  blossom- 
ing time.  Requh'e  humid  climate  and  do  not  thrive  at  any  distance  from  coast  or  river. 

(b)  Freedom  from  frost;  warm,  sunny  days;  warm  nights.   A  hot  weather  plant. 
Water  Requirements — 

Fifteen  inches  or  more.   Usually  grown  as  a  dry  land  crop,  although  irrigation  water  is  given 
in  southern  California  and  in  parts  of  the  San  Joaquin  and  Sacramento  Valleys, 
especially  if  grown  as  a  second  crop.   Wliere  irrigation  is  not  practiced,  conservation 
of  winter  rainfall  is  necessaiy. 
Calendar  of  Operations — 

Preparing  Seed  Bed:  Plowed  6-8"  in  fall;  fallowed  during  rainy  season.  Cultivated  4-6"  deep 
in  spring.  Harrowed  and  worked  into  good  seed  bed.  Mulch  maintained  up  to  plant- 
ing time  by  cultivating,  disking  or  harrowing.  If  put  in  after  grain  hay,  plowed  dry, 
irrigated  and  plowed,  worked  down  into  condition. 

Seeding:  Time:  (a)  April  15-June  30;  (6)  May-June. 

Quantity  of  Seed:  (a)  20-30  pounds;  (b)  10-35  pounds. 

Method  and  Distance:  Drilled  in  rows;  (a)  20-30"  apart,  beans  dropped  4-6"  apart  in 

row.    (b)  28  to  36"  apart,  seed  dropped  3  to  4"  apart  in  row. 

Care  of  Growing  Crop:  Cultivated  from  one  to  three  times  at  two  weeks'  interval  up  to  blos- 
soming (July  15),  using  weed  cutter  type  of  cultivator.  Hoed  if  weedy,  one  to  three 
times.  If  irrigated,  water  is  given  just  after  bloom  has  fallen.  No  cultivation  given 
subsequent  to  blossoming. 

Harvest:  Time:  August-September. 

Hoxv:  Vines  cut  with  bean  sled,  left  to  dry,  forked  into  piles  for  later  threshing,  or 
threshed  direct  from  windrow.  Put  in  bags,  after  threshing,  holding  80  or  100  pounds. 
Gross  Yield  per  Acre — 

Good,  1500  pounds.     Usual,  1000  pounds. 
By-Products — 

Kind:  Straw. 

Where  and  For  What  Sold:  To  dairymen  for  feed.   To  citrus  growers  for  mulch  and  fertilizer. 
Major  Producing  Counties — 

(a)  Grown  in  all  bean  sections  of  Sacramento,  San  Joaquin  Valley  and  southern  coast  counties; 
Contra  Costa,  Solano,  Monterey,  San  LuLs  Obispo,  Santa  Barbara,  San  Joaquin  and  Sacra- 
mento Counties. 

(b)  Butte,  Imperial,  Los  Angeles,  Orange,  Sacramento,  San  Joaquin,  San  Luis  Obispo,  Santa 

Barbara,  Stanislaus,  Ventura,  Yolo,  Yuba  Counties. 


Farm  Management  Notes  39 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  BI<:ANS. 
(Blackeyes,  Pinks,  Whites,  Bayos,  Etc.) 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
(See  page  23  for  explanation) 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre —  Normal  High  Special 

Best  land $300.00  $400.00  

Good  land 150.00  250.00  

Fair  land 75.00  150.00  


Costs  of  the  crop — 

Preparing  land  and  planting,  per  acre 

Plowing  and  working  down 5.00  9.00 

Seed 1.50  2.50 

Seeding 35  .60 

Growing,  per  acre 

One  hoeing 1.00  1.75 

Three  cultivations 1.50  3.00 

Harvesting  and  marketing 

Cutting  vines,  per  acre 35  .60 

Shocking,  per  acre 65  1.20 

Threshing,  per  cwt 25  .35 

Sacks,  each 10  .18 

Twine,  per  sack 003  .005 

HauKng,  3  miles,  per  cwt. 08  .11 

Straw,  per  ton,  baling 1.50  4.00 

Hauling,  3  miles,  straw 1.00  1.50 

Taxes  and  insurance,  per  acre — 

Best  land 2.00  2.25 

Good  land 1.00  1.25 

Fair  land ; 50  .65 

Farm  returns  for  products — 
Beans,  per  pound,  f.  o.  b. — . 

High 06  .08 

Low 03  .03 

Usual 04  .05 

Straw,  per  ton,  baled,  f.  o.  b. 5.00  14.00 


40  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 


BEANS  (LIMAS). 
Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Time  to  Maturity — 110  to  130  days. 

Life — Annual. 

Soil  Requirements — 

Surface:  Loam  or  alluvial  soil,  free  from  excessive  alkali  best,  but  will  grow  on  wiile  range  from 
fertile  sand  to  adobe. 
Subsoil:  Good  moisture  retainer. 
Depth:  4'  or  more. 

Climatic  Requirements — 

(1)  Freedom  from  scorching  suns. 

(2)  Fogs  required  to  temper  atmosphere. 

(3)  Dry  weather  in  fall  to  insure  ripening. 

Water  Requirements — 

Amount:  Practice  of  irrigation  stUI  in  infancy,  but  increasing. 
When  Needed:  June  15  to  July  10. 

Calendar  of  Operations — 

Preparing  Seed  Bed:  Plowed  8  to  14"  November  or  December.  March-April  worked  down 
with  clod  masher,  "cyclone"  chisel  8"  deep  (three  times),  weed  knife  used  ahead  of 
the  planter.  March  replowed,  or  better,  cultivated  and  harrowed.  "Cyclone"  weeder 
used  until  planting  time  at  10-day  intervals.  Ringrolled  to  bring  up  moisture  before 
planting. 

Seeding— Time:  April  2.5-May  20. 

Quantity  Seed:  50  pounds. 

Method  and  Distance:  Seed  dropped  3"  in  rows,  rows  30,  32,  or  36"  apart. 

Care  of  Groiving  Crop:  Cultivated  with  weeder  knife  every  10  days  during  May  and  Jvme. 
Hoed  from  three  to  five  times  (June). 

Harvest — When:  September  1-October  15. 

Horv:  Vines  cut  with  horse  knife  (bean  sled  drawn  by  two  horses),  forked  into  small 
piles,  left  1-3  weeks  until  moisture  evaporates,  threshed  by  contract  (harvester  fur- 
nishing everything  but  haj'  for  his  horses).    Put  in  80  or  100-lb.  sacks. 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — Good:  2000  pounds.     Usual:  1600  pounds. 

By-Products — 

Kind:  Straw. 

Amount:  Equal  to  weight  of  beans. 

Where  and  For  What  Sold:  To  dairymen  for  feed.    To  citrus  growers  for  mulch  and  fertilizer. 

Major  Producing  Counties — 

Los  Angeles  Orange  San  Diego 

Santa  Barbara  Ventura 


Farm  Management  Notes  4I 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  LIMA  BEANS. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
(See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre —                                             Normal  High                  Special 

Best $1500.00  $2000.00  

Good : 600.00  1000.00  

Fair 300.00  400.00 


Costs  of  crop — 

Preparing  land  and  planting,  per  acre 

Fall  plowing 2.00 

Working  down 4.00 

Cost  of  seed 3.00 

Seeding 30 

Growing,  per  acre 

Cultivating 2.50 

Hoeing 5.00 

Harvesting  and  marketing 
Beans 

Cutting  vines,  per  acre 35 

Shocking 65 

Threshing,  per  cwt 30 

Sacks,  each 10 

Twine,  per  sack 003 

Hauling  (3  miles),  per  cwt 05  ■ 

Straw,  per  ton 

Baling 2.00 

Hauling 1.00 

Warehouse  charges,  per  cwt 08 

Taxes  and  insurance,  per  acre 

Best  land 10.00 

Good  land 6.00 

Fair  land 2.00 


Farm  returns  for  products,  f.  o.  b. — 
Beans,  per  pound 

High 07  

Low 04  

Usual 041/^  .10 

Straw,  baled,  per  ton 5.00  15.00 


3 

.50 

7 

.00 

5 

.00 

.55 

5 

.00 

9 

.00 

.60 

1 

.20 

.55 

.18 

.005 

.08 

4 

.00 

1 

.50 

.12 

1 

.00 

6.50 

2 

.25 

42  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 


CABBAGE. 

Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Time  to  Maturity — October  planting  in  field,  150  days. 
January  planting  in  field,  120  days. 

Life — Annual. 

Soil  Requirements — Heavy  soil,  retentive  of  moisture,  and  at  least  4'  in  depth.  Will  tolerate 
some  alkali. 

Climatic  Requirements — Best  cabbage  grown  in  or  during  cool  part  of  year. 

Water  Requirements — Abundant  moisture  from  rainfall  or  irrigation.  Cabbage  must  be  forced 
from  time  of  planting  to  maturity,  or  seed  production  will  result,  thus  ruining  the  crop  for 
marketing. 

Calendar  of  Operations — 

Preparing  for  Planting:  August-January,  manured,  plowed  12"  deep  and  worked  down  into 
shape. 

Planting  Time:  Valley — September-February;  Coast — January-December. 

Quantity:  7000  plants,  average. 

Method  and  Distance:  Plants  set  out  in  rows  30-36"  apart,  and  lH-2'  in  the  row. 

Care  of  Growing  Crop:  After  planting  out,  cultivated  thoroughly  once  every  two  to  four 
weeks  until  leaves  cover  the  ground.  Irrigated  if  needed,  usually  two  to  four  irriga- 
tions being  applied. 

Varieties — 

Early  Winningstadt. 
Early  Flat  Dutch. 
Late  Flat  Dutch. 
Early  York. 
San  Francisco. 

Harvest — Time:  July  planting,  October-November. 
Winter  planting,  April-July. 
Coast,  January-December. 

Method:  Heads  cut,  trimmed,  shipped  in  crates  or  hauled  loose  for  local  trade.  The  Southern 
California  crate  holds  100  to  125  pounds;  the  Stockton  crate  200  pounds. 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — 
Good:  15  tons. 
Usual:  10  tons. 

Major  Producing  Counties — 
Los  Angeles, 
Orange, 
Sacramento, 
San  Joaquin, 
San  Mateo. 


Farm  Management  Notes  4'3 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  CABBAGE. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
(See  page  23  for  explanation) 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre —  Normal  High  Special 

Best  land $400.00  .11500.00  

Good  land 200.00  250.00 

Fair  land 150.00  200.00 


Costs  of  the  crop — 

Preparing  land  and  planting,  per  acre 

Manure  and  manuring 30.00 

Plowing  and  working  into  condition 5.00 

Plants,  either 

Homegrown ., 1.40 

Purchased 10.00 

Planting 5.00 

Growing  the  crop,  per  acre 

Cultivating : 5.00 

Hoeing 6.00 

Irrigating 12.00 

Harvesting 

Cutting,  trimming,  sorting  and  packing,  per  ton 1.00 

Package,  holding  200  lbs.,  each 25 

Hauling  (3  miles) 1.00 

Taxes  and  insurance,  per  acre 

Best  land 4.00 

Good  land 2.00 

Fair  land 1.00 

Farm  returns  for  product,  f.  o.  b. — 
No.  1  grade 

High 40.00 

Low 10.00 

Usual 15.00 

No.  2  grade 

High 20.00 

Low 5.00 

Usual 10.00 


40.00 

9 

.00 

2 

.50 

17 

.50 

9 

.00 

10 

.00 

10 

.00 

15 

.00 

1 

.60 

.35 

1. 

.50 

4.50 

2. 

25 

1. 

10 

65.00 

10.00 

25.00 

12.00 

3.00 

12.00 

J^  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 

CHERRY. 
Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Climatic  Requirements — Warm,  sunny  weather,  freedom  from  excessive  heat  and  heavy  late 
spring  rains.   Freedom  from  frosts  at  blossoming  time,  the  tree  being  an  early  bloomer. 

Soil  Requirements — Deep,  rich,  well-drained  soils,  retentive  of  moisture,  free  from  clay.    Pref- 
erably sediments. 

Water  Requirements — Plenty  of  moisture  with  water  table  below  15'. 

Setting  Out  and  Caring  for  Orchards  to  Maturity — • 

Distance  Apart  of  Trees:  20  x  20'  to  30'  x  .30';  later  plantings  tend  to  the  30'  x  30'. 

Average  Number  per  Acre:  108  to  .50;  80  average. 

Time  of  Planting  Out:  January,  Fel^ruary  or  March. 

Age  to  Self-Sustaining  Crop:  7-8  years.     Age  to  Maturity:  10-12  years. 

Length  of  Profitable  Life:  Estimated  60  years  or  longer. 

Most  Popular  Varieties:  Napoleon  (Royal  Ann),  Black  Tartarian,  Bing,  Lambert. 

Calendar  of  Operations — 

Irrigation:  Not  much  done,  although  the  foothill  section  an  exception  when  usually  given 

during  June,  July  and  August. 
Pruning:  Pruned  to  form  low  head  and  develop  tree.     Fertilizing:  None. 
Spraying:  February;  lime-sulphur  if  pests  are  present. 
Cultivation:  Plowed,  cross-plowed  and  worked  down  into  shape,  cultivated  six  times  at 

monthly  intervals,  beginning  in  April. 
Companion  Cropping:  Intercropped  to  berries,  small  fruits,  grain,  beans,  beets,  corn,  and 

sometimes  alfalfa.   Usually  discontinued  after  trees  are  4-6  years  old. 

Caring  for  Bearing  Orchards — 

Calendar  of  Operations — 

Irrigation:  Not  much  irrigation  done  except  as  noted  above. 

Spraying:  February;  lime-sulphur. 

Pruning:  Only  to  keep  trees  shapely;  December-January. 

Fertilizing:  Sometimes  manure  put  on. 

Cultivating:  Plowed,  cross-plowetl  and  worked  into  shape.    Cultivated  twice  a  month  until 

end  of  July. 
Fumigating:  None.    Thinning  Fruit:  Not  done. 

Harvest — 

Time:  May  20  to  July  1.     Method:  Picked  by  hand.   Trees  gone  over  four  to  six  times. 
Preparing  for  Market:  Packed  into  10-lb.  boxes  by  hand  for  eastern  shipment,  or  in  20  or 
40  lb.  boxes  loose  for  local  trade,  or  hauled  in  lugs  to  cannery. 

Percentage  of  Different  Grades — 

Cannery  Districts  Shipping  Districts  Total 

(i.  e.,  Napa  Valley)  (i.  c.,  Suisun  Valley)  Output 

Shipped 10  70  30 

Canned 70  10  50 

Culls  (cracked  and 

pecked). 20  20  20 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — Good:  4  tons.    Usual:  2  tons. 

Major  Producing  Counties — Alameda,  Napa,  Placer,  Sacramento,  Santa  Clara,  Solano,  Sonoma. 

Notes — Crop  easily  damaged.    Cherries  are  risky,  but  exceedingly  profitable  on  the  right  land. 


Farm  Management  Notes  45 

OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  CHERRIES. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre—  (See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Not  planted                                                                          Normal  High                 Special 

Best  land ..:'/..!</..: $600.00  JffSOO.OO  

Good  land 400.00  600.00  

Fair  land 200.00  300.00  

Bearing  orchards 

Best 1500.00  2000.00  

Good 1000.00  1200.00  

Fair 600.00  800.00  

Costs  of  establishing  an  orchard,  per  acre — 
Irrigating  system,  included  in  price  of  land 
Preparing  land 

Clearing,  grading  and  leveling                                           10.00  18.00 

Plowing  and  working  down 5.00  0.00  

Planting 

Trees 10.00  21.00  

Setting ._ 4.00  7.00  

Replanting,  including  trees 1.00  2.00 

Costs  from  setting  out  to  self-sustaining  age,  annually,  per 
acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating ..!.■.■...'... 6.00  10.00  

Spraying 1.00  1.75  

Pruning 3.00  6.00  

Irrigation,  water  and  labor 6.00  9.00  

Taxes  and  insurance 6.00  6.50  

Costs  of  mature  orchard,  annually,  per  acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 8.00  14.00  

Spraying 3.00  5.00  [ 

Pruning 2.00  3.50  

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 8.00  12.00  ..: 

Taxes  and  insurance 

Best  orchard 15.00  17.00  

Good  orchard ....:..! 10.00  11.50  

Fair  orchard 6.00  6.75  ..; 

Costs  of  harvesting  and  marketing,  either — 
For  shipments  of  fresh  fruit,  per  10-lb.  box 

Picking 15  .25  

Packing  (loose) 03  .10  

Package 09  .15  

Hauhng  (3  miles) 01  .01^      

For  canneries,  per  ton 

Picking ., 30.00  40.00 

Hauling  (3  miles) 1.00  1.50  

Farm  returns  from  product — 

For  local  fresh  fruit  shipments,  per  pound 

High 08  .15  

Low 04  .08  

Usual 06  .12  

For  eastern  fresh  fruit  shipments,  per  pound 

High 13  .15  

Low : 07  .07         

Usual 11  .13         

For  cannery  fruit,  per  pound 

High 06  .10         

Low 04  .07  

Usual 05  .08         


J^6  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 


CORN  (INDIAN). 

Requihements :  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Time  to  Maturity — 130-160  days. 

Life — Annual. 

Soil  Requirements — Surface:  Black  loam  or  river  bottom  sediment,  3'  or  more.    Well  drained, 
well  supplied  with  organic  matter  and  plant  foods. 

Climatic  Requirements — Freedom  from  frosts  and  hot  drying  winds;  warm  nights,  continuous 
growing  weather,  ample  sunshine,  freedom  from  intense  heat  at  time  of  tasseling. 

Water  Requirements  and  Irrigation — Ample  moisture  from  rainfall  or  irrigation,  equivalent  to 
at  least  30". 

Calendar  of  Operations — 

Preparing  Seed  Bed:  Fall — plowed  8". 

March-April — plowed  6"  and  worked  down  into  seed  bed  immediately  before  planting. 
Planting — Time:  April  1-May  1. 

Quantity:  18  lbs.  when  grov/n  for  silage.;  12  lbs.  when  grown  for  seed. 
Method  and  Distance:  In  hills  3}/^'  apart,  or  in  rows  33^'  apart  —  seed  1"  deep,  6-8"  apart 

for  silage,  10-12"  for  seed. 
Care  of  Growing  Crop:  Cultivated  6-8"  as  soon  as  rows  can  be  seen.    Cultivated  every  two 

weeks,  gradually  reducing  depth.   Irrigated  by  furrows  in  July  when  corn  is  tasseling. 
Varieties:  Leaming,  Hickory  King,  Old  River  Wliite,   California  Semi-Dent,  Red  Cob, 

Yellow  Dent. 
Harvest — When:  Soiling  (e.  g.,  green  growing  corn),  July  l-September  1. 

SUage,  August  15-Septemher  15. 

Grain,  October  1-November  1. 

Fodder  (e.  g.,  dry  mature  corn),  October  15-November  15. 
How:  Silage — Cut  by  hand  or  machine  in  field,  hauled  to  silo,  cut  and  blown  into  silo. 

Grain  —  Husked  by  hand  in  field  from  standing  stalks;  thrown  in  wagon. 

Fodder  —  Cut  and  hauled  as  needed,  or  cattle  turned  in. 

Soiling  —  Cut  and  hauled  as  needed,  or  cattle  turned  in. 


Gross  Yield  per  Acre— 

Silage 

Grain 

Dry  Fodder 

Soiling 

Good:     12  tons 

2000  pounds 

9  tons 

8  tons 

Usual:    8  tons 

1000  pounds 

6  tons 

5  tons 

By-Products — 

Kind:  Husks  from  Old  River  White  varieties. 

Amount:  200  pounds. 

Where  and  For  What  Sold:  Tamale  wrappers. 

Major  Producing  Counties — 
Los  Angeles, 
Mendocino, 
Riverside, 
Sacramento, 
San  Joaquin. 


Farm  Management  Notes  4'^- 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  INDIAN  CORN. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 

(See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre —                                           Normal  High  Special 

Best  land $400.00  $500.00  

Good  land 200.00  300.00  

Fair  land : 100.00  150.00  


Costs  of  the  Crop — 

Preparing  land  and  planting 

Fall  plowing 1.75  3.00 

Spring  plowing 1.25  2.25 

Working  down  into  seed  bed 1.75  3.00 

Seed 25  .35 

Planting 35  1.00 

Growing  the  crop 

Cultivating 2.00  4.00 

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 2.50  3.50 

Hoeing 1.00  2.00 

Suckering 2.00  3.50 

Harvesting 

For  silage,  per  ton 

Cutting  by  binder  or 20  .35 

Cutting  by  hand 30  .50 

Hauling : ;... 25  .50 

Filling  silo 25  .50 

For  grain 

Husking  from  standing  corn,  per  ton 3.00  8.00 

Hauling  (3  miles),  per  ton 1 .00  1 .75 

ShelKng,  per  ton .'..„...!.;...'. 1.00  2.00 

Sacks,  each .    .08  .15 

For  fodder,  per  ton 

Cutting,  by  hand 20  .35 

Shocking 15  .25 

Hauling  (1  mile) 1.25  2.00 

For  soiling,  per  ton 

Cutting  by  hand 25  .40 

HauHng  (1  mile) 1.00  1.75 

Taxes  and  insurance,  per  acre 

Best  land 3.00  3.25 

Good  land 2.00  2.25 

Fair  land 1.00  1.10 

i'arm  returns  for  products — 
Grain,  per  cwt.,  f.  o.  b. 

High 1.75  3.25 

Low 1.55  2.90 

Usual 1.65  3.10 

Fodder  from  husked  corn 

Average  per  ton,  at  ranch 1.50  2.50 

(Not  sufficient  sale  of  fodder,  silage  or  soiling  to  establish  quotations.) 


48  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  witii  data  given  below. 


COTTON. 
Requibements :  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Time  to  Maturity — 7-9  months. 

Life — Annual  or  biennial,  according  to  how  handled. 

Soil  Requirements — Responds  to  good  soil  conditions,  doing  best  on  silt  loams,  although  all  good 
soils  do  well;  4'  or  more  in  depth. 

Climatic  Requirements — Dry  weather  during  growing  season,  high  temperature  for  four  or  five 
months,  and  lack  of  rains  at  time  of  maturity. 

Water  Requirements  and  Irrigation — Plenty  of  moisture  required  throughout  growth  with 
avoidance  of  over-irrigation.    18-24"  of  water  considered  necessary. 

Calendar  of  Operations — 

Preparing  Seed  Bed:  January-March  land  irrigated,  plowed,  disked  and  listed  into  rows  42* 
apart,  harrowed  and  dragged  into  a  seed  bed. 

Planting — Time:  March-June  (April  15-May  15  best). 
Quantity:  20-  30  pounds. 
Method  and  Distance:  Rows  3)^-4'  apart. 

Care  of  Growing  Crop:  Crop  thinned  to  one  plant  every  12  to  18"  (June)  when  plants  are 
6-8"  tall.  Crop  irrigated  4-8  times  by  furrows  once  or  twice  prior  to  last  of  June, 
depending  on  moisture  content,  followed  by  irrigations  at  intervals  of  12-15  days 
until  October  1.  Crop  cultivated  3-5  times,  beginning  in  April,  and  continuing  to 
last  of  June. 

Varieties:  Durango  (medium  long),  Mebane  Triumph  (short),  Pima  (Egyptian). 

Harvest — When:  September-February. 

How:  Picked  by  hand.   Shipped  to  public  gin  for  ginning  and  baling  into  500-lb.  bales. 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — 

Good:  750  pounds  lint. 
Usual:  400  pounds  lint. 

By-Products — 

Kiwi:  Cotton  seed  and  linters  (fuzz  from  seed). 

Amount:  Seed,  70  per  cent  of  j'ickl  figures;  linters  80  pounds  per  ton. 

Where  and  For  What  Sold:  Stock  feed  and  oil. 

Commercial  Sections — 

Imperial  and  Riverside  Counties. 
San  Joa(}uin  and  Sacramento  Valleys. 


Farm  Management  Notes  JfS 

OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  COTTON. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
(See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre — -                                          Normal  High                 Special 

Best  land $200.00  $400.00  

Good  land 125.00  200.00  

Fair  land 75.00  150.00  


Costs  of  the  crop — 

Preparing  land  and  planting,  per  acre 

Irrigating 50 

Plowing  and  working  down 5.00 

Seed 1.00 

Seeding 40 

Replanting  skips 1.00 

Growing  the  crop,  per  acre 

Chopping  and  hoeing 4 .  00 

Cultivating 3.00 

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 6.00 

Harvesting  and  marketing 

Picking,  per  cwt.  of  seed  cotton 

Short  staple 1.25 

Medium  staple 1.50 

Long  staple 

Hauling  (5  miles)  per  ton 1.50 

Weighing,  per  cwt 10 

Ginning,  per  cwt.  of  lint 

Short  and  medium  staple 3.00 

Long  staple 

Bagging  and  ties,  per  bale 1 .50 

Taxes  and  insurance 

Best  land 2.00 

Good  land 1.25 

Fair  land 75 

Farm  returns  for  product — 
Lint,  per  pound 
Short  staple 

High 

Low 

Usual 


Medium  upland  staple  (i.  e.  Durango),  per  pound 

Usual 

Long  staple,  per  pound 

High 

Low 

Usual '. 

Seed,  per  ton 

High 40.00 

Low 15.00 

Usual 30.00 

Linters 


.75 

9 

.00 

2, 

,00 

,55 

1 

.75 

7 

.00 

(J 

.00 

7 

.00 

2 

,50 

3 

.00 

6 

.00 

2 

.50 

.10 

6 

.00 

15 

.00 

2 

.50 

2 

.25 

2 

.00 

1 

.00 

.14 

.52 

.05 

.30 

.11 

.42 

.40 

.55 

* 

.85 

.60 

.75 

.00 

65.00 

.00 

50.00 

.00 

60.00 

.03 

.04 

'  Not  grown  commercially. 


50  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 

FIG. 
Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Climatic  Requirements — 

For  Dried  Figs:  Hot,  dry  atmosphere  and  warm  nights.    Temperature  to  remain  above  18° 

at  all  times.   Sunshine  required  to  prevent  sour  figs. 
For  Fresh  Figs:  Can  be  grown  under  wider  range. 

Soil  Requirements — 

Surface:  Rich  loam  soils  of  good  moisture  holding  capacity  best,  although  will  succeed  on 
wide  range  of  types. 

Subsoil:  No  rock  or  hardpan.   Ample  lime. 

Depth:  5'  or  more.    (There  is  close  interrelation  between  ground  water  and  souring). 
Water  Requirements — Plenty  of  moisture  required  without  excess.    Excess  causes  trouble  in 

drying;  lack  reduces  size  of  figs. 
Setting  Out  and  Caring  for  Orchards  to  Maturity — 

Distance  Apart  of  Trees:  30'  x  30'  Smyrna;  40'  x  40'  Adriatic;  50'  x  50'  Mission. 

Average  Number  per  Acre:  48,  27  or  17.  Age  to  Self-Sustaining  Crop:  6-8  years. 

Time  of  Planting  Out  Trees:  February-March.      Age  to  Maturity:  12-18  years. 

Most  Popular  Varieties  for  Drying:  Smyrna  (Calimyrna),  Adriatic,  Mission. 

Length  of  Probable  Life:  Estimated  75  years  or  more. 
Calendar  of  Operations  to  Maturity — 

Irrigation:  If  given,  by  furrows  —  May-June.     Pruning:  Pruned  annually  to  form  head. 

Fertilizing:  None.     Spraying:  None. 

Cultivating:  Plowed,  January-March,  worked  down  into  good  condition;  or  cultivated  as 
required  for  companion  crops. 

Companion  Cropping:  Not  much  done,  interplanted  occasionally  with  grapes,  sorghums, 
grain  or  beans,  if  water  is  available.    Can  be  practiced  for  four  years. 
Caring  for  Bearing  Orchards — Calendar  of  Operations — 

Caprification:  (Smyrna)  March  and  June.     Irrigation:  If  given,  l)y  furrows  —  May-June. 

Pruning:  To  thin  out  —  November-February. 

Fertilizing:  A  little  haphazard  commercial  fertilizing  done. 

Cultivating:  March-April,  plowed  to  Idll  weeds  and  harrowed  down.  Cultivated  four  times. 
Planked  before  crop  ripens. 

Fumigating:  None.      Thinning  Fruit:  Not  done. 

Spraying:  None  unless  for  moss  in  spring,  using  lime-bordeaux  or  crude  oil  emulsion. 
Harvest — Time:  Fresh  —  from  June  1  to  December  1.     Dried  —  August  20-October  20. 

Methods:  For  fresh  fruit,  picked  by  hand,  carefully  severed  from  tree  with  knife.  For  dried 
fruit,  allowed  to  shrivel  on  trees  and  drop  off  on  ground.  Picked  up  into  40  or  50-lb. 
lug  boxes  and  hauled  to  drier. 

Preparing  for  Market:  Fresh  —  Usually  packed  in  10-lb.,  or  sometimes  20-Ib.  boxes,  single  or 
2-iayer  boxes,  when  fully  ripe.  Sometimes  pasteboard  or  wood  wool  is  used  for  back- 
ing.  Market  hmited. 

Dried  —  Further  dried  on  trays,  stacked  and  covered.  After  7-10  days,  dipped  in 
brine,  returned  to  trays,  stacked  for  one  week,  then  sorted  and  packed.  Adriatics 
sulphured.    Dry  2-3  to  1.  Pry  3  to  2. 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre—  Good  Usual 

Smyrna 2      tons  13^  tons 

Adriatics 2^  tons  2      tons 

Mission 3      tons  2^  tons 

Note — With  Smyrna.s  one  Capri-fig  tree  required  for  every  2.5-:W  Smyrnas  (to  produce  Bhistophaga  wasps) . 
Need  not  take  uji  orchard  space  for  tliese  trees;  use  as  borders  or  on  boundaries  or  along  lanes. 

Figs  should  be  grown  for  profit  where  both  fresh  and  dried  figs  are  possible.     A  commercial  grower  in  such 
sections  will  probably  ship  about  one-half  of  one  per  cent  as  fresh  fruit  (estimated). 

Major  Producing  Counties:  Butte,  Fresno,  Imperial,  Madera,  Merced,  Stanislaus,  Sutter.Tulare,  Yuba. 


Farm  Management  Notes  61 

OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  FIGS. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre —  (See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Not  planted  Normal  High  Special 

Best  land ; $300. 

Good  land 150. 

Fair  land 100. 

Bearing  orchard 

Best  land 800. 

Good  land 600. 

Fair  land 400. 


nal 

High 

00 

$400.00 

00 

250.00 

00 

125.00 

00 

1000.00 

00 

800.00 

00 

500.00 

Costs  of  establishing  an  orchard,  per  acre — 

Cost  of  irrigating  system  included  in  the  price  of  land 

Preparing  land 

Clearing,  grading  and  leveling 30.00  50.00 

Plowing  and  working  down 5.00  9.00 

Planting 

Trees 8.00  18.00 

Setting 4.00  7.00 

Replanting,  including  trees 1.00  2.00 

Costs  from  setting  out  to  self-sustaining  age — 
annually,  per  acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 6.00  11.00 

Pruning 1.00  1.75 

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 6.00  8.00 

Taxes  and  insurance 2.00  2.25 

Costs  of  mature  orchard,  annually,  per  acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivation 6.00  11.00 

Pruning 4.00  7.00 

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 7.00  10.00 

Caprifying  (Smyrnas) 

Labor,  picking  and  distributing 3.00  6.00 

Taxes  and  insurance 

Best  land 5.00  5.50 

Good  land 4.00  4.50 

Fair  land 3.00  3.50 

Costs  of  harvesting  and  marketing — 

For  fresh  fruit  shipments,  per  20-lb.  box 

Picking 15  .25 

Packing  and  warehouse  expense 123^  .15 

Hauling  (3  miles) 01  .OlJ^ 

For  drying,  per  dry  ton 

Picking 6.00  10.00 

Processing,  drying  and  sacking 6.00  10.00 

Hauling  (3  miles) 1.00  1.50 

Farm  returns  from  the  product,  per  pound,  f.  o.  b. — 
Average  for  fresh  fruit 

Usual 10  .10 

Average  for  dried  fruit 

Mission 

Adriatic 

Smyrna 


.03 

.08 

.04 

.11 

.06 

.20 

g2  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 

GRAPE  (Raisin)." 
Requieements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Climatic  Requirements — Freedom  from  late  spring  frosts,  warmth  for  early  ripening,  and 
freedom  from  hea\^'  fall  rains  during  ripening  and  harvest.  Four  or  six  weeks  of  dry  weather 
usually  required  following  picking  to  permit  proper  drying. 

Soil  Requirements — Deep,  fertile  loam,  the  heavier  loams  for  muscats  and  the  lighter  loams  for 
sultana.   Freedom  from  alkali  and  standing  water  during  growing  season. 

Water  Requirements — Grape  secures  color  and  quality  when  grown  with  sufficient  rather  than 
excess  water  supply.    16"  is  average  minimum. 

Setting  Out  and  Caring  for  Vineyards  to  Maturity — 

Distance  Apart  of  Vijies:   Short  prune  6'  x  12'.     Long  prune  6'  x  12'  to  6'  x  IG'.     Rows  run 

east  and  west  18'-24'.    Roads  left  for  hauling  north  and  south  about  every  200'. 
Average  Number  per  Acre:  6'  x  12' — 600.     Time  of  Planting  Out:  February-March. 
Age  to  Self-Sustaining  Crop:  Third  year. 

Most  Popular  Varieties:  Muscat,  Sultanina  (Thompson),  Sultana. 
Length  of  Profitable  Life:  Estimated  20  years  (in  absence  of  serious  disease). 

Calendar  of  Operations — 

Irrigation:  Usually  one  irrigation;  ordinarily  given  in  late  spring  (April). 

Pruning:  December-March.    Pruned  to  either  spurs  or  canes  (if  canes,  these  are  tied  to 

stakes  or  horizontal  wires.   Suckered  in  May  and  June). 
Fertilizing:  None. 
Spraying:  April-June;  sulphured  for  mildew,  one-  two  or  three  times,  except  the  first  one  or 

two  years. 
Cultivation:  Plowed  and  cross-plowed  (January-March),  hoed  once  (June).    Harrowed  into 

shape.    Cultivated  six  times,  beginning  in  April,  at  monthly  intervals. 
Companion  Cropping:  Not  much  done.    During  first  year  or  two  occasionally  planted  to 

beans  or  sorghums. 
Supports:  Sultana  and  other  trellised  varieties.    Vines  tied  to  temporary  Ij^"  x  l}i"  x  3' 

stakes  —  later  to  permanent  trellis.    Muscat  and  other  staked  varieties,  tied  to  2"  x 

2"  x  4'  stakes. 
Care  of  Vineyards  After  Maturity — Calendar  of  Operations — 

Irrigation:  Usually  one  irrigation ;  ordinarily  given  in  late  spring  (April) . 

Spraying:  April-June;  sulphured  for  mildew  one,  two  or  three  times. 

Pruning:  December-March.    Muscats  pruned  to  short  spurs.    Sultanina  to  fruit  canes,  and 

renewal  spurs. 
Fertilizing:  Occasionally  a  little  fertilizing  done,  principally  as  applications  of  grape  pomace, 

green  manures  and  stalile  manures. 
Cultivating:  January-March.    Plowed,  cross-plowed  and  harrowed  into  good  shape.    Culti- 
vated four  times  at  monthly  intervals,  beginning  in  April.    Hoed  once  around  vines 

in  June. 
Fumigating:  None.     Thinning  Fruit:  Not  done. 

Harvest — 

Time:  August  20-Octobcr  1.     Method:  Clusters  cut  by  hand. 

Preparing  for  Market:  Spread  on  trays  holding  22  pounds  (2'  x  3')  placed  in  the  rows,  cured, 

sorted,  and  delivered  to  raisin  packing  house.   In  the  Sacramento  Valley  the  Sultanina 

are  dippetl  and  dried  in  a  drying  yard. 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — Good:  IJ^  tons  raisins.     Usual:  1  ton  raisins. 

By-Products — 

A  second  crop,  in  case  of  Muscats  sometimes  sold  to  winery.   Equal  to  20%  of  crop  (green). 

Major  Producing  Counties — Kings,  Fresno,  Sutter,  Tulare. 


Farm  Management  Notes  53 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  RAISIN  GRAPES. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre—  (See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Not  planted                                                                          Normal  High                 Special 

Best  land $250.00  $300.00  

Good  land 150.00  250.00  

Fair  land 100.00  150.00  

Bearing  vineyard 

Best  400.00  1000.00  

Good 300.00  800.00  

Fair 200.00  600.00  

Costs  of  establishing  vineyard — 

Irrigation  system  included  in  the  price  of  the  land 
Preparing  land,  per  acre 

Clearing,  leveling  and  grading 20.00  35.00  

Plowing  and  working  down 5.00  9.00  

Planting 

Vines 10.00  10.00  

Setting 6.00  10.00  

Replanting,  including  vines 1.50  2.50  

Costs  from  setting  out  to  self-sustaining  age,  annually,  per  acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 7.00  12.00  

Pruning  and  burning  brush  (after  first  year) 2.00  3.50  

Sulphuring  (after  first  year) 75  1.25  

Stakes  and  trellis  (first  year) 20.00  60.00  

Tying 1.50  3.00  

Hoeing  (after  first  year) 1.00  1.75  

Taxes  and  insurance 1.50  1.75  

Costs  of  mature  vineyard,  annually,  per  acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 7.00  12.00  

Sulphuring 1.25  1.75  

Pruning  and  burning  brush 

Muscats 4.50  9.00  

Sultanina 10.00  16.00  

Suckering 1.00  1.75 

Tying 

Sultanina 2.50  4.00  

Hoeing 

Muscat 2.00  3.00  

Sultanina 4.00  5.00  

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 3.00  4.00  

Taxes  and  insurance 

Best  vineyard 4.00  4,50  

Good  vineyard 3.00  3.25  

Fair  vineyard 2.00  2.25  

Costs  of  harvesting  and  marketing,  per  dry  ton — 

Picking 10.00  19.25  

Handling  trays 1.50  2.52  

Turning  and  stacking 1 .25  3.89  

Packing  in  lug  boxes 1.25  3.38  

Hauling  (3  miles) 1.00  2.57  

Farm  returns  for  product,  per  pound,  f  o.  b. — 

High 061^  .IIH  

Low 021^  .07H  

Usual 03M  -10  


54  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 

GRAPE  (Table). 
Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Climatic  Requirements — Fieedoin  from  late  spring  frosts,  fall  rains  during  ripening  and  harvest, 
and  sudden  changes  in  temperature.   Climate  determines  varieties. 
For  extra  early :  Early  starting  weather  and  high  mean  daily  spring  temperature. 
For  late:  Absence  of  fall  frosts  and  rains. 

Color  is  the  predominant  characteristic  of  table  grapes,  and  is  greatly  affected  by  soil  and 
temperature.   The  hotter  the  climate,  the  lighter  the  color. 
Soil  Requirements — Deep,  fertile,  sandy  loam,  although  not  particular.    Freedom  from  alkali 

and  standing  water  during  growing  season. 
Water  Requirements — Grapes  secure  color  and  quality  when  grown  with  sufficient  rather  than 

excess  water  supply.    16"  is  considered  average  minimum  without  irrigation. 
Setting  Out  and  Caring  for  Vineyards  to  Maturity — 

Distance  Apart  of  Vines:  9'  x  9'  to  12'  x  12',  mostly  10'  x  10';  about  every  200'  a  row  north 

and  south  is  omitted  for  hauling  lane. 
Average  Number  per  Acre:  300  to  500,  average  4.35.      Time  of  Planting  Out:  January-March. 
Age  to  Self-Sustaining  Crop:  4  years  (autumn).     Age  to  Maturity:  7  years. 
Length  of  Profitable  Life:  Estimated  30  years  (in  absence  of  serious  disease). 
Most  Popular  Varieties:  Tokay,  Malaga,  Emperor,  Sultanina  (Thompson),  Muscat. 
Calendar  of  Operations — 

Irrigation:  Little  done,  except  in  the  regular  irrigating  sections,  where  two  irrigations  are 

necessary,  usually  given  in  April  or  May  and  December. 
Pruning:  December-March.   Pruned  to  result  in  grapes  being  kept  off  the  ground.   Vines  a,re 

mostly  tied  to  stakes.   Suckered  in  spring  and  summer  (May-June). 
Fertilizing:  None. 

Spraying:  April-July,  sulphured  for  mildew,  one,  two  or  three  times  except  the  first  year  or  two. 
Cultivation:  Plowed  and  cross-plowed  (January-March),  hoed  once  or  twice  (June).  Harrow- 
ed into  shape,  cultivated  six  times  at  monthly  intervals  from  April  to  August. 
Companion  Cropping:  Little  done.   During  first  year  or  two  occasionally  planted  to  beans  or 

sorghum. 
Supports:  Vines,  if  tied,  are  fastened  to  stakes  2"  x  2"  x  6'. 
Caring  for  Bearing  Vineyards — 
Calendar  of  Operations — 

Irrigation:  If  in  irrigated  region,  one  irrigation  is  given  in  late  spring  (April).    Probably  50% 

raised  without  irrigation. 
Spraying:  April-July,  sulphured  for  mildew  one,  two  or  three  times. 
Pruning:  December-March,  spur  pruning  most  usual;  Tokays  average  3  bud  spurs,  Malaga 

and  Emperor  average  4  bud  spurs. 
Fertilizing:  Occasionally  a  little  done,  prin(-ii)ally  as  applications  of  grape  pomace,  green  and 

stable  manures. 
Cultivating:  January-March,  plowed,  cross-plowed  and  harrowed  into  good  shape.  Cultivated 

four  times,  from  April  at  monthly  intervals.   Hoed  one  time  around  vines  in  June. 
Fumigating:  None.     Thinning  Fruits:  ISfone. 
Harvest — Time:  June  15,  until  first  heavy  rains  (about  November  15). 

Method:  Carefully  cut  i)y  hand.    Placed  in  single  layers  in  wide,  shallow  boxes.    Vines  gone 

over  seveial  tinu^s. 
Preparing  for  Market:  Packed  into  crates  cither  with  or  without  baskets,  total  weight  32 
pounds,  net  28  pounds,  shipped  in  refrigerator  cars. 
Percent  of  Different  Grades— Pacfcerf.-  60%  or  80%,.    Culls:  40%  or  20%. 
Gross  Yield  per  Acre— GoorZ;  7  tons.     Usual:  4  tons. 
By-PRODUCTS — Culls  sold  to  winery  or  dried  for  raisins. 
Major  Producing  Counties — 

Fresno,  Imperial,  Merced,  Sacramento,  San  Joaquin,  Santa  Cruz,  Tulare  and  Yolo  Counties. 


Farm  Management  Notes  55 

OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  TABLE  GRAPES. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 

Mark(!l  prices  for  land,  per  acre—  (Sec  page  23  for  explanation) 

Not  planted                                                                          Normal  High                 Special 

Best  land 1250.00  $300.00  

Good  land 150.00  250.00  

Fair  land 100.00  150.00 

Bearing  vineyard 

Best  600.00  1000.00  

Good                400.00  750.00  

Fair 300.00  500.00  

Costs  of  establishing  a  vineyard,  per  acre — 

Irrigation  system  included  in  the  jirico  of  the  land 

p          .       /  Clearing,  grading  and  leveling 28.00  40.00  

rreparmg  j  plowing  and  working  down 5.00  9.00  

[  Vines 10.00  16.00  

Planting     {Setting 6.00  10.00  

[  Replanting,  including  vines 1.50  2.50  

Costs  from  setting  out  to  self-sustaining  age,  annually,  per  acre 

Plowing  and  cultivating 7.00  12.00  

Stakes  (first  year) 10.00  30.00 

Tying 1.50  3.00 

Pruning  and  burning  brush  (after  first  year) 2.00  3.50 

Sulphuring  (after  first  year) 75  1.25 

Hoeing  (after  first  year) 1 .00  1 .75  

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 4.00  5.00  

Taxes  and  insurance 1.50  1.75  

Costs  of  mature  vineyard,  annually,  per  acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating _ 7.00  12.00  

Pruning  and  burning  brush 5.00  9.00  

Sulphuring 2.00  3.00  

Suckering 1.00  2.00  

Tyng        1.00  2.00  

Hoeing 2.00  3.50  

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 4.00  5.00  

T,              ,fBest 5.00  5.50  

Taxes  and     Q^^^          3  00  325  

msurance   |  p^j^. 2.00  2.25  

Costs  of  harvesting  and  marketing — 

For  dehvery  to  commission  i  Picking 3.00  5.00  

men,  per  ton             \  Hauling  (3  miles) 1.00  1.50  

For  shipping,  per  crate 

Picking 05  .09  

Hauling  to  warehouse 01  -OIJ^  

Packing  and  warehouse  expenses 07  .12  

Crates 10  .16  

^,  „            ,        f  Picking 3.00  5.00  

Culls,  perton  |  Hauling  (3  miles) 1.00  1.50  

Farm  returns  from  product — 

From  shipments,  [High 1.25  1.50  

packed,          ■,  Low 25  .60  

per  crate,  f.o.b.    [Usual 50  1.00  

From  packing  [High 25.00  120.00  

houses,  loose,  ■!  Low 7.50  25.00  

perton        [Usual 15.00  40.00  

Culls 7.00  10.00          


56  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 

HAY  (Grain). 
Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Time  to  Maturity — 4  to  6  months. 

Life — Annual. 

Soil  Requirements — 

Baiiey:  Heavier  soil  types,  presence  of  organic  matter,  freedom  from  excess  of  alkali. 
Wheat:  Same  as  barley,  but  requires  more  organic  matter,  and  will  withstand  less  alkali. 
Oats:  Same  as  barley,  more  benefitted  by  heavy  soils. 

Climatic  Requirements — 

Barley:  Withstands  very  dry,  hot  weather,  and  limited  rainfall. 

Wheat:  Requires  more  water  and  will  stand  less  heat  than  barley. 

Oats:  Requires  a  cool,  relatively  humid  climate.   Best  adapted  to  Coast  regions. 

Water  Requirements  and  Irrigation — 

Barley:  If  rainfall  is  less  than  18"  summer  fallowed  every  second  year.    25-30"  optimum. 
Wheat:  Requires  more  moisture  than  barley. 
Oats:  Requires  more  moisture  than  wheat. 

Calendar  of  Operations — 

Either  seeded  or  volunteer  crop. 
When  seeded — 
Preparing  Seed  Bed:  November-February  plowed  4-6"  deep.    Disked  or  harrowed  before 

planting. 
Planting:  Time:  November  15-April  1. 

Quantity:  60-100  pounds. 

Method  and  Distance:  Drilled  or  broadcasted.   Disked  or  harrowed  after  planting. 
When  volunteered : 
Grown  from  natural  seeding  by  shattering  of  previous  year's  crop.  If  so,  no  soil  preparation 

or  seeding  is  required. 

Varieties — 

Barley:  Common  California,  Chevalier,  Mariout. 

Oats:  Common  California  Red,  Common  California  Black. 

Wheat:  White  Australian,  Defiance. 

Harvest — 

Time:  May-June. 

Method:  Mowed,  raked,  cocked,  left  until  cured,  stacked  (or  baled  if  for  market). 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — 

Good:  2  tons.     Usual:  1  ton,  green  hops. 

By-Products— iCind;  Stubble.     Where  and  For  What  Sold:  Pasture. 

Major  Producing  Counties — 

Wheat:  Contra  Costa,  San  Luis  Obispo,  Madera,  Monterey. 
Oats:  Coast  Counties,  Madera,  San  Joaejuin,  Stanislaus,  Merced. 
Barley:  Madera,  Merced,  Monterey,  San  Joacpiin. 

Note — Cereals  are  not  as  a  rule  grown  primarily  for  hay.  An  exception  is  sonu;  of  the 
foothill  lands.  The  crop  is  raised  primarily  for  grain  but  cut  for  hay  if  indications  are  that  the 
grain  will  not  fill  or  if  the  hay  market  is  promising. 


Farm  Management  Notes  67 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  GRAIN  HAY. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
(See  page  23  for  explanation) 
Market  prices  for  laiid,  per  acre —  Normal  High  Special 

Best  land $100.00  S150.00 

Good  land 60.00  75.00 

Fair  land 20.00  40.00  


Cost  of  the  crop — 

Preparing  land  and  planting,  per  acre 
Plowing,  either 

Annually  cropped  land ,.., 1.50  2.50  

Summer  fallowed  land 2.50  4.00  

Harrowing  before  seeding 25  .40  

Seed 1.00  2.50  

Seeding,  either 

Drilling,  or 25  .50  

Broadcasting  and 10  .15 

Harrowing  after  seeding 35  .55  

Harvesting 

Mowing,  per  acre 40  .70  

Raking,  per  acre 25  .45  

Shocking,  per  acre 30  .50  

Stacking,  per  ton 60  1.00 

or 

Baling,  per  ton,  and 1.75  3.50  

Hauling,  per  ton,  (3  mQes) 1.00  1.50  

Taxes  and  insurance 

Best  land 1.50  1.65  ' 

Good  land 1.00  1.10  

Fair  land 50  .55  

Farm  returns  from  products — 
Hay,  baled  and  loaded  in  cars 

High 16.00  22.00  

Low 8.00  10.00  

Usua' 12.00  14.00  

Stubble,  per  acre 

High 50  .75  

Low 10  .25  

Usual 25  .50  


58  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 


HOPS. 
Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Time  to  Maturity — First  year  a  small  yield  is  secured,  e.  g.,  about  10%  of  a  crop. 

Life — Not  known  definitely  (some  yards  are  25  years  old  and  doing  well) . 

Soil  Requirements — Black,  rich,  alluvial,  sandy  loam  of  excellent  moisture-retaining  properties, 
at  least  6'  in  depth.   Old  river  bottoms  best. 

Climatic  Requirements — Hot  sunny  weather  during  growing  season. 

Water  Requirements  and  Irrigation — Plenty  of  moisture  without  excess  required. 

Calendar  of  Operations — 

Preparing  for  Planting:  January-March  plowed  8",  cross-plowed  and  put  in  shape  for  plant- 
ing. 

Planting: 

Time:  January-April. 
Quantity:  650-2000  vines. 

Method  and  Distance:  1-3  roots  to  a  hill,  hills  6'  x  6'  to  S'  x  8'.     1  staminate  vine 
planted  for  every  100  vines. 

Care  First  Year:  Cultivated  first  year  4-8  times.  Cultivation  ceases  by  about  July  15. 
Trellis  system  set  and  vines  trained  to  it.  High  pole  system  consists  of  6"  x  6"  poles 
16'-20'  above  ground,  set  36'  to  48'  apart,  strung  with  trellis  wire  used  overhead  and 
2  or  3  cotton  strings  from  hill  to  trellis.  Low  pole  system  consists  of  a  pole  at  every 
hill,  8'  above  ground,  and  strings  stretched  criss-cross  from  pole  to  pole. 

Care  After  First  Year:  After  first  year  plowed  two  to  four  times  8-12"  deep,  March-June, 
and  cultivated  until  July  1.  Vines  trained  annually  in  April  and  May.  Pruned  after 
harvest  is  over  in  February-March.  Sometimes  sprayed  for  lice  or  sulphured  for 
spider. 

Varieties — Not  segregated. 

Harvest — 

When:  August-September. 
Hoiv:  Picked  by  hand. 

Operations:  Dried  in  kilns  at  160  to  175°  for  9-12  hours  with  sulphur  fumes.  Baled  in  200-lb. 
bales  (180  lbs.  net).   Dry  3M-3M  to  1. 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — 
Good:  2000  pounds. 
Usual:  1400  pounds. 

Major  Producing  Counties — 

Mendocino,  Sacramento,  Sonoma,  Tehama,  Yuba. 


Farm  Management  Notes  69 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  HOPS. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre —  (Sec  page  23  for  expkinutioii) 

Not  planted  Normal  High  Special 

Best  land $800.00        $1000,00  

Good  land 300.00  400.00  

Fair  land 200.00  300.00 

In  bearing  vines 

Best  land 1000.00  1200.00  

Good  land 000.00  800.00  

Fair  land 400.00  500.00 


Costs  of  establishing — first  year — per  acre — 

Preparing  land  for  planting 

Plowing  and  working  down 6.00  10.00 

Planting 

Roots 10.00  15.00 

Setting 6.00  12.00 

Poles,  wires  and  erecting  trellis,  either 

High  pole  .system 75.00  225.00 

Low  pole  system 25.00  75.00 

Training  (high  pole) 

Labor 12.00  30.00 

Twine 7.50  30.00 

Cultivating 7.50  12.00 

Ta.xes  and  insurance 

Best  land 6.00  6.50 

Good  land 4.00  4.50 

Fair  land 3.00  3.25 

Cost  of  established  yard,  annually — 

Labor  of  stringing,  pruning,  suckering,  hoeing,  training 

and  pegging      18.00  40.00 

String,  either  for 

High  pole  system 7.50  37.50 

Low  pole  system 3.00  15.00 

Spraying 3.00  4.50 

Plowing  and  cultivating 10.00  18.00 

Irrigating 3.00  5.00 

Taxes  and  insurance 

Best  yards 8.00  9.00 

Good  yards 6.00  6.50 

Fair  yards 4.00  4.50 

Cost  of  harvesting  and  marketing — 

Picking,  green,  per  pound 01  .02)^ 

Drying,  per  dry  pound 00^  -OlJ^ 

Baling,  per  dry  pound OOJ^  .00^ 

Hauling  (5  miles),  per  ton 1.25  1.75 

Farm  returns  from  product,  per  pound,  f.  o.  b. 

High 45  .90 

Low 08  .12 

Usual 14  .60 

Note — Prices  subject  to  sudden  and  violent  fluctuations. 


60  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  witli  data  given  below. 

LEMON. 
Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Climatic  Requirements-vIn  General:  A  semi-tropical  plant,  requiring  heat  and  freedom  from 

frost.    The  frost  factor  is  largely  the  limiting  feature.    Compared  with  orange  requires  less 

heat  but  is  more  susceptible  to  frost  damage. 
Soil  Requirements — Siirface:  Rich,  fertile,  clay  loam. 

Subsoil:  Open,  no  hardpan,  no  black  alkali.     Depth:  6'  or  more. 
Water  Requirements — Constant  supply  of  moisture ;  tree  is  evergreen  and  a  heavy  user  of  water. 

Total  of  45  acre  inches  from  rainfall  and  irrigation. 
Setting  Out  and  Caring  for  Orchards  to  Maturity — 

Distance  Apart  of  Trees:  20'  x  20'  to  24'  x  24';  greater  distance  preferred. 

Average  Number  per  A  ere:  108  to  75 ;  average  80.    Time  of  Planting  Out:  March-May  (April  best) . 

Age  to  Self-Sustaining  Crop:  7-8  years.     Age  to  Maturity:  10-12  years. 

Most  Popular  Varieties:  Eureka,  Lisbon.  Length  of  Profitable  Life:  Estimated  50  years,  or  longer. 
Calendar  of  Operations  to  Maturity — 

Irrigation:  To  keep  constant  moisture  supply  available  all  year  'round.  This  means  irrigating 
every  6  to  8  weeks  from  May  to  November  while  trees  are  small. 

Pruning:  Pruned  to  shapely  head  second  year  dvn-ing  February,  then  annually  dead  limbs 
removed,  and  suckers  and  water  sprouts  shortened  or  removed.  Headed  back  to 
increase  strength  of  limb  and  cause  fruit  to  be  borne  nearer  axis. 

Fertilizing:  If  soils  lack  body,  they  need  chemical  fertilizers,  manure  and  green  manure 
crops.  Fertilizers  put  on  in  fall  and  spring;  green  manure  crops  grown  from  August 
or  September  to  February  or  March,  when  plowed  under. 

Spraying:  Depends  on  presence  of  fungi  or  insects. 

Cultivation  for  Young  Trees:  If  no  companion  crops  are  grown,  plowed  two  ways  in  February 
and  March  to  turn  under  weeds  and  green  manure  crops.  Cultivated  two  times  be- 
tween irrigations.    Expense  of  cultivation  occasionally  borne  by  companion  crops. 

Companion  Cropping:  Beans  for  1,  2  or  3  years,  if  sufficient  water  and  fertility  is  available, 
cabbage,  nursery  stock,  beans,  chili  peppers,  corn,  and  sometimes  alfalfa. 
Caring  for  Bearing  Orchards — Calendar  of  Operations — 

Irrigation:  Every  four  weeks  from  April  to  November. 

Pruning:  Once  in  fall  to  open  tree;  once  in  spring  to  remove  suckers  (June). 

Fertilizing :  Manure  and  chemical  fertilizers  used,  the  practice  varying.  Cover  crop  of  rye, 
bitter  clover,  or  alfalfa  planted  in  August  or  September,  irrigated  every  two  weeks, 
and  plowed  under  in  February  or  March. 

Cultivation:  Plowed  both  ways  in  spring  8"  deep,  cultivated  two  times  between  irrigations. 

Fumigating:  Once  in  one  or  two  years  for  scale  with  cyanide  of  sodium  or  cyanide  of  potas- 
sium.   Done  by  contract.    Not  necessary  in  scale-free  districts. 

Time:  From  middle  of  July  to  Januarj'  1. 

Thinning  Fruit:  Not  done;  tree  crowded  to  carry  all  fruit  which  sets  by  cultivating,  fertil- 
izing and  irrigating. 

Spraying:  Sometimes  for  scale,  but  usually  fumigation  takes  place  of  spraying.   Always  spray 
for  red  spider. 
Harvest — Time:  Average  10  pickings  a  year. 

Method:  Carefully  cut  by  hand,  sizes  2^"  in  winter  and  2J"  in  summer. 

Preparing  for  Market:  Washed,  sorted,  i)ackcd  and  ripened.  Boxes  11"  x  14i"  x  27"  (out- 
sicie  measurements)  hohliiig  210  to  490  lemons  —  graded  according  to  size.  Weight  = 
84  11)S.  gross,  7(5  lbs.  net,  408  boxes  stiuidard  car. 

In  fall,  to  take  advantage  of  high  prices,  color  is  hastened  and  the  fruit  rushed  to  market. 
In  winter,  the  plan  is  to  retard  ripening. 
Percentage  of  Different  Grades— Packing  fruit:  90%.     Culls:  10%. 
Gross  Yield  per  Acre — Good:  300  packed  l)oxcs.     Usual:  150  packed  boxes. 
Major  Producing  Counties — 

Los  Angeles,  Orange,  Riverside,  San  Bernardino,  San  Diego,  Santa  Barbara,  Tulare,  Ventura. 


Farm,  Management  Notes  61 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  LEMONS. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre —  (Sec  page  23  for  explanation) 

Not  planted  Normal  High  Special 

Best  land $1000.00         $1500.00  

Good  land 750.00  1000.00 

Fair  land 000.00  750.00  

Bearing  orchard 

Best 3500.00  4000.00  

Good 1500.00  2000.00  

Fair 750.00  1000.00  


Costs  of  establishing  an  orchard,  per  acre — 

Irrigating  system  or  water  right  included  in  price  of  land 
Preparing  land 

Clearing,  grading  and  leveling 30.00  50.00 

Plowing  and  working  down 5.00  9.00  

Planting 

Trees 90.00  120.00  

Setting 5.00  8.00  

Replanting,  including  trees ....,,...,...,.. 4.00  8.00  

Costs  from  setting  out  to  self-sustaining  age,  annually,  per 

acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 10.00  18.00  

Fertilizing 10.00  15.00  

Pruning 3.00  6.00  

Irrigating,  water  and  labor .' 12.00  17.00  

Whitewashing  and  protecting  trunks 3.00  5.00  

Taxes  and  insurance 

Best  land 10.00  11 .00  

Good  land 5.00  5.50  

Fair  land 2.50  2.75  

Costs  of  mature  orchard,  annually,  per  acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 25.00  35.00  

Fertilizing,  manuring  and  cover  crop 40.00  50.00  

Pruning 15.00  25.00  

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 15.00  20.00  

Fumigating,  when  done 20.00  22.00  

Smudging,  when  done 15.00  25.00  

Spraying,  when  done 7.50  12.00  

Other  tree  care 5.00  8.00  

Taxes  and  insurance 

Best  orchard 20.00  22.00  

Good  orchard 10.00  11.00  

Fair  orchard 5.00  5.50  

Costs  of  harvesting  and  marketing,  per  box — 

Picking 25  .35  

Hauling  (3  miles) 04  .06  

Packing  and  warehouse  expense 60  .82  

Farm  retm-ns  from  product,  per  box,  f.  o.  b. — 

High 3.50  3.25  

Low 1.50  1.25  

Usual 2.50  2.25  

Note — Lemon  prices  are  subject  to  violent  fluctuations.  Past  history  is  of  less  than  ordinary 
value  in  gauging  probable  future  prices. 


62  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 


OATS. 

Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Time  to  Maturity — 165  days. 

Life — Annual. 

Soil  Requirements — Surface:  Heavier  soil  types  24"  in  depth,  presence  of  organic  matter,  less 
than  .25  of  1%  of  alkah  (same  as  barley,  but  more  benefitted  by  heavy  soils). 

Climatic  Requirements — Requires  a  cool,  relatively  humid  climate.  Best  adapted  to  coast  regions. 

Water  Requirements — Requires  more  moisture  than  other  cereals.   32"  optimmn. 

Calendar  of  Operations — 

Preparing  Seed  Bed:  November-February  plowed  4-8"  deep.    Disked  or  harrowed  before 
planting. 

Planting:  Time:  November  15  to  Februaiy  1. 

Qxiantity:  110  pounds  broadcast. 
80  pounds  drilled. 

Method  and  Distance:  Broadcasted  and  harrowed  in,  or  drilled. 

Varieties — Common  California  Red,  Common  Black,  Lincoln  (white). 

Harvest — 

When:  June  15  to  September  1. 

How:  By  heading  in  fog  belts,  by  combines  in  valley,  by  binders  in  special  sections. 

Operations:  Threshed  either  from  shock  by  stationary  outfit,  or  in  combined  harvester. 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — 
Good:  1500  pounds. 
Usual:  900  pounds. 

By-Products — 

Kind:  Stubble  and  baled  straw. 
Amount:  Depends  on  lodging  and  method  of  harvest. 

T^Aere  and /or  TF/iai  (SoW.- Stubble,  feed ;  Straw,   straw  for  bedding,  feed  and  fertilizer,  G-8 
bales. 

Major  Producing  Counties— 

Coast  counties,  especially  Contra  Costa,  Monterey,  San  Mateo,  Sonoma  Coimties. 


Farm  Management  Notes  63 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  OATS. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 

(See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre —  Normal  High  Special 

Best  land .|20().0()  $250.00  

Good  land 100.00  150.00         

Fair  land 60.00  75.00         


Costs  of  the  crop — 

Preparing  land  and  planting 

Plowing 1.75  2.50 

Harrowing 25  .40 

Planting,  Seed 2.00  4.00 

Broadcasting,  and 10  .15 

Harrowing,  or 15  .30 

Drilling 25  .50 

Harvesting,  either 

By  combine,  per  acre 

Less  than  10-sack  crop 2.00  3.50 

10- to  15-sack  crop 3.00  5.00 

Over  15-sack  crop 4.00  6.00 

By  binding  and  stationary  threshing 

Binding,  including  twine,  per  acre 1.25  1.75 

Stacking,  per  acre 15  .20 

Threshing,  per  sack 11  .20 

By  heading  and  stationary  threshing,  per  acre 

Heading,  per  acre 1.00  2.00 

Threshing,  per  sack 11  .20 

Sacks,  each 08  .15 

Twine,  per  sack 003  .005 

Hauling  (10  miles),  per  sack 05  .08 

Taxes  and  insurance 

Best  land 1.50  1.65 

Good  land 1.00  1.10 

Fair  land 50  .55 

Farm  returns  from  product — 

Grain,  per  cwt.,  f.  o.  b. 

High 1.75  3.12 

Low 1.25  3.00 

Usual 1.35  3.05 

Stubble 

High,  per  acre 40  1.00 

Low,  per  acre 10  .10 

Usual,  per  acre 15  .25 


64  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 

OLIVE. 
Requirements:  Method  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Climatic  Requirements — In  General:  6200-7200°  F.  required  to  ripen  crop.  (Add  mean  tempera- 
tures for  all  months  from  blossoming  time  to  ripening  time ;  divide  by  the  number  of  months ; 
multiply  by  nmnber  of  days).  Dry  climate,  free  from  too  much  moisture  in  air  and  frosts 
when  berries  are  on  trees.  Temperature  never  to  drop  below  20°  F.,  and  no  frosts  from 
middle  of  April  to  middle  of  December. 

Soil  Requirements — 

Surface:  Best  soil  is  soft,  warm,  friable,  light  sandy  loam ;  wide  range,  however. 
Subsoil:  Moderately  moist,  well  drained,  abundance  of  lime  and  potash. 
Depth:  8'  or  more;  there  are  successful  orchards,  however,  on  shallower  soils. 

Water  Requirements — Varies  with  depth  and  character  of  soOs.  Usually  needs  30  acre  inches  of 
water  to  produce  profitably. 

Setting  Out  and  Caring  for  Orchards  to  Maturity — 

Distance  Apart  of  Trees:  20'  x  20'  to  30'  x  30';  greater  distance  preferred. 

Average  Number  per  Acre:  108  to  48;  70  average. 

Time  of  Planting  Out:  February-April. 

Age  to  Sclf-Sustaining  Crop:  5-7  years.     Age  to  Maturity:  12  years. 

Most  Popular  Varieties:  Mission,  Manzanillo,  Escolano. 

Length  of  Profitable  Life:  Not  known. 

Calendar  of  Operations  to  Maturity — 

Irrigation:  To  keep  constant  moisture  supply  available  at  aU  times.     This  means  irrigating 

every  6  or  8  weeks  from  May  to  November,  while  trees  are  small. 
Pruning:  First  year  only  ground  suckers  and  cross  branches  removed.  After  first  year  pruned 

annually  to  make  head. 
Fertilizing:  If  soils  lack  body,  fertilizers,  green  manures  and  stable  manure  used. 
Spraying:  Usually  not  required  for  young  trees. 
Cultivating :  Usually  such  as  required  by  companion  crops.    Yearly  deep  plowing  to  keep 

feeding  roots  down,  is  desirable. 
Companion  Cropping:  As  in  other  orchards,  if  soil,  water  and  fertility  will  permit. 

Care  of  Bearing  Orchards — Calendar  of  Operations — 

Irrigation:  Ample  moisture  needed.   Irrigated  one  week  before  blossoming  and  from  July  15 

to  September  30  (15  to  30  days  apart).   Give  30"  or  more  rainfall  and  irrigation. 
Pruning:  Pruned  during  January  or  February.  Superfluous  or  useless  growth  and  dead  wood 

removed.   Olives  borne  on  wood  produced  previous  year. 
Fertilizing:  Some  (although  little)  fertihzing  done.   Necessary  to  keep  up  humus  and  plant 

foods. 
Cultivating:  Plowed  6 "-10"  after  rains  in  February  or  March.   Cultivated  once  a  month  from 

April  to  Novembei-. 
Spraying:  For  scale  in  foggy  climate.    Usually  not  required  in  interior.    When  sprayed,  oil 

emulsion  is  used  in  September,  although  January  is  preferable. 

Harvest — Time:  October  to  December. 

Method:  Oil — Pulled  off  by  hand  or  knocked  off  with  poles  and  delivered  in  lug  bo.xes  or  sacks. 
Pickling — Carefully  hand  picked  into  lined  baskets  and  delivered  in  small  lined  lug 
boxes  (40  pounds). 

Percent  of  Different  Grades — Pickling:  40%.     Oil:  60%. 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — Good:  2  tons.     Usual:  V/2  tons. 

Major  Producing  Counties — Grown  rather  generally  over  the  State  inland  from  Tehama  to 
San  Diego,  especially  in  Butte,  Los  Angeles,  Riverside,  San  Diego,  Tehama  and  Tulare. 


Farm  Management  Notes  65 

OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ^CRE  OF  OLIVES. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre —  (See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Not  planted  Normal  High  Special 

Best  land $300.00  $350.00  

Good  land 150.00  250.00  

Fair  land 75.00  150.00  

Bearing  orchards 

Best 800.00  1000.00         

Good 600.00  750.00         

Fair 400.00  500.00         


Costs  of  establishing  an  orchard,  per  acre — 

Irrigating  system  included  in  price  of  land 

Preparing  land 

Clearing,  grading  and  leveling 30.00  50.00 

Plowing  and  worldng  down 5  00  7.50 

Planting 

Trees 15.00  30.00 

Setting 5.00  8.00 

Replanting,  including  trees 1.00  1.75 

Costs  from  setting  out  to  self-sustaining  age,  annually,  per 
acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 4.00  7.00 

Pruning 1.50  2.50 

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 7.00  12.00 

Whitewashing 75  1.25 

Taxes  and  insurance 1.50  1.65 

Costs  of  mature  orchard,  annually,  per  acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 6.00  10.00 

Pruning 12.00  20.00 

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 8.00  12.00 

Taxes  and  insurance 

Best 10.00  11.00 

Good 7.00  7.75 

Fair 4.00  .4.50 

Costs  of  harvesting  and  marketing,  either — 

For  pickling,  per  ton 

Picldng 20.00  50.00 

Hauling  (4  miles) 1.00  1.50 

For  oil,  per  ton 

Picking 15.00  45.00 

Hauling  (4  miles) 1.00  1.50 

Farm  returns  for  product,  f.  o.  b. — 

Pickling  olives,  per  ton 

High 250.00  500.00 

Low 75.00  100.00 

Usual 125.00  200.00 

Oil  olives,  per  ton 

High 50.00  100.00 

Low 35.00  60.00 

Usual 40.00  80.00 


66  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 


ONION. 
Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Time  to  Maturity — 

Fall  Planting:  150-240  days. 
Spring  Planting:  180-220  days. 

Life — Annual. 

Soil  Requirements — Rich  silt  or  peat  lands,  retentive  of  moisture,  2'  in  depth. 

Climatic  Requirements — Long  growing  season   with  moderate  temperature,   no  rain   during 
harvest. 

Water  Requirements — Abundant  moisture,  from  either  natural  sources  or  irrigation.   Crop  must 
be  kept  continually  growing,  for  if  checked  will  go  to  seed,  thus  rendering  it  unfit  for  market. 

Calendar  of  Operations — 

Preparing  Seed  Bed:  Fall  Planting:  October-November  plowed  and  worked  down  into  seed 
bed. 

Spring  Planting:  Plowed  November,  January  replowed  and  worked  down  into  excellent 
seed  bed. 

Planting:  Time:  November-February.   Young  plants  seeded  in  November  and  transplanted. 
Seed  used  in  February. 

Quantity:  2-7  lbs.  of  seed  for  field  planting,  or  160,000  sets. 

Method  and  Distance:  Seed  or  plants  set  in  12"  rows  4"  apart  in  rows.    Drilled  or  set 
by  hand. 

Care  of  Growing  Crop:  Thoroughly  weeded  twice,  hand  cultivated  with  hoes  and  wheel  hoes 
each  month  from  time  plants  are  up  until  maturing  (4  months) . 

Varieties:  Austrailian  Brown,  California  Reds,  Italian  Reds,  Yellow  Globe  Danvers. 

Harvest — 

Time:  April-November. 

Method:  Pulled  just  as  tops  are  getting  yellow,  sometimes  laid  in  windrows  to  cure  (3-14 
days),  topped,  sacked  (105  lbs.),  and  hauled  to  warehouse. 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — 

Good:  30,000  pounds. 
Usual:  15,000  pounds. 

Major  Producing  Counties — 

Imperial,  Los  Angeles,  Sacramc^nto,  San  Joaquin. 


Farm  Management  Notes  67 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  PRODUCING  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  ONIONS. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
(See  page  23  for  explanation) 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre—  Normal  High  Special 

Best  land SSOO.OO  $600.00  

Good  land 300.00  350.00  

Fair  land '. : 150.00  200.00  


Costs  of  the  crop — 

Preparing  land  and  planting,  per  acre 

Plowing  and  preparing  seedbed 5.00  9.00 

Planting,  either 

Seed,  and 4.00  G.75 

Seeding,  or 4.00  8.00 

Planting  and  sets 50.00  90.00 

Growing  the  crop,  per  acre 

Thinning 30.00  55.00 

Weeding  and  hoeing 20.00  35.00 

Irrigating,  either 

Peat  lands 50  .80 

Sediment  lands 10.00  15.00 

Harvesting  and  marketing 

Pulling,  topping  and  sacking,  per  sack 10  .25 

Sacks,  each 08  .15 

Hauling  (3  miles),  per  ton 1.00  1.50 

Taxes  and  insurance 

Best  land 5.00  5.50 

Good  land 3.00  3.25 

Fan- land 2.00  2.25 

Farm  returns  for  product,  per  sack,  f.  o.  b. — 

High 2.50  4.50 

Low 50  1.65 

Usual 80  3.00 


S8  Farm  Management  No'.es 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 

ORANGE. 

Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Climatic  Requirements — In  General:  A  semi-tropical  plant  requiring  freedom  from  frosts;  warm 

weather  in  summer,  without  excessive  heat. 
Soil  Requirements — Surface:  Nearly  level,  rich,  fertile  clay  loam,  easily  worked. 

Subsoil:  Open,  no  hardpan,  no  black  alkali;  lighter  than  surface.    Depth:  6'  or  more. 
Water  Requirements — Constant  supply  of  moisture;  tree  is  evergreen  and  a  heavy  user  of  water. 

Total  of  36"  acre  inches  from  rainfall  and  irrigation  (ranges,  however,  from  12  to  80"). 
Setting  Out  and  Caring  for  Orchard  to  Maturity — 

Distance  Apart  of  Trees:  20'x20'  to  2S'x28'.  Average  Number  per  Aa-e:  108  to 60;  average  90. 

Time  of  Planting  Out:  February-May.     Age  to  Self-Sustaining  Crop:  7-8  years. 

Age  to  Maturity:  10-15  years.     Most  Popular  Varieties:  Valencia,  Washington  Navel. 

Length  of  Profitable  Life:  Estimated  50  years  or  longer. 
Calendar  of  Operations  to  Maturity — 

Irrigation:  To  keep  constant  moisture  supply  available  all  year  'round.  This  means  irrigating 
every  4  to  8  weeks  from  May  to  November  while  trees  are  small. 

Pruning:  When  done,  trees  pruned  to  shapely  head  second  year  during  February,  then  dead 
limbs  annually  cut  out  and  suckers  and  water  spouts  shortened  or  removed. 

Fertilizing:  If  soils  lack  body  or  fertility  use  is  made  of  chemical  fertilizers,  manures  and 
green  manure  crops.  Fertilizers  are  put  on  in  fall  and  spring;  gi-een  manure  crops  are 
grown  from  September  to  February  or  March,  when  plowed  under. 

Spraying:  Depends  on  presence  of  fungi  or  insects. 

Cultivation:  If  no  companion  crops  are  grown  the  ground  is  plowed  two  ways  in  February 
and  March  to  turn  under  weeds  and  green  manure  crops.  Cultivated  2  to  4  times 
between  irrigations.  Usually  clean  cultivation  is  practiced,  although  in  some  groves 
beans  for  1,  2  or  3  years  are  grown;  if  sufficient  water  and  fertility  is  availaljle,  cab- 
bage, nursery  stock,  corn  and  sometimes  alfalfa  are  raised. 
Caring  for  Bearing  Orchards — Calendar  of  Operations — 

Irrigation:  Monthly  from  April  to  November. 

Pruning:  Pruned  in  fall  to  open  tree  and  sometimes  in  spring  to  remove  suckers  (June). 

Fertilizing:  Manure  and  chemical  fertilizers  used,  the  practice  varying.  Cover  crop  of  rye, 
vetch,  bitter  clover,  or  alfalfa  planted  in  August  or  September;  irrigated  every  two 
weeks  and  plowed  under  in  February  or  March. 

Cultivation:  Plowed  both  ways  in  February  or  March  8"  deep,  cultivated  two  times  between 
irrigation. 

Fumigating:  Once  in  one  or  two  years  for  scale  with  cyanide  of  sodium  or  cyanide  of  patassium. 
Done  by  contract,  association  or  county  outfits.    Not  necessary  in  scale  free  districts. 

Time:  Any  time  from  July  to  January  1. 

Thinning  Fruit:  Not  done;  tree  crowded  by  cultivation,  fertilization  and  irrigation  to  carry 
all  fruit  which  sets. 

Spraying:  Sometimes  for  scale,  but  usually  fumigation  takes  place  of  spraying. 
Harvest — Time:  Navel  (south  of  Tehachapi)  December  15-May  15. 
(North  of  Tehachapi)  November  15-January  1. 

Valencia  (south  of  Tehachapi)  Redlands,  July  15-October  1. 

Placentia,  September  1.5-December  1.     (North  of  Tehachapi)  May-July. 

Method:  Carefully  cut  by  hand  when  ripe. 

Preparing  for  Market:  Delivered  to  packing  shed,  where  after  drying  for  3  or  4  days,  the 
fruit  is  wrapi^ed  and  packed  in  standard  boxes  12"  x  12"  x  26"  (outside  measurement) 
holding  from  80  to  324  oranges  —  graded  according  to  size.    Weight  =  70  lbs.  net, 
78  lbs.  gross.   462  1)Dxcs  to  standard  car.    3  field  boxes  =  2  packed  boxes. 
Percentage  of  Different  Grades — Packing  fruit,  95%.    Culls,  5%. 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — 

Good:  250  packed  boxes  (17,500  pounds).     Usual:  125  packed  boxes  (8,750  pounds). 

Major  Producing  Counties— Butte,  Fresno,  Los  Angeles,  Orange,  Riverside,  San  Bernardino, 
Santa  Barliara,  Tulare,  Ventura. 


Farm  Management  Notes  69 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  ORANGES. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre —  (See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Not  planted  (Southern  California)  Normal  High  Special 

Best  land $2000.00 

Good  land 1200.00 

Fair  land 750.00 

Bearing  orcliard  (Southern  California) 

Best 4000.00 

Good 2000.00 

Fair 1000.00 


High 

$2500 . 00 

1500.00 

1000.00 

4500.00 

2500. UO 

1500.00 

Costs  of  establishing  orchard — 

Irrigation  system  or  water  right  included  in  price  of 
land 

Preparing  land 

Clearing,  grading  and  leveling,  per  acre 30 .  00  50 .  00 

Plowing  and  working  down 5.00  9.00 

Planting,  per  acre 

Trees 70.00  135.00 

Setting 5.00  10.00 

Replanting 4.00  8.00 

Costs  from  setting  out  to  self-sustaining  age,  annually,  per 
acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 10.00  18.00 

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 10.00  14.00 

Fertilizing 10.00  20.00 

Pruning 2.50  5.00 

Taxes  and  insurance 

Best  land 10.00  11.00 

Good  land 5.00  5.50 

Fair  land 2.50  2.75 

Costs  of  mature  orchard,  annually,  per  acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating,  per  acre 15.00  22.00 

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 12.00  17.00 

Fertilizers,  manures  and  cover  crop 40.00  50.00 

Pruning 15.00  25.00 

Fumigating,  when  done 20.00  22.00 

Smudging,  when  done 15.00  25.00 

Spraying,  when  done 7.50  12.00 

Propping,  doctoring  sick  trees,  etc 3.50  6.00 

Taxes  and  insurance 

Best  orchard 20.00  22.00 

Good  orchard 10.00  11.00 

Fair  orchard 5.00  5.50 

Costs  of  harvesting  and  marketing — 

Picking,  per  box 08  .11 

Hauling  (4  miles),  per  box 03  .04 

Packing  and  warehouse  expense,  per  box 30  .52 

Farm  returns  for  product — 

Packed  fruit,  per  box,  f.  o.  b. 

High 3.00  4.50 

Low 75  1.10 

Usual 1.75  2.75 

Culls,  loose,  per  box 15  .35 


70  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 

PEACH. 

Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Climatic  Requirements — In  General:  Has  wide  range.    Requires  freedom  from  frost  in  spring 

and  warm  sunny  summer  weather. 
Soil  Requirements — Deep,  light,  well-drained,  sandy  loam  at  least  6'  deep,  or  decomposed  granitic 

soils  of  the  Sierra  foothills.   Also  used  on  relatively  shallow  soils. 
Water  Requirements — On  account  of  light  soils  chosen  for  peaches,  irrigation  is  usually  required. 

Trees  are  benefitted  by  a  scanty  rather  than  an  oversupply. 
Setting  Out  and  Caring  for  Orchards  to  Maturity — 
Distance  Apart  of  Trees:  20'  x  20'  to  24'  x  24'. 

Average  Number  per  Acre — 75  to  108;  100  average.   Time  of  Planting  Out:  December-March. 
Age  to  Self-Sustaining  Crop:  5  years.     Age  to  Maturity:  8  years. 
Length  of  Profitable  Life:  Estimated  20  years  or  longer. 
Most  Popular  Varieties — 

Shipping  Peaches:  Alexander,  Triumph,  Hale's  Early,  Yellow  St.  John,  Strawberry,  Craw- 
ford's Early,  Crawford's  Late,  Elberta  and  Salway. 
Drying  Peaches:  Lovell  and  Muir. 

Canning  Peaches:  Tuskena  "(Tuscan  CUng),   Phillips'   Cling,   Lemon  Clingstone,   Orange 
Chngstone  and  McKevitt's  Cling. 
Calendar  of  Operations — 

Irrigation:  If  given,  twice  by  furrows  or  checks  —  June  to  October  or  November. 
Pruning:  Pruned  annually  to  make  head  during  December,  January  or  February. 
Fertilizing:  Cover  crops  for  soils  lacking  in  body.    Usually  intercropped. 
Spraying:  Beginning  second  year,  November-December,  Bordeaux;  February,  lime-sulphur, 

trunks  whitewashed  and  protected  from  rabbits. 
Cultivation:  Plowed  and  cross-plowed  in  February  and  March  (sometimes  fall  plowed  in 
October  or  November;  harrowed  twice,  cultivated  at  frequent  intervals  from  April 
to  October. 
Companion  Cropping:  Intercropped  to  berries,  small  fruits,  grain,  beans,  beets,  corn,  and 
sometimes  alfalfa.   Usually  discontinued  after  trees  are  three  or  four  years  old. 
Caring  for  Bearing  Orchards — Calendar  of  Operations — 
Irrigation:  If  given,  twice  by  furrows,  June  and  October. 

Pruning:  December-February.   Pruned  to  open  up  head,  thin  out  wood,  and  shorten  growth. 
Fertilizing:  Cover  crops  grown  when  soil  lacks  body. 

Cultivation:  February-March,  plowed  and  cross-plowed  (sometimes  fall  plowed  —  October 
or  November),  crop  cultivated  at  frequent  intervals  from  March  to  November. 
Worked  down  into  good  condition. 
Fumigating:  None. 

Thinning  Fruit:  Thinned  to  leave  one  peach  every  4  to  G  inches  apart,  as  early  as  possible  (April) . 
Spraying:  November  —  Bordeaux  if  blight  is  present.    February  —  Lime-sulphur  when  buds 
are  swelling.   Borers  when  present  are  removed  from  trunks  once  a  year. 
Harvest — Time:  July-September. 

Method:  Picked  tiy  hand,  or  shaken  off  if  for  drying.   Trees  gone  over  two  to  five  times. 
Preparing  for  Market:  Green:  Packed  in  20-lb.  crates  or  25-lb.  baskets. 

Dried:  Cut  in  half,  pitted,  sulphured,  dried  in  sun  on  trays.    Dry  4  or  5  to  1. 
Canning:  Delivered  in  lug  boxes. 
Gross  Yield  per  Acre—  Canning  or  Shipping  Dried 

Good 8  tons  1.5  tons 

Usual Otons  1.0  tons 

Major  Producing  Counties — 

Of  23  counties  possessing  300  acres  or  more  of  Ijcaring  orchnrd,  those  ou( standing  are: 
Fresno,  Kings,  Los  Angeles,  Placer,  San  Bernardino,  Stanislaus,  Sutter,  Tulare. 


nal 

High 

00 

$350.00 

00 

250.00 

00 

125.00 

00 

800.00 

00 

400.00 

00 

300.00 

Farm  Management  Notes  71 

OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  PEACHES. 

Cost  and  Puice  Data 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre—  (See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Not  planted                                                                      Normal  High                Special 

Best  land S300. 

Good  land 150. 

Fair  land 100. 

[Best  land GOO. 

Bearing  orchard   \  Good  land 300. 

[Fair  land 200. 

Costs  of  establishing  an  orchard — 

Irrigation  system  or  water  right  included  in  price  of  land 
Preparing  land  and  planting — 

Clearing,  grading  and  leveling,  per  acre 30.00  50.00 

Planting,  per  acre 

Trees                             15.00  40.00 

Setting 6.00  10.00 

Replanting,  including  trees 1.50  2.75 

Costs  from  setting  out  to  self-sustaining  age,  annually,  per 
acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 7.00  12.50 

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 7.00  11 .00 

Pruning 4.00  6.00 

Spraying 2.50  4.00 

Whitewashing 50  .75 

Rabbit  protection 1 .00  2.00 

Taxes  and  insurance 1-50  1.65 

Costs  of  mature  orchard,  annually,  per  acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 10.00  18.00 

Pruning  and  burning  brush 8.00  15.00 

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 7.00  12.00 

Spraying 7.50  12.00 

Thinning 6.00  10.00 

Digging  borers 3.00  5.00 

Cover  crop 2.00  4.00 

Propping 2.00  3.00 

f  Best  orchard 3.00  3.25 

Taxes  and  insurance  I  Good  orchard 2.00  2.25 

[Fair  orchard 1.00  1.10 

Costs  of  harvesting  and  marketing,  either — 

For  shipping  or  can-  |  Picking 2.00  3.50 

neries,  per  ton       \  Hauhng  (3  miles) 1.00  2.00 

For  drying 

Picking,  per  dry  ton 10.00  18.00 

Cutting,  per  dry  ton 10.00  18.00 

Hauhng  to  drier,  per  dry  ton 1 .50  2.50 

Drying,  sulphuring,  and  sacking,  per  dry  ton 10.00  18.00 

Hauling  to  ship  (3  miles  per  ton) 1.50  2.50 

Sacks,  each 08  .16 

Farm  returns  from  products,  f.  o.  b. — 

For  shipping  or  [High 25.00  90.00 

canneries,        \  Low 10.00  25.00 

per  ton           [  Usual 20.00  65.00 

V     A-Af    V     fHigh • 10  .20 

For  dried  fruit,    U^^^ 03^  lOj 

per  pound        |  ^^^^^j 05  14 

By-products — Pits,  per  ton 4.00 


7;g  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 

PEAR. 

Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Climatic  Requirements — In  General:  Warm  growing  season;  freedom  from  heavy  frosts  at 
blossoming  time.    Not  especially  particular  as  to  section,  aside  from  danger  of  blight  in 
certain  sections. 
Soil  Requirements — Surface:  Heavy  class  of  moist  soils  6'  or  more  in  depth  —  clay  loam  with 

clay  subsoil  best.   Moist  river  bottoms  exceptionally  good. 
Water  Requirements — Ample  supply  of  moisture  throughout  the  year. 
Setting  Out  and  Caring  for  Orchards  to  Maturity — 

Distance  Apart  of  Trees:  18'  x  18'  to  25'  x  25';  latter  distance  favored. 
Average  Number  per  Acre:  135  to  90;  average  100. 
Time  of  Planting  Out:  December-March. 

Age  to  Self-Sustaining  Crop:  6  years.     Age  to  Maturity:  12  years. 
Most  Popular  Varieties:  Bartlett,  Winter  Nelis,  Anjou,  Angoulene,  Glout  Morceau. 
Length  of  Profitable  Life:  Estimated  50  years  or  longer. 
Calendar  of  Operations  to  Maturity — 

Irrigation:  When  required;  during  dormant  season;  July. 

Priming:  Pruned  annually  in  winter  to  form  head. 

Fertilizing:  Cover  crops  for  soils  lacking  in  body.   Usually  intercropped. 

Spraying:  Lime-sulphur  in  Feljruary. 

Cultivating:  Plowed  in  February  and  March,  harrowed  twice,  cultivated  at  two  to  four  weeks 

intervals  until  August.    Usually  borne  by  intercrop. 
Companion  Cropping:  Intercropped  to  berries,  small  fruits,  beans,  beets,  corn,  and  some- 
times alfalfa.   Usually  discontinued  after  trees  are  5  years  old. 
Caring  for  Bearing  Orchards — Calendar  of  Operations — 
Irrigation:  When  required ;  given  once  in  July  by  furrows. 
Pruning:  December,  January  or  February,  to  head  in  and  shape  tree. 
Fertilizing:  Very  little  done;  cover  crops  sometimes  grown. 
Cultivation:  February  or  March.    Plowed  and  cross-plowed,  worked  down,  crop  cultivated 

4-6  times  until  July. 
Fumigating:  None. 

Thinning  Fruit:  Not  much  thinning  done. 
Spraying:  November-January,  lime-sulphur  or  oil  emulsion. 

February-April,  Bordeaux  mixture  when  cluster  buds  Ijegin  to  part. 
April  1-June,  arsenate  of  lead  and  Bordeaux  mixture,  when  fruit  is  set  and  petals  fall. 
Repeated  10  to  20  days  later.   Black  leaf  40  when  needed. 
Harvest — Time:  Bartlett  —  June  15-September  15.     Nelis  —  September. 

Method:  Picked  green  by  hand  into  buckets  or  canvas  picking  bags  and  transferred  to  lug 

boxes.   Trees  gone  over  2  to  5  times. 
Preparing  for  Market: 

Canning:  Delivered  in  lug  boxes. 

Dried:  Cut  in  half,  stem,  calyx  and  wormy  cores  removed,  sulphured,  dried  on  trays  in 
sun  for  several  hours,  then  trays  stacked  and  fruit  permitted  to  complete  curing. 
Dry  5  to  1. 
Green:  Packed  in  so-called  40-lb.  boxes,  measuring  8}/^"  x  11^"  x  19%";  contains  usually 
4()  pounds  fruit,  gross  52  pounds;  165  pears  to  box  most  desirable. 
Percentage  of  Different  Grades — Variable,  but  usually  10%  culls,  90%  shipping  or  drying. 
Gross  Yield  per  Acre —  Canning  or  Shipping  Dried 

Good 10  tons  4000  pounds 

Usual 5  tons  2000  pounds 

Major  Producing  Counties — 

Alameda,  El  Dorado,  Placer,  Sacramento,  Santa  Clara,  Sobuuj. 


Farm  Management  Notes  73 

OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  PEARS. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre^  (See  page  23  for  oxplanalioii) 

Not  planted                                                                              Normal  IliKli  Special 

Best  land $400.00  SSOO.OO          

Good  land 200.00  300.00          

Fair  land 150.00  200.00          

Bearing  orchards  * 

Best 1500.00  2000.00 

Good 1000.00  1200.00 

Fair 600.00  800.00          

Costs  of  establishing  an  orchard,  per  acre — 

Irrigating  system  included  in  the  price  of  the  land. 

Prenarine-  the  land  /  Clearing,  grading  and  leveling 30.00  50.00          

i'reparmg  ttie  land  |  pjo^ing  ^nd  working  down 5.00  9.00          

[Trees 22.00  .50.00          

Planting  -I  Setting 6.00  10.00          

[  Replanting 1.50  3.00          

Costs  from  setting  out  to  self-sustaining  age,  annually,  per 
acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 7.50  12.00          

Pruning 5.00  8.00          

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 7.00  9.00          

Whitewashing 75  1.25          

Taxes  and  insurance 3.00  3.25          

Costs  of  mature  orchard,  annually,  per  acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 10.00  18.00          

Pruning  and  burning  Ijru.sh 10.00  18.00          

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 9.00  11.00          

Spraying 15.00  22.00          

Fighting  blight 20.00  25.00          

Propping 1.50  2.50          

Cover  crop 5.00  8.00          

rp              ,    [Best  orchard 15.00  16.50          

laxesanu      Good  orchard 10.00  11.00          

insurance     |  ^^.^  ^^^j^^^,^j _ ^  qq  g  50          

Costs  of  harvesting  and  marketing,  either — 
For  shipping  or  canneries,  per  ton,  f.  o.  b. 

Picking 2.00  5.00          

Hauling 1.00  1.50          

For  drying,  per  dry  ton 

Picking 10.00  20.00          

Hauling  from  orchard 50  .75          

Cutting 15.00  25.00          

Drying,  boxing  and  box 15.00  30.00          

Hauling  to  ship  (3  mile) 1.00  1.50         

Farm  returns  from  product,  f.  o.  b. — 
Shipping  fruit,  per  box 

High 2.25  5.00          

Low 1.00  1.50          

Usual 1.25  2.25          

Canneries,    f  High 50.00  90.00          

fruit,        {Low 20.00  40.00         

per  ton        [Usual 30.00  75.00          

Dried  fruit   \^'^^ ^^  .20          

unedirmt,     ^ow 06  .12          

per  pound  |  ^sual 08  .14          


74  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 


PEA. 

Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Time  to  Maturity — 6  to  8  months. 

Life — Annual. 

Soil  Requirements — Clay  loams  best,  clays  next,  light  soils  not  good  producers.   Soils  should  be 
at  least  3'  in  depth. 

Climatic  Requirements — Cool  temperature  and  abundance  of  humidity  (as  fogs).   Usually  grown 
as  a  winter  crop. 

Water  Requirements  and  Irrigation — Abundance  of  water  without  oversupply. 

Calendar  of  Operations — 

Preparing  Seed  Bed:  November-February,  plowed  and  worked  down  to  seed  bed. 

Planting: 

Time:  November-February;  early  planting  preferred. 

Quantity:  60-100  pounds. 

Method  and  Distance:  Rows  30"  apart,  seed  2-4"  deep,  dropped  2"  apart  in  row. 

Care  of  Growing  Crop:  Cultivated  until  vines  cover  the  ground.   No  irrigation  given. 

Varieties: 

For  Seed:  Canada  or  Niles. 

For  Canning:  Saxtonia  (smooth),  Stratagon  (smooth),  Telephone. 

Harvest: 

When:  March-June  for  market;  June  for  cannery;  July-August  for  seed. 

How:  For  market,  picked  by  hand;   for  seed,  cut  with  horse-drawn  knife  cutters  (similair 
to  bean  harvest). 

Operations:  Cannery,  hauled  immediately;  Seed,  piled,  cured,  and  later  threshed  into 
100-lb.  sacks  (formerly  70  lbs.). 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — 

Dry  Peas  Green  Cannery 

Good 1200  pounds  100  sacks  of  70  lbs.  1^  tons 

Usual 800  pounds  70  sacks  of  70  lbs.  1      ton 

By-Products — 

Kind:  Vines. 

Amoxmt:  1  ton  green  vines;  ^  ton  dry  vines. 

Major  Producing  Counties — 

Alameda,  Imperial,  Los  Angeles,  Monterey,  Santa  Clara. 


Farm  Management  Notes  76 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  PEAS. 

Cost  and  Puice  Data 
(See  page  23  for  explaiiiition) 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre —  Normal  ITiKh  Special 

Best  land $400.00  $500.00  

Good  land 200.00  250.00  

Fair  land 100.00  150.00 


Costs  of  the  crop — 

Preparing  land  and  planting,  per  acre 

Plowing  and  preparing  seed  bed 5.00  9.00 

Seed 5.00  6.00 

Seeding :...., .50  1.00 

Growing  the  crop,  per  acre 

Cultivating 1.50  2.75 

Hoeing 8.00  13.00 

Harvesting  and  marketing 
For  seed 

Cutting  by  machine,  per  acre 50  .80 

Shocking,  per  acre 50  .80 

Threshing,  per  cwt. .25  .55 

Sacks,  each 10  .16 

Hauling  (3  miles),  per  ton 1.00  1.50 

For  canneries  or  market 

Picking  and  sacking,  per  cwt 75  1.15 

Sacks,  each 08  .15 

Hauling  (  3  miles),  per  ton 1 .00  1.50 

Straw 

Baling,  per  ton 2.00  4.00 

Hauling  (3  miles),  per  ton 1.00  1.50 

Taxes  and  insurance 

Best  land 5.00  5.50 

Good  land 2.00  2.25 

Fair  land 1.00  1.10 

Farm  returns  for  product,  f.  o.  b. — 

Dry  seed,  per  pound 

High 07  .09 

Low 03  .051,^ 

Usual 05  .06 

Cannery  peas,  per  ton 

High 60.00  60.00 

Low 30.00  37.50 

Usual 40.00  50.00 

Market  peas,  per  pound 

High 10  .12 

Low 02  .05 

Usual 05  .07 

Dry  Products 

Green  vines,  per  ton,  usual 50  1 .00 

Straw,  per  ton,  usual 4.00  10.00 


76  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 


PLUM. 

Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Climatic  Requirements — Trees  hardy.    Absence  of  cold  rains  when  trees  are  in  bloom.    Grown 
generally. 

Soil  Requirements — By  proper  selection  of  stock  can  be  grown  on  wide  range  of  soils  —  light 
sands  to  adobe. 

Water  Requirements — Natm-al  rainfall  often  aided  by  irrigation.   20"  sufficient. 

Setting  Out  and  Caring  for  Orchards  to  Maturity — 
Distance  Apart  of  Trees:  20'  x  20'  to  24'  x  24'. 
Average  Number  per  Acre:  108  to  76;  average  80. 
Time  of  Planting  Out:  December-February. 
Age  to  Sclf-Sustaining  Crop:  6  years. 
Age  to  Maturity:  10  years. 
Most  Popular  Varieiies:  Very  variable  —  Kelsey,  Pond,  Wickson,  Climax,  Tragedy,  Grand 

Duke,  Diamond,  Beauty. 
Length  of  Profitable  Life:  Estimated  40  years,  or  longer. 

Calendar  of  Operations — 

Irrigation:  Once  in  furrows  —  May;  usually  not  irrigated. 

Pruning:  Pruned  annually  in  winter  to  form  head. 

Fertilizing:  Cover  crops  for  soils  lacking  in  body;  usually  intercropped. 

Spraying:  Usually  none,  l)ut  sometimes  for  pests.   Watched  for  Ijorers  if  present. 

Cultivating:  Plowed  and  cross-plowed  in  February  and  March,  harrowed  twice,  cultivated 

at  6  weeks'  intervals  from  April  to  November. 
Companion  Cropping:  When  irrigation  is  available  sometimes  intercropped  to  berries,  small 

fruits,  beans  and  beets;  usually  discontinued  after  trees  are  three  or  four  years  old. 

Caring  for  Bearing  Orchards — 
Calendar  of  Operations — 

Irrigation:  If  irrigated,  once  in  June  by  furrows,  usually  no  water  given. 

Spraying:  Winter  —  lime-sulphur. 

Pruning:  December-January  or  February  to  head  in  and  shape  tree. 

Fertilizing:  Cover  crop  grown  when  soils  lack  body. 

Cultivating:  February-March,  plowed  and  cross-plowed,  worked  down.   April,  May  and  June 
cultivated.   June  dragged  and  rolled. 

Fumigating:  None. 

Thinning  'Fruit:  Some  thiiming  (early  May  until  after  "June  drop")  before  pit  hardens. 
Usuallj'  gone  over  2  or  3  times. 
Harvest — 

Time:  May-September. 

Method:  Picked  by  hand.   Trees  gone  over  several  times. 

Preparing  for  Market:  Packed  in  4-basket  crates.   Total  weight  20  pounds. 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre— Good:  600  20-lb.  crates.    Usual:  350  20-lb.  crates. 

Major  Producing  Counties — 

El  Dorado,  Los  Angeles,  Placer,  Sacramento,  Santa  Clara,  Solano,  Tulare,  Yolo. 


Farm  Management  Notes  77 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  PLUMS. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre —  (See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Not  planted  Normal  High  Special 

Best  land $500.00  $600.00  

Good  land 200.00  250.00  

Fair  land 100.00  150.00  

Bearing  orchard 

Best 600.00  800.00  

Good 400.00  000.00  

Fair : 300.00  400.00  


Costs  of  establishing  orchard,  per  acre — 

Irrigating  system  included  in  price  of  land 

Preparing  land 

Clearing,  grading  and  leveling 30.00  50.00 

Plowing  and  working  down 5.00  9.00 

Planting 

Trees 15.00  30.00 

Setting 5.00  8.00 

Replanting,  including  trees 1.50  3.00 

Costs  from  setting  out  to  self-sustaining  age,  annually,  per 
acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 5.00  9.00 

Pruning 4.00  7.00 

Spraying  and  whitewashing 3.00  5.00 

Irrigating,  water  and  laljor 5.00  7.00 

Taxes  and  insurance 1.50  1.75 

Costs  of  mature  orchard,  annually,  per  acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 8.00  14.00 

Pruning  and  burning  brush 10.00  18.00 

Spraying  and  whitewashing 6.00  10.00 

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 8.00  12.00 

Taxes  and  insurance 

Best  orchard 8.00  9.00 

Good  orchard 6.00  7.00 

Fair  orchard 4.00  4.50 

Costs  of  harvesting  and  marketing,  per  20-lb.  crate — 

Picking 05  .08 

Hauling  (3  miles) 01  .OVA 

Paclcing  and  warehouse  expense 10  .12 

Crate 10  .16 

Farm  returns  from  product,  per  ton,  f.  o.  b. — 
(Subject  to  abrupt  and  violent  fluctuations) 

High 80.00  120.00 

Low 20.00  40.00 

Usual 30.00  60.00 


78  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 


POTATO. 

Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Time  to  Maturity — 75-90  days  for  early  crop;  150  days  for  fall  crop. 

Life — Annual. 

Soil  Requirements — Surface:  Mellow,  rich,  fine  sand  and  silt  loam  or  peat.  Subsoil:  Well-drained, 
3'  or  more  in  depth. 

Climatic  Requirements — Freedom  from  excessive  heat  when  young,  and  from  severe  frosts. 

Water  Requirements  and  Irrigation — Plants  must  not  be  subject  to  variations  in  moisture. 
If  irrigated,  water  best  applied  at  time  plant  is  in  blossom,  allowing  40  days  to  intervene 
between  last  irrigation  and  harvest.   30"  optimmn  needed  (rainfall  and  irrigation). 

Calendar  of  Operations — 

Preparing  Seed  Bed:  For  early  crop  —  Plowed  November  and  December,  worked  down.  For 
fall  crop  —  January  plowed  10"  deep,  and  worked  down.  In  delta  lands,  where 
previously  cropped,  plowing  and  planting  take  place  simultaneously. 

Planting: 

Time:  For  early  crop,  January-February.   For  fall  crop,  April  15-June  20. 

Quantity:  600-800  poimds. 

Methods  and  Distance:  36"  rows,  14"-16"  in  rows.   Planted  by  hand  or  by  machine,  using 
cut  potatoes  and  dropping  in  plow  furrows  every  third  round. ' 

Care  of  Growing  Crops:  2-8  cultivations  and  ridged  two  months  after  planting.  Irrigation 
usually  replaced  by  cultivation. 

Varieties:  Triumph  and  Rose  (early).  Uncle  Sam,  American  Wonder  (late)  and  Burbank. 
New  seed  imported  every  second  or  third  year  from  Oregon. 

Harvest — 

When:  Early,  June-July;  Mid-Season,  August-September;  Late,  October-November. 

How:  By  machine,  plow  or  by  hand. 

Operations:  Plowed  out,  picked  up  by  hand,  sacked  (100-120-lbs.  per  sack)  dried  and  stored. 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — 
Good:  15,000  pounds. 
Usual:    6,000  pounds. 

Percent  of  Different  Grades — 

Too  variable  to  show  by  single  figure;  often  —  First,  75%;  Second,  15%;  Culls,  10%. 

By-Products — 

Kind:  Culls. 

Where  and  For  What  Sold:  Cow  and  hog  feed. 

Major  Producing  Counties — 

Contra  Costa,  Los  Angeles,  Monterey,  Orange,  Sacramento,  San  Joaquin,  San  Mateo,  Santa 
Barbara,  Sonoma. 


Farm  Management  Notes  79 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  POTATOES. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
(See  page  23  for  explanation) 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre —  Normal  High  Special 

Best  land $300.00  $400.00  

Good  land 200.00  250.00  

Fair  land 100.00  150.00  


Costs  of  the  crop — 

Preparing  land  and  planting,  per  acre 

Plowing  land  and  working  down 5.00  9.00 

Planting,  per  acre 

Seed 12.00 

Preparing  seed,  cutting 2.00 

Preparing  seed,  disinfecting 35 

Planting,  either 

With  machine,  or 1.25 

With  walking  plow 1.50 

Care  of  the  growing  crop,  per  acre 

Cultivating 1.00 

Hoeing 1.00 

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 6.00 

Harvest  costs,  either 

Digging  with  machine,  per  acre,  and 1.50 

Picking  up  and  sacking,  per  sack,  or 06 

Digging  by  hand,  picking  up  and  sacking,  per  sack..       .20 

Sacks,  each 10 

Hauling  off  (3  miles),  per  sack 07 

Taxes  and  insurance 

Best  land 3.00 

Good  land :...  2.00 

Fair  land 1.00 

Farm  returns  from  product,  per  sack  of  116  pounds,  f.  o.  b., 
No.  1  grade — 

High 2.50  5.00 

Low 65  1.50 

Usual 1.00  2.50 

No.  2  grade,  high 1.75  3.50 

Low 50  1.00 

Usual 65  1.50 

Culls,  average 15  1.00 


24 

.00 

4 

.00 

.50 

1 

.75 

3 

.00 

1 

.75 

1 

.75 

9.00 

2 

.25 

.10 

.50 

.16 

.10 

3 

.25 

2 

.25 

1 

.10 

80  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 

PRUNE. 

Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Climatic  Requirements — In  General:  summer  heat,  somewhat  tempered  by  cool  winds.    Trees 
hardy.   Freedom  from  frosts  at  blossoming  time. 

Soil  Requirements — By  proper  selection  of  stock,  can  be  grown  in  wide  range  of  soils.    Light 
sands  to  adobe.   Depth  of  6'  or  more  required. 

Water  Requirements — Ample  supply  of  moisture  throughout  the  year.    Natural  rainfall  often 
aided  by  irrigation. 

Setting  Out  and  Caring  for  Orchards  to  Maturity — 

Distance  Apart  of  Trees:  20'  x  20'  to  28'  x  28';  greater  distance  favored. 

Average  Number  per  Acre — 108  to  55;  usual  70. 

Time  of  Planting  Out:  December  to  March. 

Age  to  Self-Sustaining  Crop:  7  years. 

Age  to  Maturity:  10  years. 

Most  Popular  Varieties:  Prune  D'Ageon  (French),  Sugar,  Imperial,  Robe  de  Sargent. 

Length  of  Profitable  Life:  Estimated  40  years  or  longer. 

Calendar  of  Operations  to  Maturity — Irrigation:  When  required,  given  once  in  furrows,  June. 
Pruning:  Pruned  annually  in  winter  to  form  head. 
Fertilizing:  Cover  crops  for  soils  lacking  in  body.   Usually  intercropped. 
Spraying:  Only  when  needed  for  scale,  moss  and  the  like. 
Cultivating:  Plowed  and  cross-plowed  in  February  and  March,  harrowed  twice,  cultivated  at 

6-week  intervals,  April  to  November. 
Companion  Cropping:  Intercropped  to  berries,  small  fruits,  beans,  beets  corn,  and  sometimes 

alfalfa.   Usually  discontinued  after  trees  are  6  years  old. 

Caring  for  Bearing  Orchards — 
Calendar  of  Operations — 

Irrigation:  When  required,  given  once  in  June  by  furrows  or  checks. 

Pruning:  November-February.   To  head  in  and  shape  tree;  deadwood  cut  out  and  the  brush 

tliinned. 
Fertilizing :  Cover  crops  grown  when  soils  lack  body. 
Cultivating:  February-March,  plowed  and  cross-plowed;  worked  down;  cultivated  once  or 

twice  in  April,  May  and  June;  then  in  June  dragged  and  rolled  to  smooth  surface  for 

prunes  to  fall. 
Fumigating:  None. 
Thinning  Fruit:  Not  done. 
Spraying:  February,  hme-sulphur  or  oil  emulsion. 

Harvest — 

Time:  August  1.5-October  1. 

Method:  Picked  from  ground  in  3  pickings  at  intervals  of  10  days. 

Preparing  for  Market:  Dried  in  sun  after  running  through  lye.    (Dry  2}4  to  1).   Delivered  in 
bulk  or  in  barley  sacks. 

Percentage  of  Different  Grades — 

Prunes  sold  according  to  size,  i.  e.,  number  required  to  make  a  pound. 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — Good:  3  tons  dried  product.    Usual:  2  tons  dried  product. 

Major  Producing  Counties — 

Butte,  Napa,  Santa  Clara,  Solano,  Sonoma,  Tulare. 


Farm  Management  Notes  81 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  PRUNES. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre —  (See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Not  planted  Normal  High  Special 

Best  land '. $500.00  $000.00         

Good  land 350.00  400.00  

Fair  land 250.00  350.00  

Bearing  orchard 

Best 1000.00  1500.00  

Good 800.00  1000.00  

Fau- 500.00  600.00         


Costs  of  establishing  an  orchard,  per  acre — 

Irrigation  system  or  water  right  included  in  price  of  land 

Preparing  land 

Clearing,  grading  and  leveling 30.00  50.00 

Plowing  and  working  down ,..  5.00  9.00 

Planting 

Trees 13.00  25.00 

Setting 6.00  9.00 

Replanting 1.50  3.00 

Cost  from  setting  out  to  self-sustaining  age,  annually,  per 
acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 8.00  14.00 

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 5.00  8.00 

Pruning , 3.00  5.00 

Spraying,  labor  and  material 3.00  4.50 

Taxes  and  insurance 2.50  2.75 

Costs  of  mature  orchard,  annually,  per  acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 10.00  18.00 

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 8.00  12.00 

Pruning  and  burning  brush 8.00  12.00 

Spraying 8.00  11.00 

Cover  cropping 5.00  8.00 

Whitewashing 2.00  2.50 

Propping 2.00  4.00 

Taxes  and  insurance 

Best  land 10.00  11 .00 

Good  land 8.00  9.00 

Fair  land 6.00  6.50 

Costs  of  harvesting  and  marketing — 

Picking  up,  per  green  ton 3.00  7.50 

Hauling,  per  green  ton 50  .70 

(Note — 2}/i  green  tons  =  1  dry  ton) 

Dipping,  curing  and  storing,  per  dry  ton 6.00  9.00 

Hauling  to  ship  (2  miles),  per  dry  to  1.00  1.50 

Farm  returns  for  product,  f.  o.  b. — 

High 06  .20 

Low 03  .10 

Usual 04  .12 


82  '  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 


RICE. 

Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Time  to  Maturity — 180  days. 

Life — Annual. 

Soil  Requirements — 

Surface:  Level,  heavy  clays  or  loams. 

Subsoil:  Stiff,  tenacious,  impervious  to  water,  if  water  is  valuable. 

Depth:  Surface  soil,  1'  to  2'. 

Weeds:  Freedom  from  excessive  growth  of  water  weeds. 

Climatic  Requirements — Warm,  sunny  weather;  freedom  from  fog;  warm  nights;  ability  to  dry 
lands  for  harvest. 

Water  Requirements — 4  to  8  acre  feet  —  June  1  to  September  1  —  continuous  flow  necessary. 
Land  must  be  properly  leveled,  checked  on  the  contour,  and  provided  with  gates.  Ability 
to  drain  lands  for  harvest  is  essential.  ' 

Calendar  of  Operations — 

Preparing  Seed  Bed:  According  to  season,  usually  pastured  during  fall  and  winter,  followed 
by  preparation  of  seedbed  which  ordinarily  starts  in  March.   Land  is  then  disked  to  a 
depth  of  3  or  4"  or  plowed  3  or  4",  harrowed,  and  seeded  all  in  one  operation.   Only  a 
few  plow  as  deep  as  6".   Preparation  rather  indifferent. 
Seeding: 

Time:  April  1-June  1  (early  planting  preferable.) 
Quantity  Seed:  70-130  pounds,  usually  100  pounds. 
Method  and  Distance:  Drilled  or  broadcasted. 
Care  of  Growing  Crop:  Soil  moistened  by  intermittent  irrigation  before  or  after  seeding 
(several  irrigations  needed,  average  2  or  3  —  continued  up  until  June  15).  When 
•     grain  is  3  to  4"  high,  nonds  of  water  are  maintained  (beginning  about  June  15-July  1) 
from  3  to  6",  average  4".     Once  the  land  is  flooded  a  flow  of  water  is  continued  till 
time  to  dry  fields  for  harvest  (10  days  prior  to  harvest).    Should  not  be  turned  off 
until  kernels  at  base  of  head  will  break  solid  and  ragged.    Must  be  forced  by  water 
to  stiff  dough  stage.   Weeds  pulled,  birds  scared. 
Varieties:  Various  Japanese  varieties,  mostly  Wataribune  and  Early  Prolific. 

Harvest — 

When:  September  1  to  November  15.    When  lower  kernels  are  translucent,  pearly  gray, 
flinty  appearance.  ' 

How:   As  for  any  grain,  after  drawing  off  water.     Cut  with  self  binder,  shocked,  cured  and 
threshed. 
(Sacramento  Valley  —  Harvest  of  a  given  planting  should  be  completed  in  10  days  from 
start  of  harvest.    10  or  12  days  later,  thresher  starts  and  should  be  completed  within 
10  to  12  days). 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — Good :  3500  pounds.     Usual :  2500  pounds. 

These  arc  first  year  yields  on  new  rice  lands.   Deduct  one-third  for  subsequent  yields. 

Major  Producing  Counties — Butte,  Colusa,  Glenn,  Merced,  Yolo. 


Farm  Management  Notes  83 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  RICE  ON  CLEAN  LAND. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
(See  page  23  for  explanation) 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre—  Normal  High  Special 

BestUd : «125.00  $175.00  

Good  land 75.00  100.00         

Fair  land \ 40.00  CO. 00  


Costs  of  the  crop — 

Preparing  land,  per  acre 

Levees,  leveling  and  gates .'■••■ ■■  10.00 

Fall  plowing 3.00 

Preparing  seed  bed Z.w 

\ 
*  Planting,  per  acre 

Seed 3.00 

Seeding ^. * '^ 

Growing,  per  acre 

Water ...,....s;....„ '^ 7.00 

Applyii^  water '. ■' 2.00 

Pulling  weeds  and  scaring  birds 5.00 

Harvesting  an^  marketing 

Binding,  per  acre 4.50 

Shocking,  per  acre 2.00 

Threslung,  per  cwt 20 

.   Sacks,  each ^^ 

Twine,  per  sack 003 

Hauling  to  warehouse  (4  miles),  per  ton 100 

Warehouse  charges,  per  ton 100 

Taxes  and  insurance,  per  acre 

Best  land " l-^O 

Good  land 100 

Fair  land 75 

Farm  returns  from  products,  f.  o.  b.^  < 

Grain,  per  cwt. 

High 2.05  6.50 

Lcm ;..: : 1-65  4.50 

Usual : 1-85  5.50 

Stubble,  for  pasture,  per  acre 1-00  1-00 


18.00 

4.50 

4.50 

7.00 

1.25 

9.00 

4.00 

10.00 

11.00 

2.50 

.45 

.15 

.005 

1.50 

2.00 

1.75 

1.10 

.90 

84  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 

SORGHUM. 
Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Time  to  Matukity — 100-180  days. 

Life — Annual. 

Soil  Requirements — Surface :  Will  grow  on  poorer,  drier  land  than  any  other  cereal,  but  responds 
to  good  conditions.   3'  of  good  moisture  retaining,  sandy  or  loam  soils  desirable. 

Climatic  Requirements — Warm  nights,  and  hot  sunny  days,  no  frost. 

Water  Requirements  and  iRRiGATiON-^Moisture  equivalent  to  15",  through  the  growing  season. 

Calendar  of  Operations — 

Preparing  Seed  Bed:  Plowed  6-8".  Replowed  6"  deep  or  disked  about  two  months  in  advance 
of  planting;  replowed  6"  deep  or  disked,  prior  to  seeding,  and  worked  down  into  seed 
bed. 

Sometimes  sown  on  bai-ley  or  wheat  land  in  June  or  July  as  a  second  crop,  follow- 
ing the  removal  of  the  grain.   Irrigated  and  plowed  before  seeding. 

Planting: 

Time:  Non-saccharine,  April  1  to  July  1;  saccharine,  April  1  to  July  1. 
Quantity  of  Seed:  Non-saccharine.  4-6  pounds;  saccharine,  6-10  pounds.  ^ 

Method  and  Distance:  Non-saccharine,  3'  rows,  8"  apart  in  row;  saccharine,  3'  rows,  4" 
apart  in  row. 
Care  of  Growing  Crop:  Cultivated  once  or  twice  during  early  period  of  growth,  first  when 
6-8"  high,  and  monthly  thereafter.    Generally  grown  without  irrigation  of  crop,  land 
being  irrigated  before  preparing  seed  bed  if  moisture  is  likely  to  be  deficient. 
Varieties — 

Non-saccharine:  l3warf  Milo. 

Duro  (White  and  Brown) 


For  forage,  grain  and  silage. 


For  forage  and  silage. 


(Egyptian  Corn) 
Feterita 

Shallu  (Egyptian  Wheat) 
Saccharine:  Amber 
Orange 
Sumac 
Honey 
Harvest — 

When:  Non-saccharine,  September;  Saccharine,  Septemlier. 

How:  Non-saccharine  and  saccharine  —  Fodder  and  silage  cut  by  hand  or  machine  in  field, 
when  seeds  harden;  hauled  to  silo,  cut  and  blown  into  silo. 
For  Seed:  Heads  cut  by  hand,  dried,  threshed  by  stationary  thresher. 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre —  Grain 

Good 2500  pounds 

Usual 1200  pounds 

By-Products — 

Kind:  Some  fodder  from  grain  varieties. 

Amount:  Variable. 

Where  and  For  What  Sold:  Sold  or  used  for  pasturage. 

Major  Producing  Counties — Colusa,  Imperial,  Kings,  Merced,  San  Joaquin,  Stanislaus,  Tulare. 


Silage 

Cured  Fodder 

12  tons 

5  tons 

8  tons 

4  tons 

Farm  Management  Notes  86 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  SORGHUM. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
(See  page  23  for  explanation) 
Market  prices  for  land,  |)er  acre —  Normal  High  Special 

Best  land .1300.00  .1400.00         

Good  land 150.00  2,50.00  

Fair  land 100.00  150.00  


Costs  of  the  crop — 

Preparing  land,  per  acre 

Fall  plowing 1.75  2.50 

Spring  plowing 1-2.5  1 .75 

Working  down  into  seed  bed 1.75  2.50 

Planting,  either 

For  grain  (non-saccharine  varieties) 

Seed,  per  acre -. 20  .40 

Planting 30  .50 

For  forage  (saccharine  varieties) 

Seed,  per  acre 50  .80 

Planting,  per  acre 30  .50 

growing  the  crop,  per  acre 

Cultivating 2.50  3.75 

Irrigating 

Water 1.50  2.00 

Labor 75  1.25 

Harvesting,  either 
For  grain 

Cutting  heads,  per  acre 3.00  6.00 

Hauling  and  threshing,  per  cwt '    .20  .35 

Sacks,  each ■ 08  .17 

Twine,  per  sack 003      ■  .005 

Hauling,  5  miles,  per  ton 1.50  2.50 

For  silage 

Cutting  by  hand,  per  acre 1.75  3.25 

Hauling  (1  mile),  per  ton 75  1.25 

Siloing,  per  ton 2.00  3.50 

For  cured  fodder 

Cutting  by  hand,  per  acre 1-50  3.00 

Shocking,  per  acre 125  2.00 

HauUng  off  (1  mile),  per  ton 75  1.25 

Taxes  and  insurance,  per  acre 

Best  land 3.00  3.25 

Good  land 1-50  1.75 

Fab- land 100  1.25 

Farm  returns  from  products — 
Grain,  per  cwt. 

High                                                         2.00  3.50 

Low 1-10  2.50 

Usual 1-30  3.00 

Fodder  and  silage No  established  market  value 


86  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 


STOCK  BEET. 
Requirements:  Methods  op  Growing:  Costs. 

Time  to  Maturity — 120-160  days. 

Life — Annual. 

Soil  Requirements — Level,  deep,  rich,  fertile,  black  loam,  at  least  4'  in  depth. 

Climatic  Requirements — Freedom  from  excessive  heat  during  germination  and  early  growing 
periods. 

Water  Requirements — Plenty  of  moisture,  either  from  irrigation  or  natural  sources. 

Calendar  of  Operations — 

Preparing  Seed  Bed:  September-April,  plowed,  replowed  and  worked  into  shape. 
Planting: 

Time:  October  to  May. 

Quantity:  12  pounds. 

Method  and  Distance:  24-36  rows. 

Care  of  Growing  Crop:  Cultivated  4-6  times  at  monthly  intervals.  Thinned  to  15"  apart  in 
rows.  Irrigated  when  needed  —  usually  none  given  to  winter  plantings.  Spring 
plantings  heavily  irrigated  (8")  in  June  and  August,  or  lightly  irrigated  (3")  monthly 
beginning  in  June. 

Varieties— Mammoth  Long  Red,  One-haK  Sugar,  Golden  Tankard. 

Harvest — 

Time:  When  wanted  for  stock  feed. 

Method:  Dug  by  hand  or  plowed  out  as  needed,  hauled  to  stock  and  fed  tops  and  all. 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — 
Good :  25  tons. 
Usual:  18  tons. 

Commercial  Sections — Raised  only  foi'  stock  feed  in  dairy  sections. 


Fdrin  Management  Notes  87 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  STOCK  BEETS. 
Raised  for  Stock  Feed,  and  but  seldom  for  sale. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
Costs  of  the  crop—  (See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Preparing  land  and  planting,  per  acre  Normal  High  Special 

Preparing  land .|  5.00  S  9.00  

Cost  of  seed 1.80  10.20  

Seeding 50  .65  


Growing,  per  acre 

Cultivating 2.00  3.50 

Thinning 5.00  8.00 

Hoeing 2.00  3.50 

Irrigating 4.00  6.00 

Harvesting 

Plowing,  per  acre 2.00  3.50 

Pulling  and  loading,  per  ton 30  .80 

Hauling  (3^  mile),  per  ton 25  .35 

Taxes  and  insurance,  average,  per  acre 2.50  2.75 

Farm  returns — 

Raised  for  feed  only. 


88  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 

SUGAR  BEET. 
Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Time  to  Maturity — 200  to  300  days.         Life — Grown  as  an  annual. 

Soil  Requirements — Strong,  rich,  deep,  fertile  loams  free  from  hardpan,  four  feet  or  more  in 
depth,. with  good  moisture-retaining  capacity  are  preferred,  although  the  plant  will  grow  on 
a  variety  of  soils.    Light  soils  tend  to  produce  small  tonnage  high  in  sugar;  moist,  heavy 
soils,  heavy  tonnage  low  in  sugar.   Will  withstand  considerable  alkali. 
Climatic  Requirements — Freedom  from  excessive  summer  heats  or  winter  colds;  equitable  coast 
climate  best  if  plenty  of  sunshine  to  promote  sugar  formation.    Not  sensitive  to  frosts. 
When  grown  in  the  interior  valleys,  in  southern  California,  or  where  hot,  dry  weather  condi- 
tions prevail,  must  be  planted  early  enough  to  permit  development  of  eight  leaves  prior  to 
the  coming  of  hot  weather,  if  best  results  are  to  be  obtained. 
Water  Requirements — About  36"  of  rainfall  or  irrigation,  properly  distributed  to  provide  ample 
moisture  during  the  early  stages  of  growth  with  diminishing  amounts  toward  maturing  of 
plants.    Greatest  moisture  requirements  come  during  stage  from  eight  leaves  until  within 
six  weeks  of  ripening. 
Calendar  of  Operations — 

Preparing  Seed  Bed:  Preparation  starts  two  to  four  months  prior  to  seeding.  Land  is  plowed 
10  to  14"  deep,  and  worked  down  into  a  good  seed  bed.  For  early  planting  plowing 
begins  as  early  as  August  or  September.  For  spring  planting  beginning  of  work  may 
be  delayed  untU  January  or  February.  Manner  of  preparing  the  seed  bed  depends  on 
soil  type,  locality,  equipment,  intensity  of  rainfall  and  previous  crops,  but  all  good 
growers  aim  to  bring  about  a  well-stirred,  well-fined,  fairly  compact  seed  bed. 
Seeding:  Time:  October  15-May  1.  Fall  planting  is  the  rule  in  southern  California,  January  and 
February  planting  in  the  warm  valleys,  and  April  and  May  seeding  in  the  coast  districts. 
Quantity  of  Seed:  10  to  20  pounds,  usually  15  pounds. 

Method  and  Distance:  Drilled  with  four-row  drills.   Rows  spaced  18,  20,  22  or  more  inches 

apart. 

Care  of  Groming  Crop:     Irrigation:  Usually  grown  under  irrigated  conditions,  water  being 

turned  on  according  to  soil  conditions  and  crop  needs,  the  bulk  of  irrigating  taking 

place  in  May,  June  and  July. 

Thinning:  Plants  are  thinned  by  hand  to  stand  8  to  12"  apart,  the  thinning  being  done 

when  plants  have  two  to  four  leaves. 
Cultivating:  Given  two  to  four  times,  at  10  to  20-day  intervals,  beginning  in  April. 
Hoeing:  Usually  twice,  in  May  and  July. 
Harvesting — Takes  place  when  the  beet  roots  have  about  completed  their  growth  and  possess 
satisfactory  sugar  content,  as  shown  by  yellowing  of  top,  drying  of  outer  ring  of  leaves  and 
laboratory  tests.  Harvest  governed  somewhat  by  mill  needs  for  raw  material.  Roots  loosened 
with  special  plow,  pulled,  topped  and  loaded  Ijy  hand.   Delivered  direct  to  mill  or  to  cars  by 
wagon.      Time:  August  to  January. 
Varieties — Imported  varieties  from  Russia,  Poland,  Germany,  Austria,  France;  domestic  varieties 
grown  in  California,  Utah,  Idaho  and  in  minor  quantities  elsewhere.    To  insure  satisfactory  re- 
sults to  all,  sugar  companies  undertake  to  supplj^  seed,  sometimes  at  a  figure  below  actual  cost. 
Gross  Yield  per  Acre — Good:  15  tons.     Usual:  10  tons. 

By-Products —  Beet  tops  used  or  sold  for  feed;  equal  to  30  to  40  per  cent  of  tonnage  of  roots. 
Major  Producing  Sections — Los  Angeles,   Monterey,   Orange,   Riverside,  San  Joaquin,  Santa 
Barbara  and  Ventura  counties. 

Note:  Sugar  bcot^s  when  grown  for  sale  are  ordinarily  produced  under  some  contract  made  between  grower  and  mill.  The  1919  contract 
in  southern  California  provided  for  beet  payments  on  price  received  for  sugar  and  on  sugar  content  of  beets.  Extracts  from  the  1919 
table  follow:  t-i   •  •  i  ,  c        ^        i      a       i  • 

Price  paid  per  ton  lor  beets  testing 
If  sugar  brmgs  12%  15%  18%  22% 

12  cents  per  pound $12.80  $16.00  $19.20  $23.47 

10  cents  per  pound 10.66  13.33  16.00  19.55 

8  cents  per  pound 8.20  10.25  12.30  15.03 

6  cents  per  pound 5.60  7.00  8.40  10.27 

41^  cents  per  pound 4.20  5.25  0.30  7.70 

Others  in  proportion,  to  fractions. 


12.00 

5.00 

.90 

9.00 
8.00 
2.80 

12.00 

20.00 

6.00 

10.50 

8.00 

15.00 

7.50 

20.00 

4.50 

8.00 

5.50 

12.00 

Farm  Management  Notes  89 

OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  SUGAR  BEETS. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
(See  page  23  for  explanation) 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre —  Normal  High  Special 

Best  land $500.00  $000.00         

Good  land 250.00  300.00  

Fair  land 150.00  250.00  

Costs  of  crop — 

Preparing  land  and  jilanting,  per  acre 

Prejiaring  seedbed 7.00 

Seed,  supplied  by  mill 2.25 

Seeding 50 

Growing  the  crop,  per  acre 

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 7.00 

Thinning  and  hoeing 7.00 

Cultivating 2.00 

Harvesting  and  marketing 

Plowing  out,  per  acre 3.00  5.00 

Pulling,  topping  and  loading,  per  ton  (sliding  scale 

according  to  tonnage) 
Southern  California 
For  crop  of 

5-  7  tons 1.10  2.00 

8-  9  tons ;..-. 75  1,50 

10-11  tons 65  1.30 

15-16  tons, 50  1.00 

Northern  California 
For  crop  of 

About  10  tons 1.10  1.85 

10-15  tons 90  1.70 

15-20  tons 65  1.35 

Other  tonnages  in  proportion 

Hauling  (5  miles),  per  ton 1 .00  1.50 

Taxes  and  insm'ance,  per  acre 

Best  land 5.00  5.50 

Good  land 3.00  3.25 

Fair  land 1.50  1.75 

Farm  returns  for  product — 
Beets,  per  ton,  f.  o.  b. 
Southern  California 

High 

Low 

Usual 

Northern  California 

High 

Low 

Usual 5.50 

Tops,  per  acre 

Southern  California 

Per  ton  of  beets  delivered .60 

Northern  Cahfornia 

High 3.00  6.00 

Low 75  1.50 

Usual 2.00  2.50 


90  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 


SWEET  POTATO. 
Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Time  to  Maturity — 100-160  days. 

Life — Annual. 

Soil  Requirements — Warm,  sandy  loam  18"  or  more  in  depth. 

Climatic  Requirements — Plenty  of  heat  and  sunshine,  freedom  from  frost. 

Water  Requirements — Moist  soil  without  standing  water.  Scarcity  of  water  desh-able. 

Calendar  of  Operations — 

Preparing  Seed  Bed:  January-March,  plowed  April,  replowed  and  worked  down. 

Planting: 

Time:  April-June  15. 

Quantity:  7000  to  14000  sets  (500  pounds  seed  or  10000  sets  on  average). 

Method  and  Distance:  Set  on  ridges  made  by  plowing  2  furrows  together.    Rows  3-4', 
plants  8-15". 

Care  of  Growing  Crop: 

May,  irrigated  at  time  of  setting  out  plants  and  sometimes  once  or  twice  again  at  3  to  4- 
week  intervals. 

June,  July  and  August,  cultivated  3  times  at  2  to  3-week  intervals,  especially  after  irrigat- 
ing.  Sometimes  plowed  after  irrigating. 

Varieties — 

Merced  Sweet,  California  Yellow,  Southern  Queen,  and  Jersey  Red. 

Harvest — 

Time:  August-December. 

Method:  Tops  cut  by  hand,  potatoes  plowed  out,  picked  by  hand  and  shipped  in  100-pound 
sacks  or  crates.   Sometimes  harvested  with  a  potato  machine. 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — 
Good:  5  tons. 
Usual:  3  tons. 

Major  Producing  Counties — 

Butte,  Fresno,  Merced,  Orange  and  Stanislaus. 


Farm  Management  Notes  91 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  SWEET  POTATOES. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
(See  page  23  for  explanation) 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre —  Normal  High  Special 

Best  land $300.00  $350.00  

Good  land 150.00  200.00  

Fair  land 100.00  150.00  


Costs  of  the  crop — 

Preparing  land,  per  acre 

Plowing,  working  down  and  preparing  seed  l)cd G.OO  10.00 

Planting,  per  acre 
Plants,  either 

Homegrown 4.00  (J.OU 

Purchased 8.00  14.00 

Planting 5.00  9.00 

Irrigating  newly  set  plants 3.00  5.00 

Growing  the  crop,  per  acre 

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 5.00  9.00 

Cultivating 1.50  2.75 

Harvesting  and  marketing 

Digging  and  sacking,  per  100  lbs 15  .40 

Sacks,  each  or 09  .16 

Crates,  each 17  .30 

Hauling  (5  miles),  per  ton 1.50  2.25 

Taxes  and  insurance,  per  acre 

Best  land 2.00  2.20 

Good  land 1.50  1.65 

Fair  land 1.00  1.10 

Farm  returns  from  product,  per  cvvt.,  f.  o.  b. — 

High 4.00  G.OO 

Low : 50  2.75 

Usual 1.25  3.00 


92  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 


TOMATO. 

Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Time  to  Maturity — 75-140  days. 

Life — Annual. 

Soil  Rrquirements — Rich,  warm,  sandy  loams,  or  loams  well  drained,  at  least  4'  in  depth. 

Climatic  Requirements — No  frost;  warm,  sunny  weather. 

Water  Requirements — Moderate,  but  soil  must  not  dry  out.   Over-irrigation  promotes  tendency 
to  disease  and  fohage  instead  of  fruit.   Often  not  required. 

Calendar  of  Operations — 

Preparing  for  Planting:  December-February,  plowed  8"  deep  and  worked  down  or  replowed 
6"  and  worked  down. 

Planting: 

Time:  For  spring  crop,  February-May;  for  fall  crop,  June  and  July. 

Quantity:  700-1200  plants. 

Method  and  Distance:  In  rows  6'  x  6'  to  7'  x  7'. 

Care  of  Growing  Crop:  Cultivated  2-5  times  at  10  to  14-day  intervals,  beginning  June  1  or 
earlier.   Hoed  once  around  plants  in  June. 

Varieties — Stone,  Spark's  Earliana,  Trophy,  San  Jose. 

Harvest — 

Time:  June  until  killing  frosts  (December  1.) 
Method:  Vines  are  picked  over  several  times  (4  to  10  days  apart). 
For  Canneries:  Picked  when  ripe  and  delivered  in  6O-II3.  lug  boxes. 

For  Shipping:  Picked  when  blushed  into  GO-lb.  lugs  and  hauled  to  packing  house  or 
cannery,  packed  in  24-lb.  crates  (4-6-lb.  baskets),  18  lbs.  net  or  lugs  of  30  lbs.  net. 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — 
Good:  20  tons. 
Usual:  10  tons. 

Percent  of  Different  Grades — 

Canneries  get  10-75%  of  crop,  rest  shipped  fresh  to  markets.    The  shipping  crop  usually 
runs  from  4  to  0  tons. 

Majou  Producing  Counties — 

Alameda,  Los  Angeles,  Merced,  Orange,  San  Joaquin,  Santa  Clara  and  Sonoma. 


Farm  Management  Notes  93 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  TOMATOES. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
(See  page  23  for  explanation) 
Market  prices  for  laud,  per  acre —  Normal  High  Special 

Best  land $500.00  $800.00  

Good  land ., 350.00  500.00  

Fair  land 150.00  250.00  


Costs  of  the  crop — 

Preparing  land  and  planting,  per  acre 

Plowing,  working  down  and  marking 5.00  0.00 

Planting,  per  acre 

Plants,  per  acre,  either 

Home  grown  or. 1. 

Purchased ..........: 5. 

Setting ,...,.,.,.., ,....:..,...,.; 2. 

Growing,  per  acre 

Cultivation 2. 

Hoeing 2. 

Harvesting  and  marketing,  either 
For  cannery 

Picking,  per  ton 2. 

Hauling  (3  miles),  per  ton 1 . 

For  local  shipments 

Picking,  per  ton 3. 

30-lb.  lug,  packing  and  shipping,  each 

For  eastern  shipments 

Picking,  per  ton 3. 

24-lb.  crate,  packing  and  shipping,  each 

Taxes  and  insurance,  per  acre 

Best  land 5.00 

Good  land 2. 

Fair  land 1. 

Farm  returns  from  product,  f.  o.  b. — 

Cannery,  per  ton 

High 8.00  20.00 

Low , 6.00  15.00 

Usual 7.00  18.00 

Market,  per  ton 

High 60.00  50.00 

Low 15.00  20.00 

Usual 25.00  28.00 


50 

2.50 

00 

6.00 

00 

4.00 

00 

3.50 

00 

3.50 

00 

4.00 

00 

1.50 

GO 

6.00 

10 

.12 

00 

6.00 

12 

.15 

00 

5.50 

00 

2.25 

00 

1.10 

94  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 

WALNUT. 
Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Climatic  Requirements — Will  not  stand  frost  outside  of  dormant  period  nor  intense  dry  heat. 
Summer  mean  temperature  of  60-80  degrees,  without  extremes  with  warm  fogs  best. 

Soil  Requirements — A  good  loam  with  plenty  of  humus,  with  deep,  heavy  but  not  impervious 
subsoil,  is  preferred,  although  groves  are  found  on  lighter  soils  with  silt  or  loam  subsoils.  A 
10'  or  more  depth  is  needed. 

Water  Requirements — Amount  must  be  uniform  and  abundant.  A  minimum  of  24"  is  usually 
attempted,  any  deficiency  of  rainfall  being  made  up  by  irrigating.  30"given  by  May  preferred. 

Setting  Out  and  Caring  for  Orchards  to  Maturity — 

Distance  Apart  of  Trees:  50'  x  50'  or  60'  x  60',  with  interplants. 

Average  Number  per  Acre — 12  or  17. 

Time  of  Planting  Out:  March. 

Age  to  Self-Sustaining  Crop:  8  to  10  years. 

Age  to  Maturity:  18  to  20  years. 

Most  Popular  Varieties:  Eureka,  Franquette,  Mayette  (for  north  and  central),  Placentia  (for 

south) . 
Length  of  Profitable  Life:  Not  known.   Trees  50  years  old  are  bearing  regularly. 

Calendar  of  Operations  to  Maturity — 

Irrigation:  To  keep  constant  moisture  supply  available  all  year  'round.  This  means  irrigating 
every  6  to  8  weeks  from  April  to  November  while  trees  are  small.  In  favorable  locali- 
ties grown  without  irrigation. 

Pruning:  Done  only  to  remove  cross  and  lower  limbs  and  to  shape  trees.  Done  when  trees 
are  dormant. 

Fertilizing:  None,  except  such  as  may  be  needed  for  companion  crops. 

Spraying:  Usually  not  required. 

Cultivating:  Usually  such  as  is  required  by  companion  crops. 

Companion  Cropping:  Interplanted  with  figs,  peaches,  grapes,  berries,  alfalfa,  or  Iieans,  if 
water  and  fertility  is  available.   Can  be  practiced  for  7  or  8  years. 

Caking  for  Bearing  Orchards — 
Calendar  of  Operations— 

Irrigation:  Irrigated  in  May  to  September  with  an  occasional  late  fall  application  (Novem- 
ber). Two  to  five  irrigations,  being  given  by  furrow  method.  An  irrigation  in  the 
dormant  season  is  often  added  as  there  is  danger  of  a  deficiency  of  moisture. 

Pruning:  Opened  up  following  harvest,  and  cross,  low  or  broken  limbs  cut  out. 

Fertilizing:  Cover  crop  of  vetch  or  Melilotus  clover  (October-December)  after  rmts  are 
gathered,  is  sown  if  condition  of  soil  necessitates  improvement  measures. 

Cultivation:  Not  of  first  importance.  Plowed  in  February  or  March,  harrowed  and  culti- 
vated.  Cultivated  every  3  to  6  weeks. 

Spraying:  Usually  not  required. 

Harvest — 

Time:  September  and  October. 

Method:  Picked  from  ground  after  nuts  fall  naturally  or  are  shaken  off  with  hooked  poles. 

Preparing  for  Market:  Washed,  dried,  graded,  bleached. 

Percent  of  Different  Grades— Variable,  as  —  No.  1,  50-85%;  No.  2,  40-10%;  Culls,  10-5%. 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — Good:  1500  pounds.     Usual:  1000  pounds. 

Major  Producing  Counties^Los  Angeles,  Orange,  Santa  Barbara  and  Ventura. 


Farm  Management  Notes  95 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACJRIO  OF  WALNUTS. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre —  (See  pap;e  23  for  explanation) 

Unplanted  Noimal  HIkIi  Special 

Best  land $1200. 00         SloOO.OO  

Good  land 500.00  800.00  

Fair  land 250.00  350.00  

Bearing  orchard 

Best  land 1500.00  2000.00  

Good  land 100(» OO  1200.00  

Fair  land GOO. 00  800,00  


Costs  of  establishing  an  orchard,  per  acre — 

Irrigation  system  or  water  right  included  in  price  of  land 

Preparing  land 

Clearing,  grading  and  leveling 30.00  50.00 

Plowing  and  working  down 5.00  9.00 

Planting 

Trees 18.00  30.00 

Setting 2.50  4.00 

Replanting,  including  trees 2.00  3.00 

Costs  from  setting  out  to  self-sustaining  age,  annually,  per 
acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 8.00  14.00 

Irrigating,  water  and  labor 11.00  14.00 

Pruning...' 2.00  3.50 

Whitewashing 1.00  1.50 

Cover  crop,  when  grown 5.00  7.50 

Taxes  and  insurance 4.00  4.50 

Costs  of  mature  orchard,  annually,  per  acre — 

Plowing  and  cultivating 8.00  14.00 

Irrigating,  water  and  labor ' 12.00  16.00 

FertiHzer  and  manure,  when  provided 25.00  35.00 

Pruning 3.00  5.00 

Taxes  and  insurance 

Best  orchards 10.00  11.00 

Good  orchards (5.00  6.50 

Fair  orchards 3.00  3.25 

Costs  of  harvesting  and  marketing — 

Picking,  per  ton 18.00  25.00 

Hauling  (5  miles),  per  ton 1.00  1.50 

Processing,  drying  and  selling  comes  out  of  association 

dues,  per  ton,  of 30.00  30.00 

Farm  returns  from  product,  per  pound,  f.  o.  b. — 

High 

Low 

Usual 

Culls,  high 

Low 

Usual 


.163^ 

.35 

.10 

.22 

.12 

.31 

.08 

.16 

.05 

.11 

.07 

.15 

96  Farm  Management  Notes 

Read  introduction  to  Part  2,  pages  23  to  25,  in  connection  with  data  given  below. 


WHEAT. 

Requirements:  Methods  of  Growing:  Costs. 

Time  to  Maturity— 120-180  days. 

Life — Annual. 

Soil  Requirements — Surface  —  Heavier  soil  types  24"  in  depth,  presence  of  organic  matter,  less 
than  .25  of  1%  alkali:  (same  as  barley,  but  requires  more  organic  matter). 

Climatic  Requirements — Wheat  will  withstand  less  heat  and  more  cold  than  barley,  otherwise 
conditions  are  about  the  same. 

Water  Requirements  and  Irrigation — Requii-es  more  moisture  than  barley.  30"  optimum. 

Calendab  of  Operations — 

Preparing  Seed  Bed:  November-February  plowed  4-8"  deep.    Disked  or  harrowed  before 
planting. 

Planting: 

Time:  October  1  to  February  1. 

Quantity:  90-110  pounds  broadcast;  usually  100  pounds. 
45-100  pounds  drilled;  usually  60  pounds. 

Method  and  Distance:  Broadcasted  and  harrowed  in  or  drilled. 

Varieties — White  Australian  (Blue  Stem),  Club,  Sonora,  Galgalos,  Defiance. 

Harvest — 

When:  June  15-September  1. 

How:  By  heading  in  fog  belts;  by  combines  in  valley;  by  binders  in  special  sections. 

Operations:  Threshed  either  from  shock  by  stationary  outfit  or  in  combined  harvester. 

Gross  Yield  per  Acre — 

Irrigated  Dry  Farmed 

Good 1200  pounds  600  pounds 

Usual 1000  pounds  500  pounds 

Bt-Products — 

Kind:  Stubble. 

Amount:  Depends  on  amount  of  lodging  and  kind  of  harvest. 

Where  and  For  What  Sold:  Sold  or  used  for  feed. 

Major  Producing  Counties — 

Butte,  Fresno,  Kings,  Sacramento,  San  Joaquin,  San  Luis  Obispo,  Siskiyou,  Solano,  Sutter, 
Tulare. 


Farm  Management  Notes  97 


OPERATING  COSTS  OF  AN  AVERAGE  ACRE  OF  WHEAT. 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
(See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre—                                          Normal  High                 Special 

Best  lands $200.00  §250.00  

Good  lands 100.00  150,00  

Fair  lands 75.00  40.00  

Costs  of  the  crop — 

Preparing  land  and  planting,  per  acre 
Plowing,  either 

Annually  cropped  land 1-75  2.50  

Summer  fallowed  land 2.50  4.00  

Harrowing 25  .40  

Seed.. 1-50  3.00  

Treating  seed 04  .06  

Seeding,  either 

Drilling ,, 25  .50  

Broadcasting  and  harrowing '. 10  .15  

Harvesting,  either 

By  combine,  per  acre 

Less  than  10  sacks 1.50  2.50  

10  to  15  sacks 2.50  4.00  

Over  15  sacks 3.50  5.00  

By  binding  and  stationary  threshing 

Binding,  including  twine,  per  acre 

Under  15-sack  crop ■     100  1.75  

15-sack  crop  or  over 1.50  2.50  

Stacking,  per  acre 15  -25  

Threshing,  per  cwt 15  -30  

By  heading  and  stationary  threshing 

Heading,  per  acre,  under  good  conditions 1.00  2.00  

Under  difficult  conditions 2.00  3.50  

Threshing,  per  cwt 15  -30  

Sacks,  each 08  .15  

Twine,  per  sack 003  .005  

Hauling  off,  per  sack 

2-mile  haul 02  .03  

10-mile  haul 05  .08  


Taxes  and  insurance,  per  acre 

Best  land 2.50  2.75          

Good  land 100  1.10          

Fair  land 40  .50         ...: 

Farm  returns  from  products — 
Grain,  per  cwt.,  f.  o.  b. 

Hi^h 1.75  3.65*        

Low 1-40  3.00*        

Average 1.50  3.35          

Stubble,  per  acre 

High.^ 40  2.00          

Lo^ 10  .25         

Usual 20  .75         

*0n  terms  of  base  price  of  $2.26  per  bushel  of  60  pounds,  set  by  U.  S.  government  for  1919 
crop. 


PART  III. 
CALIFORNIA   METHODS 

IN 

COMMERCIAL   STOCK   INDUSTRIES 

(  Briefed  for  Farm  Management  Use  ) 


Farm  Management  Notes  101 


PART  III. 

CALIFORNIA  METHODS  IN  COMMERCIAL  STOCK  INDUSTRIES. 

(Briefed  for  Farm  Management  Use) 


THE  DAIRY  INDUSTRY. 

Favorite  Breed — The  Holstein  is  the  favorite  dairy  cow  in  California,  with  the  Jersey  next. 
Some  milk-type  Shorthorns,  Ayrshires,  Guernseys,  Brown  Swiss,  etc.,  are  occasionally  found. 

Breeding — 

Heifers  are  bred  when  12  to  24  months,  usually  to  calf  at  some  determined  time  —  as  June 
or  September,  according  to  feed  conditions  and  prices  for  dairy  products. 

Calves  are  sold  at  3  days  of  age,  held  two  or  three  months  for  veal,  or  kept  for  breeding 
stock. 

If  held,  they  are  fed  whole  milk  for  first  three  weeks,  averaging  one  gallon  a  day,  gradually 
changing  over  to  skim  milk  and  some  substitute  to  take  the  place  of  the  butterfat  removed. 

Feeding — 

California  dairymen  place  most  reliance  for  feed  upon  alfalfa  as  pasture  or  hay,  natural  wild 
grass  pasture,  or  irrigated  foxtail,  wild  oats  or  volunteer  grains.  Concentrates  as  mill  run, 
cocoanut  meal,  shorts,  dried  l)cct  pulp,  are  fed  to  the  cows  producing  in  excess  of  20  pounds.  Silage 
—  corn  or  sorghum,  and  roots  —  carrots  and  stock  beets  —  are  growing  in  favor.  Average  feeding 
rates  and  pasture  are : 

Alfalfa  pasture  —  One  acre  per  cow,  April  1-November  L 

Alfalfa  hay  —  Full  ration,  30  pounds  per  head  per  day. 

Silage  —  30-40  pounds  per  heatl  per  day. 

Roots  —  15-20  pounds  per  head  per  day. 

Irrigated  pastures  —  Two  acres  per  cow. 

Natural  wild  grass  pasture,  level — coast — 1-4  acres;  interior,  2-5  acres.  HUl — coast — 3-8 
acres;  interior,  5-10  acres. 

Concentrates  —  If  fed,  4-8  pounds  per  head  per  day  during  milking  period,  under  rule  of  1 
pound  of  concentrates  to  4-6  pounds  of  milk  produced. 

Lactation  Period — 

In  most  localities  the  lactation  period  runs  from  9  to  10  months,  although  in  some  locahties 
by  paralleling  the  season  when  the  pastures  are  palatable  and  nourishing,  it  is  less,  as  in  Humboldt 
county,  where  it  is  about  8  months,  and  in  San  Luis  Obispo  county,  where  it  is  about  6  months. 
Larger  periods  than  10  months  are  occasionally  found. 

Average  Producing  Life — • 

Usually  seven  lactation  periods,  unless  cut  down  by  disease,  as  tuberculosis  and  abortion. 
These  causes  may  reduce  the  number  to  as  low  as  3  or  4. 

Average  Life  of  Cow — 

Nine  to  ten  years,  unless  cut  down  by  disease. 

Size  of  Milking  Strings — 

Milking  only,  for  wages,  22  to  30,  average  26. 

Milking,  feeding,  cleaning,  for  wages,  12  to  24,  average  18. 

Mortality — 

Low  on  account  of  sales  to  butcher  of  cows  aging  and  unfit  for  milking.   About  3%. 


102  Farm  Management  Notes 

Rate  of  Production — 

Average  per  cow  per  day  for  lactation  period: 

In  dairies  producing  butterfat 16  pounds 

In  dairies  producing  whole  milk 20  pounds 

Average  butterfat  content 4% 

Milk  weighs  8.6  pounds  per  gallon. 

Dairymen  find  maintenance  of  high  yields  difficult. 

Exceptional  instances  of  excellent  production: 

Humboldt  County,  300  pounds  butterfat  in  8  months. 

Los  Angeles  County  Farm,  averaged  40  pounds  per  cow  for  150  cows. 

U.  C.  Campus  Dairy,  25  pounds  (goes  as  high  as  30  pounds). 

150  cows  selected  from  500  near  Los  Angeles,  32  pounds  for  several  months. 

130  Holsteins,  San  Leandro,  38  pounds  of  3.4%  milk. 

Los  Angeles  Creamery  herd,  24  pounds. 

FINANCIAL  ITEMS. 

(Average  Figures)         ^ost  and  Price  Data 

(See  page  00  for  explanation) 

Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre  (no  buildings  nor  fences) —    Normal  High                  Special 

Alfalfa,  pasture  or  hay $200.00  $250.00         

Level  wildgrass  pasture 100.00  125.00         

Hill  wildgrass  pasture 20.00  25.00         

Costs  of  stocking  (usual  quality) — 

Grade  cows 85.00  120.00  

Purebred  cows 110.00  175.00  

Purebred  bulls 250.00  250.00  

Yearlings 40.00  60.00  

Twos 60.00  80.00         

Labor  costs — 

Milkers,  per  month 50.00  100.00  

Found 18.00  30.00  

Hay  hands  and  feeders,  per  day 2.00  3.00         

Found 50  1.00  

Feed  costs,  per  ton — 

Rolled  barley 28.00  56.00  

Bran 30.00  42.00  

Dried  beet  pulp 26.00  46.00  

Middhngs 40.00  48.00  

Shorts 32.00  45.00  

Alfalfa  meal 16.00  32.00  

Alfalfa  hay 10.00  18.00         

Mill  run 26.00  42.00  

Farm  returns  for  product — 

■jyjjjj^  f  Southern  California,  per  100  pounds 2.10  4.12  

\  Northern  California,  per  gallon 16  .28  

/  Southern  California 38  .59  


\  Northern  California 31  .65 

■  Newborn  calves 5.00  10.00 

Mi^ot       3-wceks  calves 10.00  15.00 

ivicai      2-4  months  calves 15.00  20.00 

Old  cows,  50%  of  beef  prices 35.00  50.00 

Skim  milk-  -5  jxtunds  equivalent  to  I  pound  of  grain, 

hence  per  cwt 20  .50 


Farm  Management  Notes  103 


THE  BEEF  INDUSTRY. 

A  large  proportion  of  California  will  always  be  fit  only  for  stock  purposes.  Stock  must  enter 
more  largely  into  the  future  fiirniing  plans  of  dry-farmed  arenas  to  aid  in  replacing  fertility.  Under 
California  conditions  the  breeding  and  marketing  of  cattle  still  largely  follows  open  range  condi- 
tions, although  there  is  a  tendency  to  develop  the  baby  beef  or  corral  feeding  methods  of  the  middle 
west,  especially  where  alfalfa  and  grain  are  produced  in  an  extensive  way.  Possibly  80%  of  the 
beef  produced  is  sold  off  the  range,  and  20%  from  feed  corrals. 

Breeds — 

Durhams,  Herefords  and  a  sprinkling  of  Devons,  Mexicans  and  Arizonas  are  used  to  stock 
the  range. 

Handling  Stock  Cattle — 

The  cows  and  liulls  run  together  all  the  year  'round,  calves  Ijeing  dropped  continually  through- 
out the  year.  The  calves  run  with  the  mothers  until  naturally  weaned,  when  they  shift  for  them- 
selves. As  a  rule,  the  majority  of  cattlemen  make  no  serious  attempt  to  segregate  and  classify  their 
cattle  until  the  young  are  two  years  old,  other  than  to  keep  the  young  stock  heifers  by  themselves 
from  weaning  until  ready  for  breeding'.  Riders  cover  the  range  continually,  however,  branding  and 
altering  whenever  they  find  young  requiring  attention,  usually  at  2  to  4  months  of  age.  Heifers 
are  first  bred  when  18  to  24  months  old ;  bulls  are  first  used  at  about  the  same  age. 

An  effort  is  made  to  use  good  bulls,  luit  less  attention  is  given  to  the  selection  of  cows.  As 
a  result,  run-out  cattle,  and  weak-kneed,  hollow-chested,  rough-coated,  runty  calves  are  noticeable 
on  a  good  many  ranges. 

Feeding — 

The  chief  concern  of  the  California  cattleman  is  to  have  feed  enough  for  his  cattle  and  to 
turn  off  his  beef  when  in  the  prime.  The  aim  is  to  pasture  only  a  portion  of  the  feed  at  one  time 
of  the  year,  or  to  pasture  lightly  throughout  in  order  to  leave  a  sufficient  supply  for  late  summer 
and  early  fall.  Absence  of  summer  rains  causes  maturing  feed  to  cure  as  standing  haj',  and  this 
furnishes  the  cattle  with  excellent  forage.  The  stockman's  experience  is  that  he  either  usually  has 
an  overabundance  of  feed  or  else  a  great  scarcity.  The  supply  of  cattle  usually  see-sav/s  with  the 
feed,  the  numlier  being  increased  so  much  during  good  j^ears  that  the  stockman  is  hard  put  to  it 
to  feed  his  cattle  during  the  dry  years.  During  dry  years  the  marketable  cattle  are  sold  in  numbers 
so  that  when  good  years  return  the  feed  supply  surpasses  the  available  cattle  to  feed  it  off. 

Overpasturing  of  the  range  has  brought  in  the  poorer  forage  plants  —  salt  grass,  broncho 
grass,  squirrel  grass  and  foxtail  —  in  place  of  bur  clover,  alfilaria,  wire  grass  and  wild  oats.  Then 
settlers  going  into  the  open  range,  oil  companies  and  like  causes  have  tended  to  cut  up  the  range, 
forcing  the  cattleman  to  keep  his  cattle  under  fence. 

In  an  effort  to  regulate  the  feed  question,  large  areas  of  land  have  been  swamped  and  the 
feed  produced  fed  off  during  the  growing  season,  thus  leaving  the  outside  range  for  later  pasturing. 
Alfalfa  plantings  have  been  largely  made,  and  in  the  cattle  countries  huge  stacks  are  put  up  during 
the  haying  season  for  use  when  the  feed  becomes  scarce. 

Attempts  are  increasing  for  fattening  beef  systematically.  For  this  purpose  barley,  beet 
tops  and  pulp,  grain  stubble,  alfalfa,  pasture,  chopped  alfalfa  and  barley,  or  alfalfa  and  non-sac- 
charine sorghums  are  being  utilized.  In  computing  hay  rations,  10  pounds  per  head  per  day  is 
starvation  rations,  20  pounds  per  day  maintenance  rations,  and  30  pounds  per  day  fattening  ra- 
tions. In  the  latter  case  from  2  to  6  pounds  of  grain  are  fed  with  the  hay  where  fat  beef  prices 
warrant. 

Carrying  Capacity  of  Grain  Stubble — 

Capacity  depends  on  kind  of  grain,  rate  of  lodging  or  shattering,  method  and  time  of  har- 
vesting, rate  of  yield  and  plumpness  of  grain.    Ordinarily  an  acre  of  barley  stubble  from  a  10-sack 


104  Farm  Management  Notes 

crop  will  carry  one  head  to  1}4  acres  for  4-6  weeks;  20-sack  crop  will  carry  one  head  to  the  acre; 
for  same  period  wheat  stubble  rates  are  one  head  to  3  acres  for  8-sack  crop;  or  one  head  to  2  acres 
for  15-sack  crop. 

Age  of  Selling — Long  2)^  to  3  years.   Some  Arizonas  and  Mexicans  at  4  years. 

Weight  When  Sold — 850  to  1400  pounds,  average  1100  pounds. 

Profitable  Life  of  Cows — Usually  until  12  years  old. 

Profitable  Life  of  Bulls — Until  too  heavy  —  8  or  9  years  old. 

Number  One  Man  Can  Handle — On  range,  under  fence,  400  or  500  head.   In  corrals,  5  men  to 
500  head. 

Space  Required — 

The  ordinary  range  in  California  necessitates  the  setting  aside  of  10  acres  per  animal.  It 
varies,  however,  from  6  acres  to  40,  or  even  more.  Anything  over  30  acres  means  difficulty  in  getting 
an  animal  fat.  Examples  of  variations  in  acreages :  Kings  City,  6  acres;  Salinas,  12  acres;  Hum- 
boldt count}^  20  acres;  Monterey  county,  11  acres. 

Gains — 

Cattle  on  the  range  gain  about  1  pound  daily;  on  siloed  beet  pulp  (70  pounds)  and  straw, 
gain  2  pounds  daily;  on  alfalfa  hay  (Nevada),  1%  to  2  pounds  daily;  in  corrals  when  fed  chopped 
hay  and  barley,  2  pounds  daily. 

Special  Gains:  On  range  near  King  City  feeding  Hereford  calves  and  keeping  them  growing, 
results  in  UOO-pound  weight  when  2  years  old. 

In  Livermore  Valley,  Holstein-Shorthorn  cross  fed  from  birth  until  2  years  old  are  made 
to  weight  1000  pounds. 

Good  chopped  alfalfa  and  molasses  fed  two-year  olds  in  the  Sahnas  Valley  with  stock  in 
good  shape,  results  in  fattening  gains  of  4  pounds  a  day;  chopped  alfalfa  hay  and 
cracked  mUo  fed  fattening  cattle  in  Kern  county,  cause  gains  of  23/2  pounds  daUy. 

Calf  Drop — 50  to  85%,  average  60%  for  range. 

Calves  Reaching  Maturity — L^sually  on  range  90%  raised. 

Nltmber  of  Sires — One  bull  to  25  cows. 

Mortality — 5%  for  mature  stock  cattle  on  the  range;  3^%  for  mature  cattle  fattening  in  corrals; 
10%  of  calves  born. 

Marketing  Beef — Butchers  desire  grass-fed  beef,  alfalfa  or  pasture,  dressing  550  to  600  pounds. 

This  means  a  1100  to  1200-pound  animal. 
Fat  stock,  preferably  not  more  than  3  years,  and  better  nearer  2  years  old,  is  desired. 
California  stockmen  have  little  selling  expense,  as  buyers  visit  the  ranches  and  ranges,  and  make 

their  trades  on  the  ground. 
Shrinkage  is  usually  assumed  to  be  4%  on  the  present  weight,  or  12-hour  stand,  or  12-mile 

driv^e  to  scales. 
Shrinkage  depends  upon : 

(a)     Distance  shipped.     (6)     Preparation  of  cattle,     (c)     Size  of  cattle. 

The  first  shipments  of  grass  cattle  usually  reach  the  market  about  May  1,  being  sent  in  from 
local  ranges.  Of  mediocre  quality  at  first,  they  improve  until  many  are  equal  to  eastern-fed 
cattle.  The  bulk  of  the  grass  stock  reaches  the  market  in  June,  July  and  August,  to  be 
followed  with  a  scattering  of  cattle  from  off  the  tlry  ranges  and  stubble  fields.  By  September 
1,  however,  the  big  ranches  arc  usually  clcarcxl  up  and  cattle  from  Nevada  arc  then  counted 
upon,  some  going  immediately  to  market  and  some  fed  to  hokl  u])  the  supply  for  the  fall 
and  early  winter  months.  From  then  on  cattle  fattened  in  corrals  furnish  the  bulk  of  the 
supply  from  September  1  to  May  1. 


Farm  Management  Notes  105 


FINANCIAL  ITEMS. 

(Average  Figures) 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
Market  prices  for  laml,  per  acre  (fenced  but  not  including         (See  page  23  for  explanation) 
buildings)—  Normal  High  Special 

Valley  range $30.00        MO. 00  

Hill  range 8.00  10.00 


Costs  of  stocking  (usual  quality) — 

Grade  cows GO. 00  85.00 

Purebred  cows 125.00  200.00 

Purebred  bulls 250.00  250.00 

Yearlings 25.00  45.00 

Twos 50.00  70.00 

Labor  costs — 

Range  riders,  per  month,  wages 40.00  70.00 

And  found 15.00  30.00 

Fence  crews,  per  day,  wages 150  2.50 

And  found 50  1.00 

Feed  costs — 

Alfalfa  hay,  in  stack,  per  ton 8.00  16.00 

Barley,  per  cwt. 1-10  2.50 

Egyptian  corn,  per  cwt 1-30  3.00 

Barley  stubble,  per  acre -25  1.00 

Wheat  stubble,  per  acre -20  .75 

Farm  returns  for  product — 
Fat  beef,  per  pound 

Steers 

Heifers 

Old  cows,  per  pound 

Hides,  per  pound,  wet  salt 

No.  1,  steer  or  cow,  30-60  pounds 

No.  2,  steer  or  cow,  30-60  pounds 

Kips,  15-30  pounds 

Calf,  5-15  pounds 

Dry,  16  pounds  up 


.07 

.10 

.06 

.09 

.04 

.05 

.16 

.34 

.15 

.30 

.16 

.38 

.16 

.60 

.26 

.45 

106  Farm  Management  Notes 


THE  SHEEP  INDUSTRY. 
Bkeeds — 

In  general,  California  sheep  run  to  Merino,  Shropshire  and  Southdown.  Some  Persians  have 
been  used  in  crossing,  and  the  reddish,  big  rangy  lambs  of  the  cross  are  often  seen  in  passing  herds. 
Hampshires,  Rambouillets,  Corridales,  Dorsets,  Cotswold,  Lincolns  and  Romneys  are  represented 
in  the  State.  In  general,  the  territory  from  Stockton  to  Tehachapi  Pass  is  stocked  largely  with  Merino 
ewes,  crossed  with  Shropshire  rams.  From  Stockton  north  to  Placer  and  Sacramento  counties, 
Spanish  and  French  Merinos  predominate;  from  Marysville  to  Red  Bluff,  Spanish  Merinos. 

The  Shropshire  and  Southdown  are  classed  as  mutton  sheep,  and  the  Merino  as  wool  sheep. 

Feeds — 

The  sheep  industry  follows  foin-  rather  distinct  methods: 

1.  Open  Range:  Unfenced  public,  national  forest  or  public  land,  or  private  ranges;  sheep 
run  in  bands  of  from  1000  to  .3000  head,  and  herded.  Usually  a  small  home  ranch  of  a  few  hundred 
acres. 

Sheep  are  moved  continually  from  one  feeding  ground  to  another,  based  on  climatic  and 
feed  conditions.  In  the  mountains  the  sheep  are  moved  following  the  coming  of  new  feed  as 
the  snow  melts.  Shelter  is  not  generally  provided.  In  periods  of  drought  or  scant  feed  sheep 
may  be  moved  from  one  end  of  the  State  to  another,  and  in  certain  cases  are  shipped  as  far 
east  as  Idaho,  Utah  and  Colorado.  The  feed  is  furnished  by  natural  grasses  —  annuals  and 
perennials  —  such  as  foxtail,  wild  oats,  alfilaria,  burr  clover  and  shrubs,  as  poison  oak, 
willow,  sage  and  chaparral.  Acorns  are  sometimes  used,  and  general  use  is  made  of  grain 
stubble. 

2.  Fenced  Ranges  —  of  a  few  thousand  acres  —  sheep  herded  or  run  free.  Home  ranch 
usually  producing  some  feed  to  cover  part  of  the  winter,  or  periods  of  drought. 

Fenced  into  fields,  occasionally  coyote-proof.  Usually  the  acreage  is  divided  into  several 
pastures,  so  that  rotation  can  be  practiced  where  the  sheep  run.  The  stock  is  under  close 
supervision  and  is  provided  with  winter  shelter.  The  feed  varies  from  grasses  of  desert  region 
to  high  mountains,  with  some  grain,  alfalfa  or  wild  hay  fed  in  winter  or  periods  of  drought. 

3.  Valley  Farms,  where  the  sheep  feed  is  produced  on  a  few  hundred  acres. 

The  area  set  aside  for  sheep  is  fenced  into  several  fields  and  used  for  crop  producing  and 
pasture.  The  chief  feed  is  pasture  of  wild  oats,  filaree,  burr  clover,  natural  grasses  or  alfalfa, 
it  being  grazed  in  summer  months  and  fed  as  hay  in  winter,  while  grain  stubble  is  used  to 
supplement.  Shelter  is  usually  provided  for  entire  fiock  during  the  rainy  season  and  for 
lambing  pinposes. 

4.  Diversified  Farms,  where  about  30  or  more  ewes  are  kept  as  an  adjunct  to  other  farm 
activities.  The  stock  is  fed  a  variety  of  feeds,  used  to  clear  up  fields,  ditch  banks,  orchards  and 
summer  fallow,  finished  on  stubble,  provided  with  shelter  and  given  a  fair  amoimt  of  care. 

Carrying  Capacity  of  Pastures — 

Alfalfa  pasture .5-10  sheep  per  acre 

Barley  stubble  4-6  sheep  per  acre 

for  6-8  weeks 

Mendocino  county  ranges 2}^   sheep  per  acre 

Mendocino  county  ranges  near  Willets 2  sheep  per  acre 

Winters,  Yolo  county 3J^  sheep  per  acre 

Range  with  one-third  feed  furnished  (alfalfa) 1  sheep  per  acre 

Desert  land 1  sheep  to  5  acres  or  more 

National  forest  land 1  sheep  to  2)^  acres  (varies  considerably) 

Breeding  and  Lambing — 

During  the  last  of  August,  Sep1enil)er  and  October,  the  range  ewes  arc  l)red  so  that  laml)ing 
takes  place  the  last  of  January,  through  February  and  into  March.  This  is  the  critical  time  in  the 
sheep  business  and  requires  expert  attention  on  the  part  of  the  lambers. 


Farm  Management  Notes  107 

Time  from  breeding  to  laml)iiig  or  period  of  gestation  is  152  days.  Purebred  rams  are  used 
to  raise  standard  of  flock,  from  35  to  125  ewes  being  allowed  per  ram.  Ewes  and  rams  arc  first 
used  for  l)rceding  purposes  when  12-18  months  old. 

On  the  open  range  —  here  the  rams  run  with  the  ewes  throughout  the  year,  the  natural  l)re('(ling 

time  being  September  and  (X'tobcr.    Lambing  takes  place  from  l5ecember  15  U)  March  15. 

Percent  of  lambs  born,  90%.    As  no  protection  other  than  natural  cover  is  offered  on  open 

range,  losses  are  considerable. 
On  the  fenced  range  the  time  of  breeding  is  generally  late  August,  September  to  middle  of  October. 

Rams  are  kept  separate  from  ewes  except  during  breeding  season.    Generally  rams  fed  a 

grain  ration,  2  pounds  a  day  during  bi-eeding  season.    One  ram  to  35  ewes.   Some  rams  can 

be  used  on  two  oi'  three  lots  of  ewes.   Kams  run  together  the  rest  of  the  year  separated  from 

ewes.    Percent  of  lambs  born,  100%. 
On  valley  farms  where  production  is  chiefly  breeding  stock  of  purebred  rams  and  generally  i)ure- 

bred  ewes,  the  rams  are  generally  kept  separate  the  year  'round,  except  when  used  for  a 

short  period  on  bunches  of  25  to  .30  ewes. 

Gains — 

When  properly  fed  and  handled,  three-months-old  lambs  will  weigh  70  pounds.     Average 

weight  of  lambs  at  birth  from  7  to  8  pounds.    Average  daily  gains  for  yearlings,  covering  100  days, 
when  properly  fed,  average  .4  pounds  for  Southdown  and  Shropshire,  and  .3  pounds  for  Meiinos. 
Fattening  Iambs  and  sheep  on  barley  and  alfalfa  gained  the  following  after  90  days'  feeding: 

^Veight  at  start  Average  dailj'  gain 

Lambs 63  .27 

1-year-old  wethers  95  .27 

2-year-old  wethers 116  .28 

Aged  ewes 92  .18 

Shrinkage  of  Weights — 10  to  12  pounds  for  sheep.     5  to  6  pounds  for  lambs. 

Marketing — 

Old  ewes  when  past  their  usefulness  are  sold  for  mutton,  this  being  about  the  seventh  year. 
Wethers  are  sold  when  from  1  to  23^  years.    Extra  fine  Iambs  are  sold  at  5  months  to  a  year  old. 

Classifying  Market  Sheep — 

In  grading  sheep,  weight,  is  an  important  factor.  Besides  possessing  proper  mutton  form  and 
being  well  covered,  a  "prime"  lamb  must  weight  from  80  to  82  pounds,  yielding  40  to  41  pounds 
dressed.  Heavier  carcasses  are  discriminated  against,  as  they  will  not  cut  up  into  chops  of  the 
desired  size,  and  the  larger  leg  of  mutton  is  usually  too  heavy  for  the  average-sized  family. 

During  May  and  June  a  special  class  of  lambs  reaches  the  market,  known  as  "spring  lamb." 
These  are  the  early  lambs  of  the  season  and  usually  hail  from  the  southern  states.  Thej'  are  con- 
sidered quite  a  delicacy  and  usually  top  the  market  price  for  the  year.  Considerable  trade  is  carried 
on  in  this  State  along  this  line,  where  they  are  known  as  "milk  lamlis." 

Lambs  are  usually  considered  as  being  under  one  year  of  age,  but  with  the  packers  the  term 
is  somewhat  broader,  as  both  lambs  and  yearlings  yield  a  lamb  carcass.  The  maturity  of  the  car- 
cass may  be  determined  by  the  ribs  and  shank  l:)one  being  colored  with  blood  vessels  in  lambs, 
while  in  mature  sheep  they  are  white  and  hard;  or  by  the  break-joint  —  a  small  cartilageous  joint 
just  above  the  pastern  or  ankle  —  that  breaks  square  on  lambs  and  yearlings. 

Briefly,  grades  run:  Live  weight  Dressed 

"Prime"  lamb 80-82  pounds  40-44  pounds 

(Heavier  carcasses  discriminated  against) 
"Spring"  lambs 65-70  pounds  32-35  pounds 

(Early  lambs  of  season  —  top  the  market  for  year) 
"Milk"  lambs 60-65  pounds  30-35  pounds 

(Just  being  weaned  —  three  months  old) 
Lambs 

(Considerable  under  one  year,  but  may  be  yearlings) 
Hothouse  Iambs  —  lambs  produced  for  market,  for  winter  market 
Wethers  —  13^  to  23^^  years  old 
Aged  ewes 


108  Farm  Management  Notes 

Dressing  Out — 

Lambs  dress  out  49  to  55%.     Sheep  and  goats,  43  to  52%.     Extra  fine  stock,  60  to  65%. 

Dipping — 

It  is  usually  necessaiy  to  dip  sheep  for  scab.  Tliis  is  accomplished  by  driving  the  band  into 
a  large  holding  corral,  from  which  small  bunches  are  taken  to  a  small  holding  pen  at  one  end  of  a 
long,  narrow  vat.  These  vats  varj^,  a  common  one  being  20"  wide,  41^'  deep  and  10'  long  at  the 
top  and  6'  at  the  bottom.  Where  the  sheep  enter,  it  is  perpendicular;  where  they  leave,  a  45-degree 
slant  is  given  with  cross  slats  to  provide  footing. 

Another  form  is  12'  long,  12"  wide  and  2'  deep,  made  of  galvanized  iron,  the  entrance  con- 
sisting of  a  6-foot  sharp  incline  down  which  the  sheep  slide. 

At  the  head  of  the  outlet  a  tight  floor  inclines  toward  the  vat,  where  the  sheep  stand  for  a 
few  minutes  and  drain  off  surjjlus  dip,  which  returns  to  the  vat  for  further  use. 

The  dipping  material  is  usuallj^  warm,  and  consists  of  Kreso  No.  1  or  some  form  of  creosote. 
The  sheep  are  thoroughly  dipped  by  the  drovers  forcing  them  completely  under  during  the  time 
that  they  swim  from  one  end  of  the  vat  to  the  other. 

From  the  dipping  pen  they  go  to  a  second  large  holding  corral,  and  from  there  back  to  the 
range. 

Shearing — 

In  general,  the  sheep  ranger  figures  that  the  wool  crop  will  pay  the  cost  of  the  business; 
mutton  and  lambs,  the  profits.  Shearing  is  done  in  April  and  August  by  men  who  follow  the  busi- 
ness and  work  by  the  piece,  at  so  much  a  head.  In  the  production  of  wool  the  character  sought  is 
evenness  in  the  quality  of  the  fleece,  density  and  an  even  length  of  filler  over  the  entire  body. 

Shearing  is  done  either  with  macliine  or  hand  shears.  The  skill  is  gauged  by  the  shearers' 
ability  to  remove  a  large  quantity  of  wool  in  a  given  time  without  snipping  into  the  wool  or  cutting 
the  sheep.  A  skilled  man  shears  as  high  as  200  head  a  day  with  hand  shears,  while  an  unskilled 
man  may  have  difficulty  in  turning  out  25  head  with  a  machine.  Shearing  time  varies;  some  shear 
in  April  and  August,  others  in  May  and  October,  and  some  in  June  only.  The  latter  is  confined  to 
the  northwest  counties,  where  shearing  is  done  but  once  a  year.  The  tendency  in  the  interior  valleys 
is  to  shear  earlier  and  in  the  colder  sections  to  shear  later. 

Lambs  are  usually  sheared  once  the  first  year,  in  summer,  during  July  or  August.  Two 
shears  a  year  are  desirable  especially  in  the  hot  sections,  as  the  weather  is  too  hot  to  permit  the 
sheep's  holding  the  wool  all  the  year  and  the  fleece  laecomes  ragged  and  begins  to  pull  around  the 
neck. 

Sheep  are  usually  sheared  in  shelters,  protected  from  the  wind  and  open  to  the  south,  although 
some  sheepmen  shear  in  the  open. 

Shrinkage,  being  the  loss  in  weight  from  clearing  off  sand,  dirt,  grease,  burs,  weeds,  etc., 
ranges  from  35  to  85%,  with  a  general  average  of  65%  shrinkage. 

Lamb  wool  is  worth  less  than  mature  wool,  being  in  fact  about  60%  less  valuable.  In  storage 
wool  shrinks  1  to  2%.   50%  of  the  weight  of  the  wool  is  oil  and  dirt. 

A  bag  of  wool  weighs  230  pounds,  if  lamb  fleece,  and  250  to  350  pounds,  if  fleece  is  from 
mature  stock. 

Common  yields,  per  clip,  are: 

Merino-Shropshire  cross,  San  Joaquin  Valley 5  pounds 

Merino,  Central  and  Northern  California  interior  counties 4}/^  pounds 

Merino,  Northern  coast  counties 5  pounds 

Shropshire,  Yolo,  Solano,  Contra  Costa,  Napa,  Sonoma  Counties 3J^  pounds 

Age  of  Profitableness — 

Ewes  are  profitable  up  to  about  7  years  of  age,  after  which,  because  of  poor  udders,  bad 
teeth,  etc.,  they  are  fattened  and  sold. 
Number  One  Man  Can  Handle — 

One  man  can  herd  500  sheep  when  range  feeding,  although  the  usual  practice  is  to  run  the 
stock  in  bands  of  1000  to  1200,  handled  by  two  men.  There  is  usually  no  regular  system  of  herding, 
although  the  tendency  is  to  provide  quarters  where  sheep  can  be  placed  at  night  to  protect  them 
from  coyotes  and  dogs. 

In  general,  when  Merino  blood  predominates,  thousands  of  sheep  can  be  handled  in  one 
flock,  whereas  with  mutton  sheep  200  to  300  seems  to  be  the  limit  for  satisfactory  returns. 


Farm  Management  Notes  109 


FINANCIAL  ITEMS. 
(Average  Figures) 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
Land  values —       -  (See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Fenced  range,  price  per  acre  Normal  High  Special 

If  purchased 

Unimproved $12.00  $14.00  

Improved 15.00  20.00  


Cost  of  stocking 

Registered  bucks 50.00  100.00 

Grade  bucks 15.00  25.00 

Registered  ewes .' 20.00  30.00 

Grade  ewes 6.00  12.00 

Herding  costs — 
Open  range 

Herders,  wages,  per  month 40.00  85.00 

Found 12.00  20.00 

Extra  help,  lambing  time,  wages  per  day 2.00  3.50 

Found 50  1.00 

Fenced  range 

General  ranch  help,  wages,  per  month 35.00  60.00 

Found 15.00  30.00 

Shearing  costs,  per  time — 

Ewes,  once  a  year 10  .20 

Ewes,  twice  a  year,  per  time 07  .15 

Lambs , : 07  .10 

Bucks 10  .20 

Wool  sacks,  each 14  1.00 

Twine,  per  sack 03  .05 

Farm  returns  for  product — 

Wool 

Lamb,  grease  wool 10  .40 

Sheep,  grease  wool 10  .60 

Meat 

Lamb .12 

Wethers .10 

Aged  ewes .06 

Ewes,  medium,  good  and  choice .08 


110  Farm  Management  Notes 


THE  HOG  INDUSTRY. 

Fenced  pastures,  provision  for  shelter  and  shade,  care  of  sows  in  pens  during  farrowing, 
ample  feeding  and  careful  selection  of  breeding  stock,  are  replacing  the  earlier  more  extensive 
methods  of  hog  production,  where  breeding  stock  was  turned  out  to  shift  for  itself,  new  blood  in- 
troduced only  occasionally  by  turning  out  young  boars,  and  round-ups  held  from  time  to  time  to 
harvest  whatever  pigs  had  been  overlooked  by  coyotes,  disease  and  starvation.  Cholera,  pneu- 
monia, more  intensive  settling  up  of  the  land,  and  a  higher  price  for  pork  products  have  combined 
to  force  the  new  order. 

Favorite  Breeds — 

California  raisers  favor  the  Poland  China,  Duroc  Jersey  and  Berkshire,  with  the  Chester 
White,  Taraworth  and  other  breeds  to  be  found  occasionally.  The  Duroc  is  a  favorite  in  Imperial 
Valley,  in  San  Joaquin  Valley,  and  in  many  scattering  sections  throughout  the  State.  Of  all  tjreeds, 
however,  in  point  of  numbers,  the  Poland  China  stands  first,  according  to  packing  house  receipts. 

A  cross  between  Poland  China  and  Berkshire,  or  Berkshire  and  Duroc,  is  a  favorite  with 
some  hog  men.  This  cross  combines  quick  growth  and  hustling  of  the  Berkshire  with  quiet  dispo- 
sition and  steady  gains  of  the  Poland  China  or  Duroc.  Usually  the  Berkshire  is  used  as  sire  and 
the  Poland  China  or  Duroc  as  the  dam. 

Some  growers  prefer  purebred  sire  and  common  sows,  to  combine  good  breeding  qualities 
with  stamina  of  acclimated  stock.   No  gi'owers  favor  "razoi-backs." 

Feeding — 

Under  California  conditions,  alfalfa  is  the  outstanding  pasture  crop,  and  can  usually  be 
relied  upon  to  furnish  feed  from  April  1  to  November  1 ;  alfalfa  is  ordinarily  pastured  at  the  rate  of 
from  12  to  25  animals,  which  together  do  not  exceed  in  total  weight  2000  pounds  to  the  acre. 

When  alfalfa  is  available,  summer  plantings  are  not  required.  But  the  supplying  of  winter 
feed  requires  some  planning  and  forethought  in  order  to  provide  a  supply  to  carry  the  hogs  through 
from  about  November  1  to  April  1. 

For  each  100  acres  of  alfalfa  devoted  to  summer  pasturing  of  hogs,  from  100  to  200  additional 
acres  are  needed  for  winter  pasture.  This  presupposes  a  good  growth  of  pasture  when  the  hogs  are 
turned  in  from  the  alfalfa.  Should  planting  be  postponed  to  such  an  extent  that  considerable 
growth  is  required  in  cold  weather,  the  acreage  must  be  greatly  increased  to  insure  sufficient  de- 
velopment of  feed  during  the  slower  growing  season. 

When  early  fall  irrigation  is  available,  wild  pasture  furnishes  a  great  deal  of  feed  for  the 
hogs,  but  to  guard  against  a  possible  shortage,  growei's  provide  additional  supplies  of  volunteer 
grain  —  wheat  or  barley,  pumpkins,  squashes,  citrons,  field  peas  or  green  growing,  plantings 
of  rye,  barley,  oats,  wheat,  sod  or  burr  clover.  These  furnish  desirable  winter  pasture  and  can  be 
put  in  at  little  cost. 

If  on  pasture,  one-half  the  feed  comes  from  pasture,  one-half  from  grain.  Grain  rations 
are  figured: 

Grain  or  Concentrate 
Class  of  Stock  Pasture  or  Forage  (based  on  live  weight) 

Mature  sows Ample  1% 

Mature  boar Ample  2% 

Growing  breeding  stock Ample  1-2% 

Growing  market  stock  from  weaning  to  finishing  stage Ample  3% 

Finishing  4  weeks 3J^-4% 

In  California  to  turn  off  hogs  weighing  175-200  pounds  at  ages  of  GH  to  7  months  requires 
a  total  of  540  pounds  of  grain  in  addition  to  ample  pasture  and  forage.    The  table  shows  details: 

Number        Rate  of         Total  con- 
days  of  con-  centrales 
Period                                                                                                                                                               fe<l            centrate.'f        required 

(a)  From  time  feeding  begins  (2  weeks)  to  weaning  (8  weeks) 40         M  lb.         201bs. 

(6)   From  weaning  age  (8  weeks)  to  finishing  age  ((i  months) 120         3%  324 

(c)   Finishing  stage  (6  months)  to  marketing  (7  months) 30        4%  196 

540 


Farm  Management  Notes  111 

Since  5  pounds  j;;rain  oqiuil  1  pound  gain,  and  pasture  will  replace  J^  grain,  2J/^  pounds 
grain  will  be  required  for  1  pound  gain.    Tlierefore: 

150-pound  iiog  at  2}/^  pounds  represents  375  pounds  of  grain. 
175-pound  hog  at  2]-^  pounds  represents  437  pounds  of  grain. 
200-pound  hog  at  2]^^  pounds  represents  500  pounds  of  grain. 
225-pound  hog  at  21^  pounds  represents  502  pounds  of  Krain. 
250-pound  hog  at  2)<3  pounds  represents  625  pounds  of  grain. 

In  feeding,  growers  figure  the  grain  at  2%  of  the  live  weight  of  the  hog.  4%  of  dry  matter 
constitutes  a  full  ration. 

Fattening  hogs  may  be  given  3%  of  the  live  weight  in  grain,  although  it  is  not  essential. 
Pregnant  sows  may  receive  1%  until  they  farrow  and  2%  during  nursing. 
5  pounds  of  skim  milk  is  equivalent  to  1  pound  of  grain. 
50%  of  grain  ration  is  most  profitably  replaced  by  skim  milk. 
Whey  is  one-half  as  valuable  as  skim  milk. 

The  carrying  capacity  of  barley  is  such  that  if  hoggeil  off  a  10-sack  crop  will  keep  for  6-8 
weeks:  5  head  of    80-120-pounil  hogs 

4  head  of  120-150-pound  hogs 
An  acre  of  20-sack  barley  will  keep  for  6-8  weeks: 
10  head  of    80-120-pound  hogs 
8  head  of  120-150-pound  hogs 
Barley  stubble  will  vary  with  amount  of  grain  on  ground. 

Good  stubble  of  plump  barley  if  hogged  off  a  10-sack  crop  will  carry  for  4-6  weeks : 
IH  head  of    80-120-pound  hogs 

1  head  of  120-150-pound  hogs 
A  20-sack  crop  will  cairy  for  4-6  weeks: 

2>^  head  of    80-120-pound  hogs 

2  head  of  120-150-pound  hogs 

Gains — 

Weight  of  pigs  at  birth 23^2  pounds 

Weight  at  4  weeks 15  pounds 

Weight  at  8  weeks  (weaning) 40  pounds 

Pigs  from    15  to  100  pounds  gain  on  an  average    .8  pounds  per  day 
Pigs  from  100  to  150  pounds  gain  on  an  average  1.2  pounds  per  day 

or  on  an  average  throughout  of  1  pound  per  day  if  fed  according  to  the  rates  already 

given. 
Average  gain  on  alfalfa  alone,  Vs  pound  per  day. 
Average  gain  from  grain  alone,  5  pounds  of  grain  to  make  1  pound  of  pork. 

Number  and  Size  of  Litters — 

With  a  limited  number  of  sows  —  up  to  20  or  25  —  or  where  the  work  is  well  systematized, 
two  litters  are  obtained  per  sow  per  year.  Where  a  good  many  sows  are  run  or  the  work  is  not  weU 
in  hand,  three  litters  in  two  years  is  about  the  average.  Aside  from  outbreaks  of  disease,  it  is 
safe  to  count  on  maturing  five  pigs  to  a  litter,  for  the  inexperienced,  and  six  pigs  when  operator 
knows  the  business. 

Space  Required — 

One  acre  is  required  to  200  hogs  (averaging  100  pounds  in  weight)  if  penned  in  and  all  feed 
hauled. 

If  on  pasture,  figure  one  ton  of  live  weight  per  acre  of  good  pasture,  i.  e.,  5  tons  of  alfalfa. 

One  acre  of  good  alfalfa  will  support  2  sows  farrowing  2  litters  each  and  raising  5  pigs  an- 
nually to  the  litter,  if  the  alfalfa  is  supplemented  with  winter  pasture. 

If  double  litters  come  regularly  throughout  the  year,  2}^  acres  of  alfalfa  (plus  winter  pasture) 
will  care  for  6  sows  and  their  litters.  If  litters  are  all  farrowed  at  two  distinct  times  during  the  year, 
33^  acres  are  required  for  6  sows. 


\ 


112  Farm  Managemen   Notes 

Hence  20  acres  of  alfalfa  and  30  acres  of  winter  pasture  (winter  pasture  being  equivalent  to 
the  alfalfa),  will  supply  48  sows  and  litters  if  they  farrow  regularly,  as  against  34  sows  farrowing 
twice  a  year  all  about  the  same  months. 

Best  Market  Hog — 

The  best  market  hog  is  one  weighing  somewhere  between  150  and  250  pounds,  fed  to  result 
in  hard  pork.  No  grassfed,  acorn  or  alfalfa  hogs  can  be  turned  off  as  topnotch  stuff  by  feeding  grain 
last  few  weeks. 

Some  butchers  pay  the  same  for  stock  hogs  as  for  fat  hogs,  using  offal  and  corn  or  other 
feeds  to  finish  the  stock  hog  at  slaughter  house.  It  is  well  to  investigate  the  local  market  and  to 
feed  and  breed  accordingly.  Ordinarily,  while  some  butchers  wUl  take  a  poor  alfalfa  or  acorn  hog, 
they  are  not  much  in  demand. 

A  good  market  hog  combines  breeding  to  give  him  possibilities  for  quick  and  economical 
gains,  and  care  and  feeding  to  develop  the  possibilities. 

Dressing  Out — 

Good  hogs  dress  out  75%.  Hence,  if  a  200-pound  hog  is  worth  7  cents  on  foot  or  $14  per 
head,  9y3  cents  must  be  obtained  for  a  dressed  carcass,  plus  a  sum  to  pay  for  the  dressing. 

Number  One  Man  Can  Handle — 

Forty  to  sixty  sows  and  offspring  will  keep  one  man  pretty  busy  regularly,  with  feeding, 
cleaning,  caring  for  sows  up  to  the  time  when  the  young  pigs  are  weaned.  One  man  can  cut  and 
haul  ripe  barley  or  green  pasture  crops  to  200  to  300  head,  depending,  of  course,  on  method  of 
feeding  and  the  length  of  the  haul. 

FINANCIAL  ITEMS. 

(Average  Figures) 
Market  prices  for  land,  per  acre —  Cost  and  Price  Data 

See  data  covering  Alfalfa,  Barley,  Wheat,  etc.  (See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Costs  of  stocking  (usual  quality)                                              Normal  High                  Special 

Grade  sows $20.00  $40.00  

Purebred  sows 30.00  100.00  

Purebred  boars,  mature 75.00  150.00  

Grade  gilts 18.00  40.00  

Purebred  gilts 25.00  100.00  

Labor  costs — 

Hogmen,  per  month,  wages  and 60.00  100.00  

Found 18.00  30.00  

Fence  builders,  per  day,  wages  and 1.10  2.50  

Found 50  1 .00  

Feed  costs,  per  ton — 

Rolled  barley 28.00  56.00  

Bran 30.00  42.00  

Dried  beet  pulp 26.00  46.00 

Middlings 40.00  48.00  

Shorts 32.00  45.00  

Alfalfa  meal 16.00  32.00  

Alfalfa  hay 10.00  18.00  

Mill  run 26.00  42.00  

Pumpkins,  per  ton 4.00  5.00  

Farm  returns  for  products — 

Fat  hogs,  per  pound 

Best 07  .16  

Good 061^  .  15  

Fair 06  .14  

Feeders  average  1  to  3  cents  less  than  fat  prices. 


/ 


Farm  Management  Notes  113 


THE  POULTRY  INDUSTRY. 

Location — 

To  succeed  with  poultry,  California  poultrymen  prefer  sandy  loam  soil  in  sections  with 
moderate  temperature,  located  both  near  to  markets  and  to  centers  of  grain  production.  The 
single  comb  white  Leghorn  is  almost  universally  kept  for  egg  production,  while  the;  Plymouth 
Rock,  White  Wyandotte,  Rhode  Island  Red,  etc.,  are  favored  where  an  all  'round  table  and  egg 
fowl  is  desired. 

Rearing — 

Eggs  to  produce  fowls  for  laying  plants  are  incubator  hatched  during  January,  February 
and  March,  the  hatching  being  timed  to  mature  pullets  for  winter  laying,  when  eggs  are  highest 
in  price. 

Hatching  is  a  distinct  branch  of  the  business,  better  handled  by  men  specialized  in  that 
branch. 

The  interest  and  expense  involved  in  equipment  for  the  usual  poultry  ranch  will  more  than 
offset  the  profit  asked  by  the  hatcher.  This  is  because  the  usual  poultryman  uses  only  a  small 
portion  of  time  in  hatching,  while  the  professional  hatcher,  being  constantly  at  work,  gets  a  larger 
percentage  of  chicks,  wastes  less  eggs  and  suffers  less  loss. 

One  Petaluma  poultryman  states  that  as  against  the  hatcher's  price  of  7  to  12  cents,  he  knows 
ranchers  whose  chicks  cost  35  cents  or  more,  due  to  poor  hatches  entailing  a  large  percentage  of 
loss.  A  poor  hatch  in  a  commercial  hatchery  is  uncommon  and  amounts  to  only  a  small  percentage 
of  the  total  business  done.    Usually  85%  of  the  eggs  are  fertile,  and  95%  of  the  fertile  eggs  hatch. 

Intelligent  poultrymen  agree  that  better  results  follow  if  the  utilization  of  attention  ordin- 
arily needed  for  incubation  is  devoted  to  egg  production. 

One  rule  for  determining  the  price  of  chicks  is  twice  the  price  of  eggs  plus  3  cents  for  hatching. 

The  chicks  are  taken  from  the  incubator  when  24  hours  old  to  artificially  heated  brooder 
houses,  where  they  live  until  six  weeks  old.   They  then  go  to  the  roosting  houses. 

Pullets  begin  laying  at  about  5  months,  and  continue  to  be  profitable  for  two  seasons  (until 
2J^  years  old),  when  they  are  replaced  with  other  stock  reared  to  start  laying  when  the  old  stock 
faUs  off. 

Handling — 

The  hens  are  kept  confined  in  flocks  of  500  to  1500.  Houses  sufficient  for  roosting  and  laying 
are  provided,  and  wire  fences  separate  colonies  and  alleyways. 

Spacing — 

The  usual  practice  is  to  allow  floor  space  in  one  house  to  the  extent  of  two  square  feet  per 
fowl,  although  in  actual  practice  the  spacing  ranges  from  IJ^  to  over  5  feet. 

Yard  space  ranges  from  65  to  125  square  feet  per  fowl.  In  the  case  of  double  yards,  the  lesser 
amount  is  given;  in  the  case  of  single  permanent  yards,  the  greater  amount. 

Houses — 

There  is  no  uniformity  in  poultry  houses.  The  tendency  is  toward  large  lots  and  big  houses, 
:.  e.,  a  buOding  160  feet  long  by  18  or  20  feet  wide.   Buildings  range  from  8'  x  12'  to  48'  x  885'. 

Feeding — 

A  variety  of  feeds  are  given,  but  in  general  a  mash  is  fed  the  hens  in  the  morning,  made  up 
of  bran,  shorts,  corn  meal,  blood  meal,  alfalfa  meal,  etc.  In  the  evening  a  scratch  food  of  wheat, 
cracked  corn,  Egyptian  corn,  a  little  hemp,  sunflower  seed,  broom  corn  and  the  Uke  are  fed.  Plenty 
of  green  feed  is  given  in  the  shape  of  grass,  kale,  cabbage,  carrots,  beet  tops,  sprouted  grains,  etc. 

Fresh  water,  oyster  shells,  grit,  and  charcoal  are  always  before  the  hens. 


114-  Farm  Management  Notes 

A  laying  fowl  will  consume  throughout  the  year,  grain  —  as  mash  or  scratch  —  an  average 
of  75  pounds,  of  which  30  pounds  is  mash  per  year,  and  45  pounds  grain.  The  University  of  Cali- 
fornia Farm  standard  ration  is: 

Mash:  5  pounds  bran,  5  pounds  shorts,  5  pounds  ground  barley,  3  pounds  meat  scraps, 
2  pounds  soy  beans.   Grain:  15  poimds  wheat,  10  pounds  barley,  5  pounds  corn. 

Other  suggested  rations :  10  pounds  barley,  10  pounds  milo,  10  pounds  wheat;  10  pounds 
corn,  10  pounds  milo,  10  pounds  barley. 

A  balanced  ration  per  fowl  per  day,  in  ounces,  amounts  to: 

Per  fowl  In  percentage 

2     oz grain 50 

.8  oz mash 20 

.6  oz greens 15 

.4  oz animal  matter  (i.  e.,  meat) 10 

.2  oz mineral  matter 5 

One  and  one-half  acres  of  Jersey  kale  will  feed  3000  hens  nearly  all  the  year,  400  pounds  of 
the  lower  leaves  being  picked  off  daily  and  fed  to  the  3000  fowls. 

Two  thousand  cabbage  plants  planted  to  mature  when  the  kale  goes,  will  round  out  the 
season  for  3000  fowls.   50  head  are  fed  daily. 

By  double  yarding  much  green  stuff  can  be  grown  for  the  fowls  to  harvest  themselves, 
thus  saving  labor  and  with  the  added  advantage  that  the  soil  is  sweetened  at  the  same  time. 

Mortality — 

First  72  hours Vio  of  1% 

First  week 10%  of  original  purchase 

Next  2  weeks An  additional  15%  of  original  purchase 

Next  2  months An  additional  10%  of  original  purchase 

Making  a  total  the  first  3  months  of 35% 

Mortality  annually  thereafter,  5%  to  3  years  of  age,  when  majority  of  the  fowls  are  sold. 

Egg  Yields — 

The  California  average  is  not  far  from  120  eggs  per  fowl  per  year.  A  good  average  is  150. 
As  against  this,  note  the  egg-laying  yields  of  the  Victoria  contest : 

Light  breeds  (White  Leghorn)  average  egg  yield  for  420  birds,  214  eggs. 

Records  of  high  yields: 

1912,  281;  1913,  282;  1913,  291;  1913,  303. 

Monthly  Variation  in  Egg  Yields — 

The  following  shows  the  egg  yields  secured  month  by  month,  averaged  from  large  flocks: 

January 7%  July 9% 

February 10%  August 7J^% 

March 13%  September 5% 

AprU 14%  October 3% 

May 13%  November 3M% 

June 10%  December 5% 

Note  that  the  lowest  production  —  3%  —  corresponds  with  the  highest  price  received  for 
eggs,  both  coming  in  October  and  November. 

Egg  Yields  at  Different  Ages — 

G-12  months  (pullet  stage)  72  eggs,  or  12  eggs  monthly. 
12-24  months,  120  eggs,  or  10  eggs  monthly. 
24-3G  months,  108  eggs,  or    9  eggs  monthly. 


Farm  Management  Notes 


115 


Record  from  carefully  kept  books  of  2  flocks  each  of  700  head : 

From  pullets 

6-12  months 

January 325  eggs  per  day 

March 453  eggs  per  day 


From  hens 
12-24  months 
210  eggs  per  day 
375  eggs  per  day 


Size  of  Flocks — 

One  man  can  handle  2000  fowls  if  he  has  extra  help  during  brooding. 

1500  White  Leghorns  can  be  run  in  one  flock. 

Figure  500  fowls  per  acre  if  run  on  land  at  all  times,  or  700  fowls  per  acre  if  double  yarded 
(i.  e.,  one  growing  green  stuff  while  other  is  occupied). 


FINANCIAL  ITEMS. 

(Average  Figures) 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
Market  price  for  lands  suitable  for  poultry,  per  acre  (not         (See  page  23  for  explanation) 
including  fences,  buildings  nor  improvements)  Normal         High  Special 

In  poultry  centers $600.00      $700.00         

Near  large  towns 600.00        700.00  

Back  country 250.00        250.00  


Cost  of  stocking  (White  Leghorns) 

Day-old  chicks 

3-month-old  pullets 

Mature  fowls 


Labor  costs,  per  month,  wages 30.00 


and  found. 
Per  fowl,  per  month 

Laying,  10  months .... 

Moulting,  2  months . 
Per  chick,  for  period 

First  3  months 

Second  6  months 


Feeding  costs — 

Per  fowl,  per  month 

Laying 

Moulting 


Per  chick,  per  month 

First  month 

Second  month 

Third  month 

Fourth  month 

Fifth  month 


Total  for  period. 


Farm  returns  for  products — 
Eggs,  per  dozen,  extras*. 
Young  fowls,  per  pound.. 
Aged  fowls,  per  pound.... 


.08 

.60 

1.00 

.12 
1.25 
2.00 

30.00 
18.00 

60.00 
30.00 

.06^ 
.05 

.10 

.07^ 

.08 
.12 

.12 
.18 

.12 
.10 

.20 

.17 

.03 
.05 
.07 
.08 
.09 

.05 
.08 
.11 
.14 
.17 

.32 

.55 

.31 

.18 
.12 

.55 
.39 
.35 

*80%  of  output. 


PART  IV. 
WORK  CAPACITY  OF  MEN,  STOCK,  IMPLEMENTS 

AND 

FARM   MACHINES 

(a)  Workers 

(b)  Work  Stock 

(f)   Farm  Implements 
(d)    Farm  Machinery 


Farm  Management  Notes  119 


PART  IV. 

WORK  CAPACITY  OF  MEN,  STOCK,  IMPLEMENTS 
AND  FARM  MACHINES. 

(a)  Workers 

(6)  Work  Stock 

(c)  Farm  Implements 

{d)  Farm  Machinery 


INTRODUCTION. 

Work  capacity  varies  through  wide  Umits,  on  account  of  soil  and  crop  conditions,  speed  and 
stamina  of  horses,  size  and  shape  of  fields,  condition  of  machine  and  experience  and  intelligence  of 
operator.  These  figrues  are  for  average  work.  The  figures  are  for  a  general  guide.  They  are  sub- 
ject to  a  variation  as  high  as  50%  either  way  for  special  conditions  —  good  or  bad. 

An  inexperienced  worker  can  only  accomplish  approximately  50%  of  the  rate  set  by  ex- 
perienced workers. 

An  example  of  varying  rates  due  to  conditions  is  found  in  the  picking  of  fruit,  the  rate  of 
which  depends  on  size  of  trees,  size  of  fruit,  necessity  of  frequency  in  moving  ladders,  whether  the 
fruit  is  borne  high  or  low,  whether  trees  are  open  or  close  pruned,  rapidity  of  ripening,  whether 
land  is  level,  rolling  or  hilly.  Rate  of  pitching  and  stacking  hay  depends  on  yields,  length  of  stalk, 
length  of  haul,  size  of  stack,  size  of  crew. 

In  general,  the  following  averages  are  derived  from  poor  to  best  conditions.  The  average 
shows  what  may  reasonably  be  expected  for  general  average  conditions. 

The  average  horse  walks  l^i  miles  on  loose  ground  per  hour,  B:^  miles  on  hard  ground 
doing  heavy  work,  2  miles  doing  light  work,  and  2'^/^  miles  on  road. 


Farm  Management  Notes 


121 


I. 


Daily  Duty  of  Farm  Implements  and  Machines  with 
Sizes  of  Crew  and  Required  Number  of  Horses. 


Kind  of  Machine 


Usual 
Size 


Bean  cutter 2-row 

Broadcasting  barley 

Binding  small  grain 6' 

Binding  small  grain 7' 

Binding  small  grain 8' 

Binding  corn 1-row 

Cultivating  crops 


Covering  24"  of  space.. 
Covering  30"  of  space.. 
Covering  42"  of  space. 
Covering  48"  of  space.. 
Covering  66"  of  space.. 
Covering  84" 


5' 
6' 


Number 

Men 
Required 

1 
1-2 


of  space 

Cultivating  land  in  preparing  for  crops 

Cultivating  land  in  preparing  for  crops 

Drilling  alfalfa 8' 

Drilling  small  grain    6-  8' 12  tube 

Drilling  small  grain    8-10' 16  tube 

Drilling  small  grain  10-12' 20  tube 

Harrow,  disk  (not  lapped) 4' 

Harrow,  disk  (not  lapped) 6' 

Harrow,  disk  (not  lapped) 8' 

Harrow,  spike  (not  lapped) 8' 

Harrow,  spike  (not  lapped) 16' 

Harrow,  spike  (not  lapped) 24' 

Harrow,  spike  (not  lapped) 32' 

Harrow,  spring  tooth  (not  lapped) 6' 

Harrow,  spring  tooth  (not  lapped) 8' 

Heading  small  grain 10' 

Heading  small  grain 12' 

Lister 

Manure  spreader 75  bu. 

Marking  for  planting 12' 

Mowing 5' 

Planking  or  dragging  or  floating  land 6' 

Planking  or  dragging  or  floating  land 12' 

Planting  beets 4-22"  rows 

Planting  corn 1-42"  row 

Planting  corn 2-42"  rows 

Planting  cotton 2-36"  rows 

Planting  beans 4-28"  rows 

Planting  potatoes 1-36"  row 

Planting  potatoes 2-36"  rows 


Number 

Horses 

Required 

2 

2 
3-4 
3-4 
4-5 

3 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 
5-6 
6-8 

2 

2 

3 
4-6 

4 

6 

8 
2-3 

4 

6 

8 

3 

4 

6 

6 

3 

2 

2 

2 

2 

4 

2 

1 

2 
2-4 
2-4 

2 

3 


Acreage 
Covered 
in  10- 
hr.  day 

10  A 
60 
10 
14 
18 
7 

4 

5 

QV2 

7^ 
10 
12 

8 
10 
14 
10 
15 
20 

5 

9 
14 
10 
30 
40 
60 

9 
12 
20 
24 

5 
12  loads 
25 
10 
10 
20 
12 

8 
12 

8 
18 

33^ 

8 


122 


Farm  Management  Notes 


Usual 
Kind  of  Machine  Size 

Plowing,  walking  plow 12" 

Plowing,  walking  plow 14" 

Plowing,  sulky , 14" 

Plowing,  gang 2-14"  bot. 

Plowing,  gang 2-12"  bot. 

Plowing,  gang 3-12"  bot. 

Plowing,  gang 2-  8"  bot. 

Plowing,  gang 3-  8"  bot. 

Plowing,  gang 4-  8"  bot. 

Plowing,  gang 5-  8"  bot. 

Plowing,  engine  gang 4-14"  bot. 

Plowing,  engine  gang 6-14"  bot. 

Plowing,  engine  gang 8-14"  bot. 

Plowing,  deep  tillage 2-20"  disks 

Potato  digger 1  row 

Potato  digger  (elevator) 1  row 

Rake  (self-dump) 12' 

Rake  (side  delivery) 6' 

Ringrolling 6' 

Ringrolling 8' 

RoUer(land) 12' 

Shredder  and  husker,  corn 4  roll 

Shredder  and  husker  (corn) 6  roll 

Shredder  and  husker  (corn) 8  roll 

Spreading  lime  (drill) 10' 

Spreading  fertihzer  (drill) 10' 

Tedder 6' 

Weed  cutting 6' 

Fresno  scraper  (checking  land) 5' 


Kind  of  Machine  Size 

Ensilage  cutter 42"  fly  wh 

Ensilage  cutter 36"  fly  wh 

Ensilage  cutter 30"  fly  wh 

Threshing — 

Separator  (pea  and  bean) 12"  x  30" 

Separator  (pea  and  bean) 20"  x  32" 

Separator  (wheat) 18"  x  36" 

Separator  (wheat) 36"  x  58" 

Separator  (oats  and  Barley) 18"  x  36" 

Separator  (oats  and  barley) 28"  x  50" 

Separator  (oats  and  barley) 36"  x  58" 

(a)  Horsepower  at  drawbar. 

(b)  Hauling  in  addition. 

(c)  Six  horses  for  forks,  bucking  straw  and  roustabouting. 

(d)  Eight  horses  for  forks,  bucking  straw  and  roustabouting. 

(e)  To  change  to  hundredweight:    5()  pounds  corn      =  1  bushel. 

(California  measure)  60  pounds  wheat  =  1  bushel. 

50  pounds  barley  =  1  bushel. 
32  pounds  oats      =  1  bushel. 


Number 

Number 

Acreage 
Covered 

Men 

Horses 

in  10- 

Required 

Required 

hr.  day 

2 

1.6 

3 

2.3 

3-4 

2.5 

4-6 

5.2 

3-6 

4.0 

5-8 

6.6 

2-3 

2.8 

3-4 

4.2 

4 

5.6 

6-10 

8.0 

2 

14-18(o) 

8 

2 

20-25(a) 

12 

2 

25-30  (a) 

16 

6 

2.5 

2 

3 

4 

3H 

2 

20 

2 

10 

6   ' 

6 

8 

8 

2 

20 

2-3 

10-12 

8  tons 

2 

15-20 

15  tons 

2 

25 

22  tons 

2 

11 

3 

13 

2 

10 

2 

10 

4 

Vs 

Number 

Horse- 

Capacity 

of  Men  to 

Power 

per  10- 

Operate 

Required 

hr.  day 

Kb) 

15-20 

120  tons 

1(6) 

12-15 

100  tons 

1(6) 

8-12 

70  tons 

6 

2-4 

5500  lbs. 

9 

6-8 

22000  lbs. 

12(c) 

15-18 

36000  lbs. 

15(d) 

50-60 

96000  lbs. 

15(c) 

15-18 

2200bu.(e) 

16(d) 

30-40 

2750bu.(e) 

18(d) 

50-60 

3500bu.(e) 

Farm  Management  Notes  128 


Rules  for  Determining  Work  of  Implements. 


The  usual  daily  duty  per  foot  of  width  is: 
2.0  acres  for  plows. 
1.7  acres  for  spike  tooth  harrows. 

1.5  acres  for  spring  tooth  harrows. 

1.4  acres  for  disk  harrows. 

1.6  acres  for  drills. 
1.6  acres  for  mowers. 

1.5  acres  for  rakes. 

2.0  acres  for  grain  binders. 


II. 

Work  Capacity  of  Stock 


The  usual  width  of  implement  per  horse  is : 
.46'  of  plows. 
3.9  of  spike  tooth  harrows. 
2.4  of  spring  tooth  harrows. 
2.4  of  disk  harrows. 

2.4  of  drills. 

2.5  of  mowers. 
6.0  of  rakes. 

2.0  of  grain  binders. 


III. 

Day's  Work  of  Man  (or  Crew). 

(Selected  Operations) 

(M  =  Men ;  H  =  Horses.) 

FIELD  CROPS. 

Alfalfa  Average  rate  per  day 

Cocking 1  M 10  tons 

Capping 1  M,  1  H 20  acres 

Stacking — 

Hauling  to  stack;  10-12  loads  per  wagon. 
Hand  pitching  and  hand  unloading  into  barn. 

Size  of  crew 

3  M,  2  H 5  tons 

4-5  M,  4  H 8  tons 

Hand  pitcliing  and  hand  unloading  at  stack: 

2  M,  2-4  H 8  tons 

4M,  4-6H 15  tons 

6  M,  6  H 20  tons 


124  Farm  Management  Notes 

Hand  pitching  and  unloading  with  horse  fork  at  stack  or  barn : 

2M,  2-4  H 10  tons 

4M,  4-6  H 20  tons 

6-8  M,  6-8  H 30  tons 

19  M,  15  H 60  tons 

Buckraking  and  stacking  with  horse  fork: 
Size  of  crew 

2  M,  2-4  H 15  tons 

4  M,  4-6H 25  tons 

6M,  6-8  H 30  tons 

Rate  of  stacking  varies  with  kind  of  hay,  rate  of  yield,  distance  of  haul,  etc. 

Baling — 

From  stack  Tons  per  10-hour  day 

Size  of  crew  Range  Average 

7-9  M,  10-14  H* 20-45  tons  30  tons 

From  field: 

6-8  M,    6-10  H 15-30  tons  22  tons 

10-11  M,  12-14  H 30-50  tons  40  tons 

*Engine  equivalent,  if  power  press. 

Beans —  Average  rate  per  day 

Hoeing  and  planting  misses 3^  acre 

Weeding  after  planting : 5  acres 

Shocking  (pUing)  in  field  for  curing 3  acres 

Picking  green  beans 1500  pounds 

Corn — 

Marking  land,  2-row  marker,  1  M,  2H 103^2  acres 

Planting  by  hand,  per  M 4  acres 

Hoeing,  per  M 1  acre 

Suckermg,  per  M 2  acres 

Platform  harvester,  2  M,  1  H 5  acres 

Cutting  and  shocking,  per  M IK  acres 

Setting  up  corn  after  binder,  per  M 3  acres 

Hauling  grain,  1  M,  2  H 2.2  acres 

Hauling  grain,  2  M,  2  H 2-3  acres 

Hauhng  stalks,  2  M  2  H 5  acres 

Husking,  per  M 36  bushels 

Filling  silo — 

Cutting  by  hand  and  loading,  per  M 12  tons 

HauUng  to  cutter,  1  M,  2  H 15  tons 

Feeding  cutter,  1  M 60  tons 

Storing  in  silo,  2  M 60  tons 

By  crew:  Cutting  corn  and  filling  silos — 
Size  of  crew 

1  M,  3  H,  cutting. 

2  M,  loading. 

3  M,  6  H,  hauhng. 

1  M,  feed  and  run  engine. 

1  M,  tramping. 

Total    8  M,  9  H. 

Size  of  load,  average  1  ton.  Size  of  engine,  12  HP. 

Tonnage  per  day,  44  tons.  Lcngtli  of  cutter,  16". 

Average  number  of  day.s  cutting,  4. 


Farm  Management  Notes 


126 


Cotton — 

Listing,  1  M,  3  H ....i....  5  acres 

Cultivating  toward  plants  ("wrap"),  1  M,  2  H 12  acres 

Chopping,  per  M 2  acres 

Hoeing,  per  M 2  acres 

Weeding,  perM 5  acres 

Irrigating  (California),  1  M No  average  possible 

Picking,  per  M: 

Short  staple 200  pounds 

Long  staple 125  pounds 

Ginning,  5  M 40  bales  of  500  pounds 

Flax — Harvesting,  1  M,  4  H 15  acres 

Grain — 

Shocking,  after  binder,  per  M 6  acres 

Stacking  wheat,  2  M,  2-4  H 8  acres 

Turning  bound  grain,  per  M 10  acres 

Cradling  wheat,  per  M 2  acres 

Bucking  sacked  grain  behind  harvester  and  piling  in  field : 

Barley 600  sacks 

Wheat 500  sacks 

Stacldng  grain  hay  (see  alfalfa — same  rates). 

Heading,  12',  5-6  M,  10-14  H 24  acres 

14',  6-8  M,  12-14  H -v.-.v :■■■.■■ 28  acres 


Stationary  threshers  (from  stack) : 
Crop 
Wheat 


Barley 

or  oats 

Non-saccharine  sorghums 
Beans  or  peas 


Size  of  crew* 
.  7-10  W-  2-4  H' 
11-13  M,  2-6  H 
14-18  M,  4-8  H 
.  7-10  M,  2-4  H 
11-13  M,  2-6  H 
14-18  M,  4-8  H 


9M, 

6M, 

10  M, 

19  M, 


2-6  H 

2H 

6H 

12  H 


'Engine,  in  addition,  to  run  separator. 

*Threshing  from  field  requu'es  20%  more  men  and  enough 

hauling. 
fSize  of  separator  varies  through  many  sizes  from  18"  x  34" 

rough  guide  to  size  of  machine. 


Ranget 
12-20  tons 
20-30  tons 
25-45  tons 
15-25  tons 
25-35  tons 
30-55  tons 
20-45  tons 
2-  3  tons 
5-10  tons 
15-25  tons 

more  horses 

to  30"  X  50". 


Average 

18  tons 

27  tons 

32  tons 

20  tons 

30  tons 

35  tons 

30  tons 
2]/^  tons 
ly^  tons 

20  tons 

to  supply  wagons  for 
Size  of  crew  is  only  a 


Harvesting  with  combine: 


Average 
Acreage 
10 
12 
18 
22 
25 
35 
40 

*Horses  often  replaced  by  tractor.    Auxiliary  engine  sometimes  used  on  separator.    Average 
crew  consists  of  engineer,  header  tender,  separator  tender,  sack  tender,  saw  sewer. 
fRate  depends  on  yield  of  grain  and  amount  of  lodging. 


Cut 

Usual  size 

of  crew 

7' 

2-3  M 

8H* 

9' 

2-3  M 

10-20  H 

12' 

4M 

22  H 

14' 

5M 

24  H 

16' 

5M 

28  H 

20' 

5-6  M 

32  H 

24' 

5-6  M 

36  H 

Range  in 
averagef 
8-15 
10-20 
15-25 
20-30 
20-35 
30-50 
30-60 


136  Farm  Management  Notes 

Hops—                                                                                                                      Average  rate  per  day 
Picking  per  man 250  pounds 

Potatoes — 

Cutting  seed  by  hand,  per  M 15  bushels 

Cutting  seed  by  machine,  per  M 28  bushels 

Planting,  plowed  in,  3  M,  2  H 2^  acres 

Spraying  (4  rows  at  once),  1  M,.  2  H 15  acres 

Picking  up  and  bagging: 
After  ordinary  plow 

75  bushel  crop 60  bushels 

125  bushel  crop 75  bushels 

200  bushel  crop 100  bushels 

After  elevator  digger 

75  bushel  crop 80  bushels 

125  bushel  crop 100  bushels 

Digging  and  picking  up  by  hand: 

75  bushel  crop 30  bushels 

150  bushel  crop 40  bushels 

Sorting  and  bagging  in  shed,  per  M 100  bushels 

Sorghums  (Non-Saccharine) — 

Cutting  heads  by  hand,  per  M ^  acre 

Hauling  heads  to  stack,  1  M,  2  H 5  acres 

Stock  Beets — 

Weeding  and  thinning,  per  M Va  acre 

Hoeing J^  acre 

PuUing  and  loading J^  acre 

Sugar  Beets — 
For  seed : 

Planting  stechling,  3'  x  3',  per  M J^  acre 

For  roots: 

Thinning,  per  M '.....:. J^  acre 

Hoeing 1  acre 

Pulhng,  topping  and  loading  (12-15  ton  jdeld) 6  tons 

Plowing  out,  1  M 2J/^  acres 

Sweet  Peas  (For  Seed) — 

Planting,  2-28"  rows,  1  M,  2H 6  acres 

Cultivating,  single  row,  1  M,  2  H 3  acres 

Cultivating,  two  rows,  1  M,  2  H 6  acres 

Rogueing Vs  acre 

Hand  piling 1  acre 

Carrying  to  drying  sheds,  1  M,  2  H 1 

Turning,  per  M. 2  acres 

Threshing  (engine),  1  M,  2  H 2H  acres 

Tlrrcshing,  7  M,  4  H 5  acres 

First  cleaning IJ^  acres 


Farm  Management  Notes  127 


Day's  Work  for  Man  (or  Crew). 

Selected  Operations  in  Producing  Fruit. 

(M  =  Men;  H  =  Horses) 
Orchard  Cultivation —  Average  rate  per  day 

Plowing,  12"  plow 1.5  acres 

Disking,  5'  disk '. 5.5  acres 

Harrow,  6'  spring  tooth 6.0  acres 

Harrow,  7'  spring  tooth 8.5  acres 

Cultivator,  6' 7  acres 

Furrowing  for  irrigation 10  acres 

Floating  or  planking,  10-14' 8  acres 

Spreading  manure 10  loads 

Orchard  Spraying — 

(a)     50-gallon  barrel  hand  pump,  5-gallons  per  tree,  J^^-mile  haul,  2  M,  2  H         125  trees  per  day 
(6)     150-gallon  duplex  power  pump,  5  gallons  per  tree,  Vs-mile  haul,  2  M,  2  H  ...200  trees  per  day 

(c)  Double-acting  horizontal  power  pump,  5  gallons  per  tree,  Vs-mile  haul,  3  M,  2  H  200  trees 

per  day. 

(d)  200-gallon  horizontal  power  pump,  5^  gallons  per  tree,  '/g-mile  haul,  3  M,  2  H,  300  trees 

per  day. 
On  an  average  when  trees  are  in  leaf,  3  M  and  2  H  crew  will  spray : 
300  trees  per  daj',  if  12'  or  less  in  height. 
175  trees  per  day,  if  12'-20'  in  height. 
125  trees  per  day,  if  over  20'  in  height. 

using  from  4  to  6  gallons  per  tree,  and  two  leads  of  hose. 

Apples — 

Picking,  per  M 60  loose  50-pound  lug  boxes 

Pruning,  per  M 20  trees 

Removing  brush,  1  M,  2  H 1  acre 

Thinning,  per  M 20  trees 

Propping,  per  M 200  trees 

Sorting  and  packing,  per  M 75  loose  50-pound  lug  boxes 

Nailing  boxes,  per  M 300  boxes 

Naihng  and  waiting,  per  M 175  boxes 

Apricots — 

Per  M. 

Setting  trees,  heavy  soil 100  trees 

Setting  trees,  light  soil 150  trees 

Picking 30  boxes  of  40  pounds 

Pruning,  large  trees 25  trees 

Pruning,  small  trees 40  trees 

Berries — 

PerM. 

Picking  blackberries 25  trays  of  6  baskets  each  (total  5  pounds  per  tray) 

Picking  loganberries 20  trays  as  above 

Hoeing  berries Vs  acre 

Pruning  and  thinning  wood Vs  acre 

Cherries — 

Picking,  per  M 150  pounds 

Packing  in  10-pound  boxes  facing  one  side  (per  girl)..,' 10  boxes 


1S8  Farm  Management  Notes 

CuBKANTS—  Average  rate  per  day 

Planting,  per  M M  acre  per  day 

Sulphuring,  1  M 2  acres  per  day 

Hoeing,  1  M M  acre  per  day 

Pruning,  1  M H-l  acre  per  day 

Picking,  1  M 10  boxes  of  10  pounds  each 

Grapes — 

Setting  rooted  grape  vines,  per  M 200 

Setting  cuttings,  per  M 1000 

Sulphuring,  per  M 12  acres 

Tying  young  vines,  per  M 1000  vines 

Picking  for  shipment,  per  M 2000  pounds 

Olives — 

Picking  (for  pickling),  per  M 200  pounds 

Picking  (for  oil),  per  M 400  pounds 

Peaks — 

PerM. 

Picking  for  cannery 1  ton 

Picking  for  drying 1/4  tons 

Pruning  3-year-old  trees,  heavy  with  brush,  12-20  cuts  per  tree 425  trees 

Pruning  4-year-old  trees,  heavy  with  brush,  12-20  cuts  per  tree 215  trees 

Pruning  trees,  12-14' high 15  trees 

Hauling  brush,  1  M,  2  H 2  acres 

Spraying,  3  M,  2  H 250  trees 

Cutting  for  drying  (50-pound  lugs),  range  20-70 40  lugs 

Packing  pears  (45-pound  boxes),  range  40-80 60  boxes 

Prunes — 

Picking  up,  green  fruit,  per  M 1000  pounds 

Hauling  brush,  1  M,  2  H 2  acres 

Spraying,  3  M,  2  H 150  trees 

Pruning,  per  M 20  trees 

Peaches — 

Pruning,  per  M 20  trees 

HauUng  brush,  1  M,  2  H IH  acres 

Picking,  boxes  of  40  pounds,  per  M 40  boxes 

Strawberries — 

LeveUng,  1  M,  4  H 1  acre 

Ridging  for  planting,  1  M,  1  H 4  acres 

Smoothing  beds,  per  M Vis  acres 

Planting,  per  M V20  acre 

Hoeing  and  weeding,  per  M V40  acre 

Hand  cultivating,  per  M 'A  acre 

Irrigation,  per  M Yio  acre 

Bedding  in  runners,  per  M V20  acre 

Cutting  off  stops,  per  M Vis  acre 

Picking,  per  M 2  chests 

Walnuts — 

Picking,  per  M 200  pounds 


Farm  Management  Notes  129 


Day's  Work  of  Man  (or  Crew) 
Selected  Operations  in  Producing  Vegetables. 

(M  =  Men;  H  =  Horses) 

Asparagus —  .  ,  , 

Cutting,  field  boxes  of  40  pounds,  per  M :  Average  rate  per  day 

White  grass 10  boxes 

Green  grass 15  boxes 

Cabbage — 

Setting  out,  by  machine,  1  M,  2  H 4  acres 

Setting  out,  by  hand,  per  M ^  acre 

Cutting,  sorting,  \    2  M,  2  H 5  tons 

Trimming  and  packing  /  4  M,  2-4  H 10  tons 

Cantaloupes — 

Marking,  7'  x  7',  1  M,  2  H 30  acres 

Ridging  for  planting,  1  M,  2  H 1  acre 

Planting,  1  M,  2  H.^ 10  acres 

Vining  up,  per  M 2  acres 

Picking,  per  M ,. 1  ton 

Carrying  out,  per  M 6  tons 

Sorting,  per  M 12  tons 

Packing,  per  M 225  crates  of  70  pounds 

Onions — 

Planting  seed,  hand  planter,  per  M 1  acre 

Cultivating,  hand  cultivator,  per  M ^  acre 

Pulling,  per  M 3^  acre 

Cutting  tops,  per  M 1  acre 

Sacking,  2  M 1  acre 

Planting  out  onion  sets  in  field,  per  M V20  acre 

Peas — 

Planting  (2-row),  1  M,  2  H 6  acres 

Cultivating,  1  M,  2  H 7  acres 

Hoeing,  per  M ]4.  acre 

Picking,  per  M. 

Green: , 250  pounds 

Cannery: 

Cutting,  1  M,  2  H 10  acres 

Turning  (2  men  to  each  cutter) 33^  acres 

Loading,  1  M 6  tons 

Picking  up  waste  peas,  1  M,  2  H 6  acres 

Rhubarb — 

Marking  (23/^'  x  5'),  1  M,  2  H 15  acres 

Furrowing  for  planting,  1  M,  2H 5  acres 

Plowing  for  planting,  1  M,  2  H 4  acres 

Dividing  for  planting,  per  M Enough  for  1  acre 

Planting,  per  M J^  acre 

Hoeing,  per  M 3^  acre 

Picking,  washing  and  packing 12  boxes 

String  Beans — Picking,  per  M 5  sacks  of  80  pounds 

[  Setting  in  field,  1  M,  2  H 10,000  sets 

Sweet  Potatoes    \  Digging  by  hand,  per  M 3,000  pounds 

[  Digging  by  machine,  1  M,  2  H 7,000  pounds 

f  Marking,  1  M,  2H 15  acres 

Tomatoes  |  Planting,  per  M 2,500  plants 

[  Picking,  per  M 1  ton 


130  Farm  Management  Notes 


Day's  Work  of  Man. 

Selected  Operations  in  Caring  for  Stock. 
(M  =  Men ;  H  =  Horses) 

Dairying —  Average  rate  per  day 

Milking  only,  with  machine 60  cows 

Stripping  by  hand. 

Milking  only,  by  hand,  range  18-32,  average 26  cows 

Milking  only,  by  hand,  per  hour 8  cows 

Milking,  feeding,  cleaning  and  total  care  (1  M  to  10-15  head) 12  cows 

Time  required  per  cow  for  milking: 

By  hand 7  minutes 

By  machine 4-5  minutes 

Poultry — 

(Average  2000  laying  fowl  plant,  with  2000  chicks  to  be  raised  annually) 

Feeding,  with  chicks 73^  hours 

Feeding,  without  chicks 4  hours 

Collecting  eggs 2  hours 

Cleaning  houses 4  hours 

Raising  green  feed 3^  hour 

Sheep — 

Herding,  1  or  2  M 2000  head 

Dry  feeding,  1  M,  2  H 300-400  head 

With  self-feeders,  1  M,  2  H 1000-2000  head 

Shearing: 

Once  a  year 33  per  day  by  hand 

Twice  a  year 75  per  day  by  hand 

Twice  a  year 88  per  day  with  clippers 

Under  eastern  conditions  farm  management  studies  indicate  the  amount  of  work  required  to 
care  for  live  stock  to  be: 

Care  of —  Man  hours  Horse  hours 

Stallion  or  jack 150  10 

Dairy  cow 150  20 

Work  horse 80  5 

10  cattle 200  10 

100  ewes 50  3 

10  broods  and  pigs  to  weaning  time 300  50 

10  hogs  (not  sows) 75  15 

100  hens 150  20 

Raising  200  chicks 150  20 


Farm  Management  Notes  ISl 


Day's  Work  for  Man  (or  Crew). 

Selected  Miscellaneous  Operations. 

(M  =  Men ;  H  =  Horses) 

Building  Construction — 

Range  Average  rate  per  day 

Shingling 2000-3000  shingles  (8-12  bundles)  2500 

Fencing — 

Amount  of  fence  that  two  men  can  Iniild  in  a  day,  ])oth  when  setting  the  posts  and  when  driving 
them,  and  when  they  are  spaced  at  various  distances: 

Kind  of  Fence 

Distance  of  Posts  Rods  of  Fence  Built  in  a  Day 

Barbed  wire  12'  16'  24' 

3  strands 

Posts  driven '        64  89  116 

Posts  set 43  58  68 

4  strands  

Posts  driven 76  83  92 

Posts  set 39  47  50 

6  strands 

Posts  driven 29  56  67 

Posts  set 19  26  32 

Narrow  woven  wire  with  2  or  more  barbed 
wires : 

Posts  driven 48  53  74 

Posts  set 26  33  37 

Wide  woven  wire  without  barbed  wire: 

Posts  driven 61  65  80 

Posts  set 30  39  45 

The  fence  that  can  be  constructed  in  a  day  naturally  varies  with  soil  conditions,  the  depth 
to  which  posts  are  set  or  driven,  the  ability  of  the  men  doing  the  work,  the  topography  of  the 
ground,  and  the  distance  apart  of  corner,  end,  and  gate  posts.  Posts  are  set  at  an  average  depth 
of  32  inches. 

Hauling — 

Various  commodities: 
Distance 

1  mile,    1  M,  2  H,  9  loads  in  2  days. 

2  miles,  1  M,  2  H,  7  loads  in  2  days. 

3  miles,  1  M,  2  H,  5  loads  in  2  days. 

5  miles,  1  M,  2  H,  2  loads  in  1  day. 
Potatoes  from  field : 

Size  of  load 

40  bushels,  1  M,  2  H,  225  bushels  per  day. 
60  bushels,  1  M,  2  H,  350  bushels  per  day. 
70  bushels,  1  M,  2  H,  450  bushels  per  day. 
Baled  hay,  %  ton  per  H. 


1S2  Farm  Management  Notes 

Irrigating — 

Range  Average 

Per  man J^-10  acres  No  average,  as  rate  depends  on  method  of  apply- 

ing (i.  e.,  by  slip-joint  pipe  or  from  ditch  or  by  sub- 
irrigating  or  by  concrete  pipe;  whether  furrowed  or 
flooded),  head  of  water,  lay  of  land,  amount  of  water 
wanted,  crop  (extent  of  covering  ground)  and  porosity 
of  soil. 
Poisoning  Gophers — 

1  man  per  300-1000  acres,  average  640  (depends  on  method  used,  kind  of  crop  and  prevalence 

of  rodents). 

Sawing  Wood — • 
(4'  X  4'  X  8') 

2  cuts  per  stick IJ^  cords  (4'  x  4'  x  8') 

3  cuts  per  stick 1      cord    (4'  x  4'  x  8') 

Tiling —  Linear  feet 

Digging  3-foot  ditch,  per  M 100 

Digging  3H-foot  ditch,  per  M 90 

Digging  4'  ditch,  per  M 80 

Laying  4-6"  tile  per  M 1800-2000 

Size  of  a  Load. 
Wagon  Load — 

2  to  12  horses,  size  depends  on  length  of  haul  and  conditions  of  roads.   Note — In  general,  figure 

for  level  hauling  on  good  roads  at  3^  to  1  ton  per  horse  per  load,  average  ^  ton. 
On  hilly  or  heavy  roads  cut  this  from  25  to  50%,  average  33V3%.   Apphed  to  grain,  baled  hay, 
beans,  and  similar  crops. 


PART  V. 
COSTS   OF   FARM    EQUIPMENT 

AND 

SUPPLIES 


Farm  Management  Notes  135 


PART  V. 

COSTS  OF  FARM   EQUIPMENT  AND  SUPPLIES, 

(This  is  only  a  tentative  guide,  as  quotations  are  subject  to  fluctuations) 

To  approximate  actual  costs,  local  prices  must  be  used.    Costs  vary  in  different  localities. 

For  instance,  barns  in  a  timt^er  region  where  farmers  are  skilled  as  carpenters,  will  cost  less  than 
in  a  treeless  country  where  transportation  is  a  big  item  and  union  wages  arc  paid  for  labor.  A  good 
gravel  bed  will  influence  concrete  costs.  Length  of  haul,  and  competition  in  the  community,  are 
factors. 

Since,  however,  it  is  well  to  have  an  idea  of  approximate  costs,  considerable  material  is 
presented  in  the  following  tables.  A  blank  column  is  provided  to  permit  filling  in  estimates  secured 
locally  for  subsecjuent  use. 

Cost  Data 
(See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Farm  Implements,  Wagons  and  Machinery —                   Normal  High                 Special 

Cleaner,  hand,  for  grain $45.00  $65.00         

Cultivators 

Crop,  1-horse 8.00  10.00  

Crop,  2-horse 50.00  87.00         

Land 60.00  106.00  

Derricks,  hay,  14' mast 90.00  128.00  

Diggers,  potato,  elevator  type 135.00  224.00  

Harrows 

Disk,  8',  16-18"  disks 70.00  111.00  

Spike,  4-8' sections  32.00  64.00  

Spring  tooth,    9' 16.00  23.00  

Spring  tooth,  15' '. 22.00  34.00  

Harvesters,  grain  binder,  6' .'. 150.00  227.00  

Corn  binder,  6' 175.00  207.00  

Grain,  headers,  10' 250.00  361.00  

Mowers,  5' 72.00  98.00 

Planters,  corn,  2-row,  2-horse 48.00  78.00         

Bean,  2-row,  2-horse 40.00  78.00  

Potato,  2-row,  2-horse 106.00  185.00  

Beet,  4-row,  2-horse 50.00  96.00  

Plows,  breaker 

12"  single 18.00  29.00  

14"  single 22.00  32.00  

16"  single 25.00  35.00         

Plows,  disk 

24"  with  1  di.sk 65.00  100.00  

24"  with  2  disks 82.00  186.00         

24"  with  3  disks 96.00  213.00  

24"  with  4  disks 112.00  250.00  

24"  with  5  disks .....:.... 125.00  280.00  

Plows,  gang 

12"2-gang 77.00  126.00         

14"  2-gang 81 .00  132.00  

12"  3-gang 70.00  171.00  

12"4-gang 115.00  206.00         


136  Farm  Management  Notes 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
(See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Plows,  Stockton  gang  Normal  High              Special 

3-gang,    8" 54.00  

4-gang,    8" 62.00  

4-gang,  10" 67.00  

Plows,  side  hill 

10"  single 14.00  27.00  

12"  single 16.00  29.00  

Plows,  sulky 

14"  single : 58.00  105.00  

16"  single 60.00  107.00  

Plows,  walking 

10"               15.00  34.00  

12"           18.00  35.00  

14"                         20.00  38.00  

Press  (18"x22")  hay 350.00  625.00  

10'  l-horse 35.00  63.00  

12'  2-horse 42.00  68.00  

Buck 40.00  65.00  

Rollers,  corrugated  iron 

5'                   60.00  70.00  

8' 85.00  100.00  

Scrapers,  Fresno 

5'  4-horse 21.00  36.00  

Broadcasters 25.00  40.00  

Drill,  16-7"  single  disks,  4-horse 124.00  204.00  

Drill,  16-7"  double  disks,  4-horse 130.00  230.00  

Drill,  10',  steel  wheels 107.00  223.00  

Spreaders,  manure,  2-horse 170.00  258.00  

Stacker,  hay,  complete 70.00  115.00  

f  Grain,  26"  cylinder,  not  mounted 350.00  650.00  

Thresher    {  Grain,  combine 2500.00  4000.00  

[Grain,  stationary 5000.00  6500.00  

■  Buggy 96.00  110.00  

Single 90.00  98.00  

IJ^-ton 110.00  213.00  

2H-ton 145.00  243.00  


Wagons,  farm 


Building  Materials — (For  full  details  consult  current  schedules) 
Lumber,  per  M  (thousand  board  feet) : 
Pine 

♦Common:  1  x  3,  1  x  6,  1  x  8,  1  x  10,  6  to  18'  long 
Common:  3  x  10,  3  x  12,  4  x  4  to  4  x  12,  12-20'.... 

Same  34-40' 
Flooring,'  T&G,  SIS,  1  x  4,  assorted  lengths  to  8' 
Ceiling,  T&G,  SIS,  %  x  4,  assorted  lengths,  4  to  10' 

Lath,  ly/  xA',  per  thousand 

Rustic,  1  x  6,  6  to  20' 

Redwood : 

♦Common,  1  x  3,  1  x  4,  1  x  6,  1  x  8,  10  to  20' 

1  X  12,  10  to  20' 

2  X  3,  2  X  4,  2  X  6,  to  2  x  10,  10  to  20' 

4  X  4  to  4  x  10,  10  to  20' 

♦Permits  filling  order  to  extent  of  one-third  with  No.  2  lumber;  specified  lengths  increase  charges. 


20.00 

40.00 

18.00 

40.00 

23.00 

50.00 

34.00 

66.00 

31.00 

48.00 

5.00 

7.50 

32.00 

52.00 

21.00 

40.00 

24.00 

46.00 

20.00 

40.00 

21.00 

42.00 

Farm  Management  Notes 


137 


Cost  and  Price  Data 
(See  page  23  for  explanation) 


Normal 

Clears,  3  and  4"  widths,  6-20' 31 .00 

6"  widths,  6-20'., 
8"  widths,  6-20'.. 
12"  widths,  6-20' 
20"  widths,  6-20'. 

24"  widths,  6-20' 

Rustic,  1x4,  6-20'.. 
1  X  6,  6-20'.. 

Bevel  siding,  1  x  4,  6-20' 32.00 

^  X  4,  6-20' 


31.00 
31.00 
31.00 


37.00 


Ceiling,  1  x  4,  V,  under  6' 

Battens,  Yi  x  3,  per  lineal  foot 

Shakes,  sawn,  6  x  36,  per  1000  pieces . 

Shingles,  No.  1,  per  bundle 

Shingles,  No.  2,  per  bundle 


20.00 
Mc 

15.00 
.60 
.50 


High 

52.00 

55.00 

53.00 

60.00 

78 .  00 

85.00 

57.00 

60.00 

44.00 

41.00 

.01 

30.00 

1.20 

1.00 


Special 


In  estimating  lumber,  add  10%  for  waste.  1000  shingles  (4  bundles)  will  cover  80  square 
feet  if  laid  4"  to  the  weather,  90  square  feet  at  434",  a-nd  100  square  feet  at  5".  1000  shakes  laid 
"shake  fashion"  (lapping  6"  at  ends  and  IJ/o"  at  sides)  will  cover  900  square  feet;  1000  shakes  laid 
"shingle  fashion"  (16"  exposed  —  double  layer)  will  cover  700  square  feet. 


Galvanized  Iron  Roofing — 

No.  24,  per  100  pounds 

No.  26,  per  100  pounds 

(Comes  in  lengths  24"  x  72"  and  weighs  per  square 

foot: 
No.  24  =  1.16  pounds;  No.  26  =.91  pounds) 

Miscellaneous — 

Cement,  per  100  pounds 

Linseed  oil,  per  gallon 

Nails,  100  pounds,  base 

Paints,  per  gallon 

Windmills — 

8'  in  diameter 

10'  in  diameter 

12'  in  diameter 

Water  Tanks — 

1500-gallon,  8'  diameter,  5'  high 

2500-gallon,  8'  diameter,  7'  high 

4000-gallon,  10'  diameter,  8'  high 

Fencing  Materials — 

Posts,  4  x  5",  7',  split 

Pickets,  3  x  3",  7',  split 

Barb  wire,  per  100  pounds: 

Heavy,  4-point 

Medium,  4-point 

(Figure  1350  running  feet  per  100  pounds  of  heavy) 

(Figure  1600  running  feet  per  100  pounds  of  medium) 


4.00 
3.85 


9.45 
9.55 


.85 

.85 

1.00 

3.00 

4.50 

6.50          

2.00 

3.60         

55  00 

80.00    

145.00    

40.00    

60  00 

80  00 

.23 

.35 

.12 

.21    

3.00 
3.10 

6.70    

6.80    

Normal 

High 

.35 
.37 
.40 

.71 
.83 
.96 

.53 
.63 
.72 

Vioc 

ly.oc 

IVioC 
IVioC 

1.50 
3.50 

3.00 
6.50 

.04 
.03 

.12K 
.10 

138  Farm  Management  Notes 

Cost  and  Price  Data 
Woven  wire  —  hog  and  sheep  fence :  (See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Heavy,  per  rod  Normal  High  Special 

26"  per  rod 

32"  per  rod 

39"  per  rod 

Medium,  per  rod 

26"  per  rod 

32"  per  rod 

39"  per  rod 

Poultry  and  Rabbit  Fence — 

2"  mesh,  per  square  foot,  1  to  6'  wide. 

1"  mesh,  per  square  foot,  1  to  6'  wide IVioC 

(Figure  165  running  feet  per  roll) 

Wire  Gates — 

Walk  gates 1.50 

Single,  drive  gates 3. 

Staples 

^-inch,  per  pound 

13^-inch,  per  pound 

(Figure  480  staples  of    ^-inch  per  pound) 
(Figure    60  staples  of  lj'2-inch  per  pound) 

Wire  Stretcher — Each 4.50  6.50 

General  Equipment  and  Supplies — 

Brooms 50  1.00 

Coal  oil,  gallon 13  .15 

Grindstone 5.00  8.00 

Halters 1.25  2.50 

Harness 

Single 20.00  30.00 

Work,  double  (leather) 45.00  60.00 

Work,  double  (chain) 35.00  54.00 

Horse  blankets 3.00  6.00 

Horse  collars 7.00  9.00 

Lanterns 1.00  1.50 

Lead  bars 

Single,  per  dozen 5.00  6.00 

Double,  per  dozen 10.00  12.00 

Rope,  per  pound 18  .25 

Saddles 40.00  55.00 

Water  pipe,  per  foot 

Blacky  IM-inch 07  .09 

Galvanized  {  ^^^"^ 

Wheelbarrows 4.50  7.00 

Whips 75  1.00 

Tools  and  Hand  Implements — 

Axe 1.25  2.50 

Hatchet 75  1 .  10 

Hoe 65  1.00 

Pick 1 .00  1 .50 

Pitchfork 1 .00  1 .25 

Scythe  and  snath 1 ,25  3.50 

Shovel 1.00  1.50 


M-inch 05  .07 

•inch 

.10  .16 

.13  .20 


Farm  Management  Notes 


139 


Normal 


Irrigating  Equipment  and  Materials — 
Discharge  pipe,  per  foot 
Wooden,  banded 

4" 

6" ■ 

8" , 

10" ' 

Steel 

4" 

6" 

8" 

10" 

Drilling  wells,  per  foot 

10",  first  100  feet 1  00* 

12",  first  100  feet 1  25* 

14",  first  100  feet 1.50* 

Electric  motors,  with  pulleys,  bases  and  starters,  each 

5hp 

10  hp 

20  hp 

40  hp 

Fuel,  per  gallon,  in  quantity 

Distillate 08 

Gasoline 12 

Gasoline  engines,  each 

5hp 

10  hp 

20  hp 

40  hp 

Irrigating  pipe,  galvanized,  per  foot,  10'  lengths 

8",  22-gauge 

10",  20-gauge 

Pumps,  centrifugal,  each 

2" 

23^" 

3" 

4" 

6" 

Well  casing,  hard  steel,  per  foot 
Double,  No.  12  gauge 


Cost  and  Price  Data 

(See  page  23  for  explanation) 


10".. 
12".. 
Double, 
8".. 
10". 
12".. 


No.  14  gauge 


Single,  with  collar. 
No.  12  gauge 

Single,  with  collar. 
No.  14  gauge 


10" 

1.12 

12" 

1.51 

8"  

1.00 

10" 

1.12 

12" 

1.24 

*25c  raise  per  foot  for  every  50  feet  additional  in- 
crease in  depth. 

t50c  raise  per  foot  for  every  50  feet  additional  in- 
crease in  depth. 


High 

.31 

.45 

.54 

.68 

.49 

.68 

.83 

1 

.02 

2 

.oot 

2 

.25t 

2 

.50t 

115 

.00 

240 

.00 

315 

.00 

555 

.00 

.15 

.22 

220 

.00 

388 

.00 

1345 

.00 

3660 

.00 

.45 

.73 

75 

.00 

85 

.00 

110 

.00 

140 

,00 

235.00 

2. 

49 

3, 

,12 

3. 

,63 

1. 

,85 

2. 

20 

2. 

57 

3, 

38 

4. 

12 

4. 

,83 

2, 

50 

3. 

,00 

3. 

48 

Special 


Separators, 
cream 


140  Farm  Management  Notes 

Cost  and  Price  Data 

(See  page  23  for  explanation) 

Daiby  Equipment —                                                                 Normal  High              Special 

Babcock  tester 12.50  15.00  

Boiler,   Ijo  hp.,  with  20'-8"  stack,  roof  plates,  spark 

arrester  and  damper 117.00  154.00  

Bottle  brushes,  per  dozen \ 3.50  6.00  

Bottle  filler,  4x5  valves 110.00  137.00  

T)  ifi      /  Quart  size,  per  gross 8.75  13.00  

liotties  I  Pint  size,  per  gross 5.75  10.00  

Cans,  10  gallon  size 3.00  6.00  

Cream  Cooler  (tube),  with  catch  basin  and  strainer 40.00  68.00  

Feed  truck,  16-bushel 28.00  35.00  ,.: 

„,.,,,     f         ,        /  Tin,  each 42  .60  

Feedmg  buckets,  for  calves  |  Wooden,  each 40  .50  

XT              t    .jW'size 12  .18  .., 

Hose,  per  foot  I /f  „  gj^g ^5  25 

Pails,  milking,  10-quart .' 2.50  2.50  

Pasteurizer  50-gallon 225.00  225.00 

Refrigerating  plant,  2-ton 700.00  830.00  

Scales,  hand 2.50  3.50  

'    135-pound-per-hour  size 40.00  63.00  

335-pound-per-hour  size 60.00  90.00  

675-pound-per-hour  size 85.00  117.00  

1100-pound-per-hoursize 120.00  195.00  

Wash  sink,  2-compartment 30.00  35.00  

Washer,  turbine,  for  bottles 18.00  22.00  

Washing  powder,  per  100  pounds 5.00  6.00  

Wooden  vat.  for  cooling  milk 12.00  20.00  

Orchard  Equipment  and  Materials — 

Bluestone,  per  pound 05J^  .12  

Carbon  bisulphide,  per  gallon 1.25  2.00  

Drying  trays  (apricot  and  peach) /Both3'x8'l         '^^  '^^  

Drying  trays  (prune  and  pear) \                      J          .35  .50  

Ladders,  per  foot , 25  .50  

Lime,  per  barrel,  180  pounds..... , 2.15  3.00  

Lug  boxes,  40-pound  size 12  .18  

Lug  boxes,  50-pound  size 15  .24  

Picking  pails 25  .35  

Potassium  cyanide,  per  pound 25  .32  

Prune  dipper  and  grader 75.00  125.00  

Pruning  shears,  long 3.00  3.00  

Pruning  shears,  short 2.50  2.50  

•  Hand 2.50  3.50  

Hand  driven,  unmounted 50.00  05.00  

Power,  150-gallon  size 275.00  325.00  

Sulphur,  per  pound 02^  .05  

Sulphur  blower 15.00  

Sulphuric  acid,  commercial,  per  pound 02  .03  

Trucks,  for  drying  house 12.50  15.00  

Poultry  Equipment 

Egg  cases,  36-dozen  size 75  1 .25  

Egg  scales 25  .50  

Feed  buckets 15  .25 

Feed  mixer,  power 60.00  75.00  

Feed  troughs 75  1.00  

Kale  cutter 25.00  26.00  

Nest  eggs,  per  dozen 20  .35  

Water  troughs,  with  float 2.50  3.50  


Spray 
outfit 


PART  VI. 
MISCELLANEOUS  DATA  AND  TABLES 


Farm  Management  Notes  I4S 


PART  VI. 
MISCELLANEOUS  DATA  AND  TABLES. 

Tractor  Data  for  Farm  Management  Use. 

Several  publications  having  to  do  with  the  tractor  are  now  availal)I(',   'i'licsc  are: 

U.  S.  D.  A.  Department  Bulletin  No.  174 191.5 

U.  S.  D.  A.  Farmers  Bulletin  No.    719 1910 

U.  S.  D.  A.  Farmers  Bulletin  No.    96.3 1918 

U.  S.  D.  A.  Farmers  Bulletin  No.  1004 1918 

U.  S.  D.  A.  Farmers  Bulletin  No.  1035 1919 

U.  S.  D.  A.  Farmers  Bulletin  No.  1093 1920 

Purdue  University  Circular  No.  89 1919 

Pennsylvania  State  College  Bulletin  No.  158 1919 

Kentucky  Experiment  Station  Bulletin  No.  222 1919 

Iowa  Experiment  Station  Circular  No.  63 1919 

In  considering  the  use  of  a  tractor,  the  costs  of  operation  must  be  taken  into  account.  These 
vary  for  different  states  and  for  different  sized  outfits.    In  general,  however,  the  following  holds: 
Items  to  be  considered  in  determining  costs  are : 

Operating  expense:  Labor,  fuel,  oil,  grease,  repairs. 

Overhead  /  Ii^terest  on  average  investment  (one-half  original  cost) . 

\  Depreciation. 
Amount  of  work  done. 
For  California  conditions  the  following  items  will  serve  as  a  starting  point: 

Labor—  1915  1920  19 

Average  costs,  with  value  of  board  included,  per  day        .f4.50  $6.00  

Fuel — Amounts  to  about  7  gallons  per  day  per  plow  unit. 

Cost  of  fuel:  1915  1920  19 

Distillate,  per  gallon $.08  $.13  

Gasoline,  per  gallon 17H  -20  

Oil — Cylinder  oil  amounts  to  about  2  quarts  per  day  per  plow  unit. 

Costs                                                                                    1915  1920 

Light,  per  gallon $.30  $.60  

Medium,  per  gallon 50  .90  

Heavy,  per  gallon 60  1.10  

Grease — Grease  amounts  to  about  2  cents  per  day  per  tractor. 
Repairs — 

Repairs  are  based  on  the  number  of  days  the  tractor  is  used  per  season.    On  the  basis  of  50 
days,  repairs,  figured  on  the  original  cost  of  the  tractor,  amount  to: 

First  year 1-5% 

Second  year 3    % 

Third  year 4    % 

Fourth  and  succeeding  years 4    % 

With  costs  of  tractors  as  given  beyond,  the  cost  for  repairs  per  working  day  averages: 

2-plow $  .80 

3-plow 1.28 

4-plow 1.71 

Average  for  all $1.26 


144  Farm  Management  Notes 

Interest — 

The  cost  of  different  sized  outfits  (1920)  approximates: 

2-plowsize $1,200 

3-plow  size 1,800 

4-plow  size 2,400 

Interest,  at  6%  therefore  amounts  to : 

Per  day  worked 
Annually  (on  basis  of  50) 

2-plow  size $36  $  .72 

3-plow  size 54  1.08 

4-plow  size 72  1.44 

Depreciation — 

The  average  life  of  tractors  is  about  8  years  of  50  working  days,  or  a  total  of  400  working  days. 
Based  on  initial  costs  as  given,  depreciation  per  working  day  amounts  to: 

Depreciation  per  day 

2-plowsize $3.00 

3-plow  size 4.50 

4-plow  size 6.00 

Work  Done — 

2  acres  per  day  for  each  foot  of  width,  when  on  soft  ground,  23^  acres  when  footing  is  good. 

1919  Summary  for  3-Plow  Outfit,  50  Days  Work  Annually — 

First  cost $1800.00 

Operating  expense,  per  day 

Labor $6.00 

Fuel,  21  gallons  at  20  cents 4.20 

Oil,  1}^  gallons  at  90  cents 1.35 

Grease 02 

Repairs 1.28 

Overhead 

Interest 1.08 

Depreciation 4.50 

Total,  per  day $18.43 


Farm  Management  Notes  14-5 


A  Page  of  Dimensions  Commonly  Used  for  California  Conditions. 

COWBARNS — 

Usual  length  of  cow  stands '^ 

Usual  width  of  cow  stands:  large  cows,  4;  small  cows 3H' 

Width  of  manger "^ 

Rear  alley,  including  gutter 5 

Feed  alley,  inckiding  mangers 18 

Height  of  walls  to  eaves ^ 

Pitch  of  roof -. 'A 

Horse  Barns — 

Usual  length  of  single  stalls,  including  mangers : 10 

Usual  width  of  single  stalls ^ 

Box  stalls ■ 12' x  12' 

9' 

Width  of  mangers ^ 

Rear  alley ° 

Height  of  wall  to  eaves 1" 

Pitch  of  roof /' 

Hay  Barns — 

Usual  allowance  of  space  per  ton : 

Loose  hay  at  30  days 550  cubic  feet 

Loose  hay  at  90  days 500  cubic  feet 

Baled  hay 175  to  225  cubic  feet 

Chopped  hay 240  to  250  cubic  feet 

^tYSiW     625  to  800  cubic  feet 

Shredded  stover 675  cubic  feet 

Warehouses — 

Usual  allowance  of  space  per  ton : 

Sacked  barley 65  cubic  feet 

Sacked  wheat 50  cubic  feet 

Middlings  and  bran 70  cubic  feet 

Dried  sugar  beet  pulp 135  cubic  feet 

Alfalfa  meal 110  cubic  feet 

Hog  Pens — 

Farrowing  pens,  8'  x  8'  to  8'  x  14',  10'  x  10',  10'  x  12'  (inside),  outside  runway  same  width 

and  12'  to  36'  long,  usually  16'.  ^         . 

Feed  alley  between  farrowing  pens 5  wide 

Drive  alley  between  farrowing  pens °"0  wide 

Partitions  between  farrowing  pens "^  ^SQ 

Poultry  Houses — 

Allowance  per  fowl  of  floor  space 2  square  feet 

Allowance  per  fowl  of  perch  room 10  mches 


PART  VII. 
FARM    MANAGEMENT   OUTLINES 

For 

Reporting  Upon  Farm  Properties 
Testing  Proposed  Farming  Plans 
Making  Financial  Analyses 
Estimating  Financial  Needs 
Valuing  Farm  Lands 
Leasing  Farm  Lands 
Etc.,  Etc. 


Farm  Management  Notes  149 


PART  VII. 
FARM  MANAGEMENT  OUTLINES, 

FOR 

Reporting  Upon  Farm  Properties, 

Testing  Proposed  Farming  Plans, 

Making  Financial  Analyses, 

Estimating  Financial  Needs, 

Valuing  Farm  Lands, 

Leasing  Farm  Lands, 

Etc.,  Etc. 

Investigations  of  proposed  farming  plans  should  follow  a  well-ordered  procedure,  each  step 
being  very  carefully  determined  and  thoroughfy  worked  out  in  sufficient  detail  to  insure  Ijy  the 
student  as  accurate  a  result  as  is  possible  of  attainment. 

Outlines  here  offered  are  indicative  of  how  such  inquiries  may  proceed.  Changes  in  these 
outlines  must  ordinarily  be  made  to  fit  individual  problems. 

BASIC  DATA. 

1.  Legal  Description  of  Property — 

Most  California  holdings  are  best  described  by  the  United  States  rectangular  system  of 
subdividing  lands,  adopted  by  Congress  May  20,  1785. 

The  description  should  show  the  subdivision  of  the  section,  section  number,  township  num- 
ber, and  whether  north  of  south  of  the  base  line,  range  number  and  whether  east  or  west  of  the 
meridian,  name  of  the  base  and  meridian. 

Note — Townships  are  numbered  consecutively  north  or  south  beginning  at  the  base  line; 
ranges  are  numbered  consecutively  east  or  west  beginning  at  the  meridian ;  sections  are  numbered 
consecutivel.v  beginning  with  section  1  in  the  northeast  corner  of  the  township,  thence  west  and 
east  alternately  to  36  in  the  southeast  corner;  subdivisions  are  al)breviated  thus:  N  E  J-^,  Sec.  8, 
T  19  N,  R  9  E,  M.  D.  b.  &  m.  —  meaning,  the  northeast  one-quarter  of  Section  8  in  township  19 
north,  range  9  east,  Mount  Diablo  base  and  meridian.  The  three  meridians  and  bases  in  California 
are  San  Bernardiano,  Mt.  Diablo  and  Humboldt. 

Whenever  possible  the  legal  description  of  lands  should  be  included  in  any  report. 

2.  Locality  Description  of  Property — 

To  more  clearly  comprehend  a  given  property,  its  legal  description  should  be  augmented  by 
a  statement  of  its  location,  to  cover: 

(o)  State. 

(6)  County. 

(c)  Nearest  town. 

(d)  Outstanding  land  marks  —  as  rivers,  creeks,  lakes,  mountains. 


150  Farm  Management  Notes 

3.    Description  of  the  Propehty — To  be  a  carefully  worked  out  statement,  covering,  in  detail: 

3a  (a)     Total  area. 

3b  (b)     Agricultural  acreage. 

For  properties  not  personally  known  to  the  investigator,  use  should  early  be  made  of  the 
"Irrigation  Map  of  California,"  whereon  are  designated  dry-farmed  agricultural  areas, 
irrigated  sections,  and  non-agricultural  lands.  Use  of  this  map  wdl  disclose  areas  of 
desert  or  mountains  not  at  present  suitable  for  crop  farming,  although  some  grazing 
may  be  obtainable. 

3c  (c)     Shape  of  property. 

3d  (d)     Elevation. 

3e  (e)     Topography. 

Reference  to  the  quadrangle  field  sheets  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey  will  greatly 
assist  in  determining  elevation  and  topography.  These  should  be  consulted  for  all  areas 
which  have  been  surveyed.  Sheets  can  be  obtained,  at  a  price  of  15  cents  each,  from  the 
Associated  Students  Store,  University  of  California,  Berkeley,  or  from  or  through  sta- 
tioners' stores.  A  key  map,  obtainable  free,  shows  the  localities  where  surveys  have 
been  made,  and  the  names  of  the  sheets  which  apply  thereto.  In  using,  give  name  of 
any  sheets  consulted  as  references. 

3f  (/)     Character  of  boundaries;  as  fences,  streams,  roads. 

3g  (g)     Classification  of  soil  types. 

When  survey  sheets  of  the  U.  S.  D.  A.  Bureau  of  Soils  are  available,  they  should  be  used  in 
reporting  the  types  of  soils  and  the  estimated  area  of  each,  giving  in  detail  a  description 
of  each  soil,  its  usual  utilization  in  the  community,  and  such  other  information  as  may 
be  applicable  and  pertinent.  An  outline  map  on  the  more  recent  issues  indicates  where 
surveys  have  been  made.  One  of  the  late  issues  should  be  consulted  to  determine  if  a 
study  is  available  and  the  name  of  the  survey  which  contains  the  data.  In  using,  give 
the  name  of  any  survey  consulted  as  reference. 

3h  (h)     Climatology  data. 

Of  outstanding  interest  are  data  of  rainfall,  earUest  killing  frost  in  the  fall,  latest  Idlhng 
frost  in  the  spring,  extent  of  maximum  and  minimum  temperatures,  sunshiny  and  cloudy 
days,  occurrence,  direction  and  intensity  of  winds,  sandstorms,  thunderstorms  and 
earthquakes. 
For  this  data  at  least  five  years  of  recent  consecutive  data  should  be  obtained  from  the  files 
of  the  " Climatological  Data"  for  California,  published  by  the  U.  S.  D.  A.  Weather 
Bureau,  and  obtainable  on  request  made  to  the  San  Francisco  office.  Merchants  Exchange 
building. 

3i    (0     Division  into  fields  or  farmed  areas;  layout  of  fields. 

3j   (i)     Use  of  fields  or  farmed  areas;  kind  of  crops. 

3k  (A-)     Condition  of  crops  or  pasture  or  woodland. 

3l  (I)     Present  status  of  irrigation. 

3m  (m)    Present  status  of  drainage. 

3n  (n)    Present  equipment. 

3o  I.     Buildings. 

Kind,  size,  number,  construction,  serviceability,  arrangement  and  location.  When  possible, 
a  ground  plan  of  the  building  arrangement  (farmstead)  should  be  drawn  up,  to  a  scale 
of  not  less  than  40'  to  the  inch,  and  accompanied  by  photographs  showing  the  different 
structures  and  the  general  building  layout. 

3p  II.     Fencing. 

A  description  of  the  kinds  of  fences  (hog,  sheep,  cattle,  boundary,  stone),  their  condition 
and  probable  serviceability. 

3q         III.     Workstock. 

Lists  showing  amount,  types,  condition  and  serviceability  of  workstock. 

3r  IV.     Tractors. 

3s  V.     Stationary  engines  or  motors. 

3t  VI.     Automobiles. 

3u        VII.     Implements  and  machinery. 


Farm  Management  Notes 


151 


3v 

3w 

3x 

By 

3z 

3aa 

3bb 

3cc 

3dd 

3ee 

3ff 

Sgg 

3hh 

3ii 


VIII.     Livestock,  other  than  workstoek. 

IX.     Tools  and  minor  equipment. 
X.     Special  e(iuipment. 

XI.     Supplies,  a.s  lumber,  extra  fence  posts,  etc. 
o)     Feed  on  hand,  as  hay,  grain,  silage. 

p)     Presence  of  noxious  weeds,  as  morning  glory,  Bermuda  grass,  Johnson  grass,  thistles,  etc. 
q)     Presence  of  stock  diseases,  as  cholera,  anthrax,  tuberculosis, 
r)      Presence  of  plant  ti'oubles,  as  pear  blight,  grain  rust,  corn  smut,  etc. 
s)     Unhealthy  living  conditions,  as  malaria,  poor  drinking  water,  mosquitoes,  etc. 
t)      Status  of  title. 

u)    Banks'  attitude  towards  loan,  as  amount,  percentage  of  market  price  or  value. 
v)     Right  of  way. 

w)    Price  —  if  for  sale;  amount  asked;  justification. 
x)     List  of  sources  of  information. 


4.  Description  of  the  Community,  to  Cover — 
4a      (a)     Types  of  farming  on  similar  lands. 

4b       (6)     Types  of  neighbors. 

4c       (c)     Type  of  businessman  in  nearest  trading  center. 

4d       {d)    Transportation. 

4e      (e)     Roads. 

4f      (/)     Community  progress — backward  or  active,  with  supporting  evidence. 

4g       {g)    Civic  resources — as  schools,  churches,  theatres. 

Interesting,  (although  not  always  absolutely  accurate),  sources  of  information  are 
the  publications  in  so  far  as  they  are  available  of  local  Chambers  of  Commerce  and 
Boards  of  Trade.  Their  perusal  provide  a  starting  point,  but  the  data  should  be  re- 
checked  in  person  whenever  its  use  is  vital. 

5.  Outline  Map. 

For  aid  in  studying  and  to  record  findings  an  outline  map  should  be  prepared,  on  a  scale 
sufficient  to  be  serviceable,  and  either  on  stout  paper  which  will  stand  ordinary  handling,  or  else 
upon  tracing  paper,  if  duplicate  copies,  made  as  blueprints  or  "Van  Dyke"  prints,  are  desired. 
Ordinarily  a  scale  of  not  less  than  1  inch  to  200  feet  should  be  employed. 

Location  of  buildings,  fence  lines,  trees,  streams,  lanes  and  other  well  defined  landmarks 
should  be  made  a  part  of  the  copy. 

STUDIES  IN  CONNECTION  WITH  ESTABLISHING  A  FARM  BUSINESS. 

Planning  the  Work. 

6.  Selecting  the  Enterprises — 

6a      (a)     Make  up  a  complete  list  of  the  different  industries  which  can  be  followed,  showing 

the  advantages  and  objections  to  each  from  the  standpoint  of: 
6b  I.     Present  and  future  desirability  or  undesirability,  with  reasons. 

6c  II.     Personal  interest. 

6d         III.     The  particular  farm  involved. 
6e      (6)     Make  a  final  selection  of  the  plan  to  be  followed,  with  a  summary  of  the  reasons  for 

its  advocacy,  and  outline  in  full  the  exact  idea  in  mind  which  is  to  be  the  basis  of  operations. 

Discuss : 

6f  I.     Need  of  immediate  capital. 

6g  II.     Fertility  requirements. 

6h         III.     Ultimate  income  and  the  efforts  of  each  in  helping  to  a  final  decision. 

6i  (c)  If  dealing  with  an  established  concern,  outline  proposed  changes,  reasons  for  drop- 
ping old  departments  or  adding  new,  or  changes  in  operations,  and  state  what  results  are 
to  be  expected  from  the  revised  plan. 

7.  The  Calendar  of  Operations — 

The  calendar  of  operations,  or  work  schedule,  is  a  graphic  display  of  the  work  necessary  to 
the  proper  conduct  of  the  farm  business.  It  should  be  worked  up  in  detail  by  crops,  stock, 
or  other  departments,  to  show  kind  of  operations,  implements,  and  time  limits  within  which 
the  work  is  to  be  done. 

Care  should  be  exercised  to  allow  ample  room  in  charting,  for  greater  convenience  when 
inserting  items. 


15^ 


Farm  Management  Notes 


The  period  of  time  charted  should  be  suiEcient  to  cover : 

7a      (a)     Period  of  taking  hold,  and  getting  together  equipment,  supplies  and  materials. 

7b      (b)     Construction  period,  to  cover  putting  up  of  buildings,  leveling  of  land,  etc. 

7c  (c)  Period  from  time  of  planting  until  crops  are  mature,  or  from  time  of  putting  in  stock 
until  the  enterprise  is  fully  established.  This  means  several  years  when  setting  out  first 
trees,  or  in  starting  with  only  a  few  cows  to  build  up  a  dairy,  or  stocking  a  range  with  year- 
ling stock  cattle. 

7d  (d)  A  representative  period  —  usually  one  year  —  after  the  business  is  a  fully  estab- 
lished, going  concern. 

Various  types  of  charts  are  possible.   The  following  is  but  a  suggestion : 

^     Example  of  Chart  for  Calendar  of  Operations. 
For  100-Acre  Alfalfa  Ranch  Producing  Hay,  Fully  Established. 


Department 

January 

Alfalfa 

Field  No.  1;  40  acres; 

Irrigate 

February  March 


established  yield  6  tons 

Alfalfa 

Field  No.  2;  40  acres; 

established  yield  8  tons 

Family  Orchard 
2  acres 

etc. 


Irrigate 

Plow  8  in. 

deep  and 

down 


Prune 


Irrigate 

Disk  and 

harrow 

spray 


April 

First  cutting 
mow,  rake, 
shock,  stack 

First  cutting 
mow,  rake, 
shock,  stack 

Replow  and 
work  down 


Etc. 


Etc. 


Etc. 


8.    Crop  Rotation;  Cropping  Systems;  Fertilizing. 

For  farm  businesses  requiring  attention  to  fertilizing  or  crop  rotation,  a  plan  is  to  be  drawn 
up  showing  in  detail : 

8a       (a)     How  each  field  is  to  be  treated  with  commercial  fertilizers,  green  manure  crops, 

stable  manures,  lime,  gypsum,  etc. 
8b       (6)     What  kind  of  a  rotation  is  to  be  practiced  on  fields  which  are  to  be  thus  treated. 
8c       (c)     The  proposed  cropping  system,  if  ranch  requirements  necessitate  reasonably  uniform 

production  year  after  year. 


Equipping  the  Business. 

9.  Justifying  Equipment — 

Although  personal  preference,  local  custom  and  working  conditions  influence  the  choice  of 
equipment,  a  test  should  be  applied  to  all  proposed  major  investments  in  equipment  to  see  that 
they  justify  expenditures  by  a  sufficient  saving  in  time  or  by  increased  quality  or  quantity  of  work 
amounting  to  a  sum  large  enough  to  offset  the  combined  charges  of  interest  on  the  investment, 
d('i)reciation  and  upkeep.  Examples  of  conditions  under  which  this  test  may  well  be  applied  are 
(a)  tractor  vs  horses,  (b)  over-sizecl  pumping  plant,  (c)  concrete  vs  wooden  silos,  (r/)  manure  spreaders, 
hay  loaders,  hay  tedders,  (e)  elaborate  buildings. 

10.  Building  Needs  and  Costs — 

When  buildings  are  available,  such  information  is  to  be  conveyed  in  accordance  with  the 
section  giving  a  des(;ription  of  the  farm  (113o).  This  section  (10)  deals  with  building  requirements 
which  nmst  be  mot  by  erecting  all  or  a  part  of  the  necessary  structures. 


Farm  Management  Notes  163 

Under  this  heading  is  to  be  inchidcd; 

10a     (a)     A  list  of  the  numbers,  types  and  sizes  of  the  necessary  structures. 
10b     (b)     A  statement  of  the  type  of  construction  to  be  used  in  erecting. 
10c     (c)     Lists  of  bills  of  materials  reciuired  for  each  structure. 
IOd     (d)     Estimated  costs  of  each  structure. 

A  short  cut  in  estimating  costs  (although  not  particularly  accurate  and  because  of  this 
should  be  replaced  ]jy  inquiry  into  the  actual  cost  of  each  individual  structure)  results 
from  California  averages.    These  were  found  to  be: 

Bunk  houses  —  per  man  capacity,  .|75. 

Chicken  houses  —  per  fowl  capacity,  50  cents. 

Colony  hog  houses  —  per  pen,  .|50. 

Individual  hog  houses  —  per  house,  $30. 

Hog  shelters,  per  square  foot  of  floor  space,  4  cents. 

Horse  barns  —  per  horse  capacity,  -f 200. 

A  cheaper  barn  —  per  horse  capacity,  .fSO. 

Implement  sheds  —  per  square  foot  of  floor  space,  20  cents. 

Silos  —  per  ton  capacity,  .|2.50. 

See  note  regarding  "Buildings  and  Fence  Layout"  (1|12). 

11.  Fencing  Needs  and  Costs — 

When  fences  are  needed  either  in  toto,  or  by  additional  building  or  changing,  a  study  is  to 
be  made  of: 

11a     (a)     The  types  of  fencing  needed. 
11b     (6)     Methods  of  constructing. 
lie     (c)     Total  lenghts. 
llD     id)     Costs. 

See  section  on  Fencing  Costs  elsewhere  in  these  "Notes,"  and  Section  12  on 
"Buildings  and  Fence  Layout." 

12.  Buildings  and  Fence  Layout — 

When  the  plan  calls  for  the  construction  of  either  a  complete  equipment  or  substantial 
changes  or  additions  to  the  present  building  and  fence  equipment,  ground  plans  should  be  prepai'ed 
to  show: 

12a  (a)  The  farmstead  arrangement  at  a  scale  of  not  less  than  40'  to  the  inch;  both  before 
and  after  contemplated  changes  are  made  (if  there  are  buildings  already  on  the  place), 
or  the  proposed  arrangement  if  starting  with  the  bare  land. 

12b     (6)     The  fence  lines,  both  existing  and  with  changes  as  contemplated. 

Avoidance  of  repetition  in  drawing  ground  plans  can  be  effected,  if  two  colors  are  used  on 
the  same  plan,  one  to  show  existing  conditions,  the  other  to  indicate  proposed  changes. 

13.  Use  of  the  Calendar  of  Operations  in  Determining  Equipment  Needs — 

The  calendar  of  operations  can  be  used  to  advantage  in  determining  the  amount  and  kind 
of  equipment  needs,  as  implements,  machinery,  workstock,  tractors,  trucks,  etc.,  by  inserting 
under  each  operation  the  size  of  outfit  to  be  used  and  the  amount  of  time  required,  thus: 

Crop,  Acreage  and  Estimated  Yield         November  December  January 

Plow  6-8"  Plow  6-8" 

Beans,  10  acres,  1000  yield 6  H  1  M  at  4  acres  per  day  Etc. 

Time  required  2J4  days 

Irrigate 
Alfalfa  for  hay,  60  acres,  8-ton  2  M  at  6  acres  per 

yield day;  time  required 

10  days 


154  Farm  Management  Notes 

After  the  details  have  been  inserted  in  talsiilar  form,  the  totals  are  determined  and  from  these 
final  decisions  made  as  to  any  justifiable  change  in  the  original  idea  of  size  of  outfit  (e.  g.,  final  use 
of  2-horse  equipment  instead  of  4-horse  as  first  planned,  or  the  reverse),  or  change  in  the  time  of 
work  (to  better  utilize  all  equipment),  and  the  number  of  implements  or  machines  required  (e.  g., 
two  mowing  machines,  one  horse  rake,  three  wagons,  etc.)- 

14.  Motive  Power  Needs  and  Costs — 

Motive  power  covers  (a)  workstock,  (b)  driving  and  saddle  horses,  (c)  tractors,  (d)  trucks, 
(e)  automobiles.  Needs  are  to  be  carefully  determined  for  each  group,  and  when  a  number  are 
needed  as  in  groups  (a)  and  (b),  the  minimum  which  will  meet  the  requirements  of  the  business 
should  be  carefully  determined. 

Costs  are  to  be  worked  out  after  the  number,  types  and  sizes  are  determined. 

15.  Implement  and  Machinery  Needs  and  Costs — 

Implement  and  machinery  needs  are  to  be  covered  in  a  determination  of  such  equipment 
as  plows,  harrows,  disks,  seeders,  mowers,  rakers,  harvesters,  hay  stacking  equipment,  wagons, 
etc.,  etc.,  by  making  up  and  filling  in: 

15a  (a)  A  list  of  the  types  of  implements  and  machines. 

15b  (6)  The  number  needed  of  each. 

15c  (c)  The  cost  of  each. 

15d  (d)  The  total  cost  of  all. 

16.  Livestock  Other  than  Workstock. 

This  includes  animals  for  stocking  purposes,  as  brood  sows,  boars,  beef  stock  cattle,  dairy 
cows  and  bulls,  poultry,  sheep,  etc. 

The  number  is  to  be  determined,  with  a  statement  of  reasons  resulting  in  a  decision,  and 
the  costs  of  the  different  groups,  as  beef,  poultry,  dairy  cows,  etc. 

17.  Domestic  W.'Vter  Supply  —  Needs  and  Costs  — 

To  cover  the  necessary  expenditures  for  obtaining  and  storing  water,  as  well-drilling,  casing, 
suction  pipe,  discharge  pipe,  pump,  motive  power,  tank,  tower,  and  the  distributing  system,  as 
pipe,  connections,  faucets,  valves,  water  troughs,  etc. 

For  greater  ease  in  determining  needs  and  in  computing  costs,  sketches  should  be  made : 

17a  (a)  Of  the  ground  plan,  showing  proposed  pipe  line  courses,  with  locations  indicated, 
and  take-outs,  valves,  faucets,  etc.,  this  to  be  drawn  to  a  scale  of  not  less  than  20'  to 
the  inch. 

17b     (6)     The  tanktower  and  tank,  to  show  construction,  capacity  and  dimensions. 
The  final  details  should  show: 

17c     (a)     Amount,  kinds  and  grades  of  supplies  needed. 

17d     (h)     The  cost  of  the  materials. 

17e     (c)     The  final  cost  of  the  completed  system. 

18.  Sanitary  Measures  —  Needs  and  Costs  — 

This  section  covers  the  construction,  or  reconstruction,  of  disposal  methods  of  sewage, 
manure,  corral  drainage,  etc.    Cesspools,  septic  tanks,  manure  pits,  are  grouped  under  this  head. 

For  convenience  this  study  should  include  sketches  showing: 
18a     (a)     Proposed  sewer  lines,  direction,  length,  point  of  discharge. 
•  18b     (b)     Details  of  pits  or  tanks,  construction,  size,  location. 

From  this  study  should  come: 
18c     (a)     A  list  of  necessary  supplies  with  grades,  sizes  and  amounts. 
18d     (c)     The  costs  of  the  material. 
18e     (c)     The  final  cost  of  the  completed  system. 


Farm  Management  Notes  '  155 

19.  Irrigation  —  Equipment,  Nep:ds  and  Costs  — 

Where  water  is  to  be  applied  to  crops,  details  of  the  system  are  to  be  drawn  up,  to  show: 
19a     (a)     A  description  of  the  plant  to  be  installed,  or  changes  to  be  made  in  the  existing 

equipment. 
19b     {h)     A  sketch  of  the  location  of  the  proposed  plant. 

19c     (c)     Sketches  showinp;  type  of  construction  and  details  of  dimensions  and  sizes. 
19d     {d)     A  list  of  all  sui)plies  required  to  complete  the  plant,  as  piijirig,  casing,  motor  or 

engine  transformer,  pump,  connections,  reservoir,  pump  pit,  engine  house,  etc.,  etc. 
19e     (e)     An  estimate  of  the  cost  of  the  completed  plant  —  materials  and  labor. 

In  this  work  profitable  use  may  well  be  made  of  University  of  California  College  of 
Agriculture  Circular  117,  "The  Selection  and  Cost  of  a  Small  Pumping  Plant," 
by  B.  A.  Etcheverry. 
19f     (/)     A  list  of  ditch  l^oxes  or  other  structures,  the  type  of  which  is  best  shown  by  .sketches 

showing  construction,  dimensions  and  sizes,  and  filed  locations. 
19g     {g)     Cost  of  ditch  structures  —  materials  and  labor. 

Plan  of  Layout. 

When  irrigation  is  to  be  practiced,  a  sketch  map  should  be  prepared,  showing  the 
location,  direction,  size,  rate  of  slope  of  all  ditches,  laterals,  checks  and  levees. 
Only  by  a  carefully  drawn  plan  indicating  the  proposed  system  is  a  close  estimate 
possible  of  the  probable  amount  of  work  and  the  costs  thereof. 

20.  Drainage  Equipment  —  Needs  and  Costs  — 

If  drainage  conditions  necessitate  the  use  of  equipment  to  lower  the  water  table  or  to  assist 
more  quickly  in  freeing  the  land  of  surplus  water,  such  equipment  needs  and  costs,  as  pumps  and 
engines  or  motors,  tiling,  culverts,  bridges,  ditch  structures,  are  to  he  covered. 

This  study  should  follow  the  same  general  procedure  as  that  for  irrigation  system  equip- 
ment, needs  and  costs,  discussed  elsewhere. 

Plan  of  Layout. 

When  drainage  is  to  be  practiced,  a  sketch  map  should  be  prepared,  showing  the  loca- 
tion, direction,  depth,  size  and  rate  of  fall  of  all  drains,  and  what  is  to  be  used  in 
way  of  conduit,  e.  g.,  rock  fill,  open  ditch,  tile,  sewer  pipe,  with  sizes  indicated. 
Only  by  a  carefully  drawn  plan  indicating  the  proposed  system  is  a  close  estimate 
possible  of  the  probable  amount  of  work  and  costs  thereof. 

21.  Special  Equipment  —  Needs  and  Costs  — 

This  segregation  covers  specialized  department  needs,  as  dairy  house  separator,  cans,  vats, 
Babcock  test,  milk  pails;  poultry  plant  feeding  and  watering  equipment;  hog  separating  corrals  and 
dipping  vat;  fruit  dip,  drying  trays  and  lug  boxes,  etc. 
The  study  should  cover  carefully  determined : 
21a     (a)     Lists  of  actual  needs,  kinds,  types,  sizes  and  numbers. 
21b     {h)     Costs  of  such  needs. 

In  this  group  should  also  be  included  the  numbers,  kinds  and  costs  of  such  things  as : 

(a)  Surveying  instruments. 

(b)  Veterinary  instruments. 

(c)  Medical  instruments. 

22.  Minor  Equipment  Needs  and  Costs  — 

In  this  investigation  is  to  be  listed  the  numbers,  kinds  and  costs  of  minor  articles  necessary 
to  the  general  conduct  of  the  business,  as: 
22a     (a)     Carpenter  tools. 
Blacksmith  tools. 

Fence  building  equipment  —  post  hole  diggers,  wire  stretchers,  staple  pullers. 
Shovels,  rakes,  hoes,  pitchforks,  etc. 
Weighing  scales. 
Gopher-killing  outfits. 
Measuring  tapes,  etc.,  etc. 


22b 

{h) 

22c 

(c) 

22d 

(d) 

22e 

(e) 

22p 

(/) 

22g 

(?) 

156  Farm  Management  Notes 

23.  Office  Equipment  Needs  and  Costs  — 

To  consist  of  lists  showing: 
23a     (a)     Necessary  office  needs,  as  desk,  table,  chairs,  desk  equipment,  filing  cabinets,  type- 
writer, telephone,  bookkeeping  systems,  etc. 
23b     (6)     Costs  of  the  equipment. 

24.  BuNKHOusE  Equipment  Needs  and  Costs — 

The  method  of  handling  labor  will  influence  the  bunkhouse  equipment  needs  and  costs.  The 
study  should  include : 

24a     (o)     a  list  of  what  is  needed  in  the  way  of  beds,  mattresses,  tables,  lamps,  stoves,  chairs, 

shades,  etc.,  for  the  living  room,  sleeping  quarters  and  sanitary  quarters. 
24b     (6)     Costs  of  the  equipment. 

25.  Kitchen  Equipment  Needs  and  Costs — 

The  kitchen  equipment  as  it  affects  the  boarding  of  hired  men,  rather  than  the  purely  personal 
aspect,  warrants  a  study  of: 

25a     (a)     Needs,  as  stove,  tables,  chairs,  cooking  utensils,  dishes,  table  covers,  towels,  etc.  etc. 
25b     (6)     Costs  of  such  equipment. 

26.  Personal  Household  Goods — 

The  amount,  kind  and  cost  of  household  goods  for  private  use  need  not  be  included  in  a 
study  of  the  business  side,  but  their  demand  upon  the  budget  warrants  a  consideration  of  what 
must  be  obtained  and  the  expense  involved.  This  study  can  constitute  a  private  investigation  and 
be  considered  as  a  confidential  matter. 

27.  Landscape  Layout  and  Needs — 

A  study  of  what  is  availaljle  in  landscape  plantings,  or  what  is  proposed  to  care  for  this 
phase  of  the  work,  is  taken  care  of  in  this  section. 
The  details  should  be  worked  out  to  show : 
27a     (a)     If  plantings  are  already  in. 
L     Description,  etc. 

IL     Proposed  changes  in  present  situation. 
27b     (6)     If  the  landscape  is  to  be  planted  entirely  from  a  beginning. 

27c  I.     The  arrangement,  to  take  care  of  vistas,  screens,  windbreaks,  lawns,  flower  gar- 

dens, fruits,  etc. 
27d         II.     The  materials  to  be  used. 
27e        III.     The  methods  of  planting. 
27f        IV.     A  sketch  of  the  ground  plan,  with  proposed  locations  of  shrubs,  trees,  lawn,  flower 

gardens,  etc.,  is  to  be  made,  on  a  scale  of  not  less  than  10'  to  the  inch. 
27g  V.     The  cost. 

Determining  Capital  Needs. 

28.  Method  of  Determining  Capital  Needs — 

A  convenient  method  of  bringing  together  in  a  concise,  condensed  and  easily  readable  form, 
is  to  draw  up  a  chart  which  shall  show: 

28a  (a)  Capital  required  according  to  time  of  need,  e.  g.,  year  by  year,  or  by  periods  —  as 
pn'paratory,  planting,  planting  to  self-sustaining,  self-sustaining  to  maturity,  after 
maturity. 

28b  (b)  Segregation  of  investment,  operating,  overhead  and  personal  items  to  be  inserted  in 
period  when  they  are  expected  to  occur. 

28c     (c).     Possible  receipts,  to  be  inserted  in  period  when  they  are  expected  to  occur. 

28d     (dj     Net  needs  by  selected  periods. 

28e     (e)     Cumulative  needs  to  show  amount  of  greatest  capital  requirement. 


Farm  Management  Notes  157 

The  use  of  a  chart  such  as  the  following  helps  to  crystalize  the  findings : 

Classification  of  Capital  Items  Segregation  Into  Periods 

Expenditures  ^.      ,^       o,         ,  -cr        r.,,  •   ,  ,r  t^. 

T       ,        ,  as  First  Year  Second  Year    Thnd  Year  Etc. 

Investment 

House ; ^....      $1200  

Barn 400  


Total. 


Operating 

Labor 

Supplies. 

Feed 

etc. 
Total 


Total 

Total  Expense . 


etc. 
Total  Receipts. 


Recapitx^lation 

■  Gross  Capital  Needs.. 
Reduced  by  Receipts.. 


Implements 300  $100  $150 

etc.  


1600 

$800 

$900 

200 

500 

800 

400 

100 

Overhead 

Interest $500  .$500  .$700 

Replacement 400 

etc.  

Total 


Personal 

Household $1000  

Living 1200  .$1500  $1800 


Receipts 

Crops $400  $1200 

Stock 100  400 

Outside  labor 100 


Necessary  resources  outside  of  business 

Add  for  safety  factor 

Total  Needs  by  Years 

Cumulative  Needs  by  Years 

Greatest  Maximmn  Need 


158  Farm  Management  Notes 

The  amount  to  be  added  as  a  safety  factor  depends  upon  the  capacity  of  both  the  individual 
who  is  to  carry  on  the  work  and  his  family,  and  is  affected  by  the  extent  of  their  agricultural  train- 
ing, experience,  skill,  resourcefulness,  living  standards,  adaptability,  strength,  knowledge  of  local 
conditions,  and  practices,  abihty  to  predict  future  needs  and  receipts,  etc.,  etc. 

Under  some  conditions  nothing  need  be  added  for  a  safety  factor;  under  other  conditions  as 
high  as  20  or  25%  and  even  more  should  be  added.  The  more  an  operator  is  lacking  in  these  re- 
quirements, the  greater  should  be  the  figure  included  for  the  sake  of  safety  in  calculating. 

29.    Investment  Items  in  Determining  Capital  Needs  — 

Under  this  category  is  included : 

29a     (a)     Land. 

Initial  purchase  price  and  instalments  thereafter  (if  bought  in  part  credit). 

29b     (b)     Buildings. 

Dwelhng,  barns,  sheds,  shelters,  etc.,  etc.   To  cover  all  materials  and  paid  labor,  de- 
termined according  to  Section  10  above. 

29c     (c)     Fencing. 

Costs  determined  according  to  ^11  above. 

29d     (d)     Motive  power. 

As  workstock.  driving  or  saddle  horses,  tractors,  trucks,  automobiles. 
Costs  determined  according  to  1[14. 

29e     (e)     Implements  and  machineiy. 

As  plows,  harrows,  disks,  seeders,  harvesters,  mowers,  rakes,  etc.,  etc. 
Costs  determined  according  to  IJlS. 

29f     (/)     Livestock  other  than  workstock. 

As  beef  cattle,  dairy  cows,  and  bulls,  brood  sows,  boars,  sheep,  poultry,  etc. 
Costs  determined  according  to  ^16. 

29g     (g)     Domestic  water  supply. 

As  described  and  figured  in  ^17. 

29h     Qi)     Sanitary  measures. 

As  described  and  figured  in  1[18. 

29i      (i)     Irrigation  equipment. 

As  described  and  figured  in  1119. 

29j     (i)     Drainage  equipment. 

As  described  and  figured  in  1f20. 

29k    (fc)     Special  equipment. 

As  described  and  figured  in  If 21. 

29l     (l)     Minor  equipment. 

As  described  and  figured  in  ^22. 

29m    (m)    OflBce  equipment. 

As  described  and  figured  in  1123. 

29n     (n)     Bunkhouse  equipment. 

As  described  and  figured  in  1124. 

29o     (o)     Kitchen  equipment. 

As  described  and  figured  in  1125. 


Farm  Management  Notes  159 

30.    Operating  Expenses  in  Determining  Capital  Needs  — 

Operating  expenses  should  be  figured  out  according  to  groups,  as: 
30a     («)     Labor. 

Since  labor  in  connection  with  the  construction  of  buildings,  the  putting  in  of  the 
domestic  water  system,  irrigation  plants  and  drainage  structures,  the  building  of 
a  sanitary  system,  etc.,  is  charged  against  these  items,  no  additional  charge  is  to ' 
be  made  here. 

The  section  has  to  do  with  the  necessary  expenditures  for  labor  in  putting  in,  caring 
for  and  harvesting  crops  —  field,  fruit  or  truck — in  the  care  of  livestock,  and 
livestock  products,  harvesting  grain,  or  in  leveling  land. 

Use  of  the  Calendar  of  Operations  in  Determining  Man  and  Labor  Needs  and  Costs. 

By  a  study  of  the  calendar  of  operations,  when  the  man  labor  requirements  have 
been  inserted  therein,  an  idea  can  be  obtained  of  the  total  man  laljor  needs,  the 
amount  which  must  be  employed,  and  l)y  alfixing  the  going  or  probable  rate  for 
labor,  the  cost  determined  of  the  proposed  work. 

30b     (6)     Feed. 

To  cover  purchases  of  feed  for  the  various  kinds  of  livestock,  including  workstock. 

30c     (c)     Seed  and  trees. 

To  cover  purchases  for  both  annual  and  perennial  plantings,  for  useful  and  orna- 
mental purposes. 

30d     (d)     Power  or  fuel  bills. 

To  cover  purchases  for  domestic  water  supply,  irrigating  or  drainage  plants,  tractor, 
truck,  automobile,  etc. 

30e     (e)     Repairs,  parts  and  shop  materials. 

To  cover  purchases  for  repairing  buildings  and  equipment,  and  bills  paid  to  black- 
smith, harness  maker,  machine  shops,  efc. 

30f     (/)     Veterinary. 

For  purchase  of  serum,  virus,  medicine,  bandages,  poultices,  disinfectants,  etc.,  and 
for  professional  services. 

30g     {g)     Oflace. 

As  stationery,  desk  supplies,  printing,  telephone,  filing  cards,  telegrams,  stamps,  etc. 

30h    Qi)    Taxes. 

To  cover  federal,  state,  local,  irrigation,  reclamation  taxes,  etc. 

30i      {i)     Insurance. 

To  cover  payment  of  policy  premiums  for  protecting  buildings,  Uvestock,  implements, 
crops,  etc. 

30k     (fc)     Marketing. 

To  cover  moneys  paid  out  for  dues  in  farmers'  associations,  market  packages,  trans- 
portation charges,  commission  charges,  etc. 

30l     {I)      Other  items. 

To  cover  items  not  heretofore  listed  as  breeding  fees,  recording  papers,  notary  attests, 
subscriptions  to  local  affairs,  charity,  etc.,  etc. 


160  Farm  Management  Notes 

31.  Personal  Items  in  Determining  Capital  Needs  — 

These  items  may  be  grouped  to  advantage  into  some  such  classification  as : 

31a     (a)     Household  goods. 

As  described  and  figured  in  ^[26. 

31b     (b)     Living  expenses. 

To  cover  family  and  personal  expenditures  for  board,  housing,  and  clothing,  etc. 

31c     (c)     Personal  expense. 

To  cover  moneys  paid  for  travel,  books,  entertaining,  charity,  insurance,  etc. 

32.  Overhead  Items  in  Determining  Capital  Needs  — 

This  section  carries  the  items  of: 

32a     (a)     Replacement  capital  needs. 

Replacement  items  has  to  do  with  the  sums  eventually  needed  to  replace  worn-out 
investments,  such  as  workstoek,  implements,  builclings,  and  similar  equipment, 
and  the  reseeding  or  renovating  of  depleted  alfalfa  or  other  perennial  plantings, 
or  the  resetting  of  dead  or  dying  fruit  trees  or  perennial  vines.  This  charge 
should  take  into  account  the  probable  rate  of  mortality  among  livestock,  trees 
and  vines,  and  provide  capital  for  theu-  replacement.  In  some  instances,  the 
probable  rate  of  output  will  offset  depreciation  and  no  replacement  charge  need 
be  made,  as  in  the  case  of  breeding  work  mares,  or  of  raising  pullets  in  numbers  to 
offset  old  fowls  turned  off,  or  calves  to  go  into  the  dairy  or  into  the  beef  stock 
cattle,  etc. 

32b     (b)     Interest  on  borrowed  moneys. 

If  borrowed  to  meet  business  needs  or  for  personal  use,  both  should  be  included  if 
the  total  requirements  are  to  be  determined;  if  the  personal  element  is  to  be  kept 
as  a  distinct  item,  a  separate  memorandum  can  be  kept  of  borrowings  for  pur- 
poses other  than  the  f*'m  business. 

Interest  on  deferred  land  payments  are  to  be  included  in  this  grouping. 

33.  Receipts  Items  in  Determining  Capital  Needs  — 

Farm  cost  receipts  will  reduce  the  capital  which  must  otherwise  be  drawn  from  outside  sources. 

Such  receipts  should  be  determined  under  some  classification  such  as: 

From  sales  of  crops  or  crop  products. 

From  sales  of  stock  or  stock  products. 

From  sales  of  investment  items,  to  be  disposed  of  after  the  work  is  done  (as  land 
levelers,  dredgers,  tractors). 

From  work  done  with  farm  equipment  for  outside  parties. 

For  personal  services. 

As  bookkeeping,  carpentering,  bricklaying,  farm  hand,  etc. 

Care  should  l)e  exercised  in  determining  receipts,  especially  when  comjiufing  fruit 
yields  of  young  orchards,  viiicyarfls  or  l)crry  plantings,  hay  yields  from  newly 
planted  alfalfa,  cr()j)s  on  newly  Ijroken  ground,  or  expec^ted  yields  from  fertilizing, 
manuring,  liming,  etc. 


33a 

(a) 

33b 

(b) 

33c 

ic) 

33d 

(d) 

33e 

(e) 

Farm  Management  Notes  161 

34.     Charging  Interest  in  Dktermining  Capital  Needs  — 

When  it  is  desired  to  study  the  total  capital  requirements  that  a  given  business  must  meet, 
if  all  moneys  invested  therein  are  allowed  to  draw  money  from  the  outset,  either  of  two  methods 
may  be  followed,  of  which  the  second  is  the  more  accurate. 

34a  (a)  Sum  up  all  needs  for  the  first  period,  add  the  safety  factor,  suljstract  receipts,  and 
upon  the  remaining  net  sum  determine  the  interest  charge  at  a  fair  rate  (e.  g., 
4%  if  the  operator  has  no  investment  ability,  G%  if  operator  is  qualified  to  safely 
make  ordinary  investments). 

This  sum  then  becomes  the  initial  investment  for  the  second  period.  Repeat  the 
summing  up  of  needs  and  safety  factor,  reducing  by  receipts,  and  in  determining 
interest  charge,  which  gives  the  net  investment  for  the  beginning  of  the  third 
period. 

Continue  in  the  same  way  until  the  data  has  been  computed  and  completed  for  all 
periods. 

34b  {h)  Figure  out  as  closely  as  possible  the  correct  interest  charge  for  each  item  based  on 
the  time  of  the  period  when  money  is  first  invested  or  spent  to  the  account  of 
such  item,  and  then  credit  it  with  any  receipts  whenever  the  returns  are  available 
for  use.  The  year's  net  needs  plus  interest  are  then  totalled  to  give  the  invest- 
ment total. 
This  method  is  more  cumbersome  to  work  out  and  the  results  must  be  studied  to 
see  that  no  item  has  been  unintentionally  overlooked.  It  differs  from  method  (a) 
in  that  a  definite  attempt  is  made  to  split  up  the  interest  charge  and  determine 
what  it  should  be  by  basing  it  upon  actual  time  covered  by  the  use  of  the  money 
involved,  and  to  give  credit  for  receipts  as  soon  as  they  are  received,  rather  than 
in  each  instance  waiting  until  the  end  of  the  year  before  the  receipts  are  credited 
and  the  interest  is  charged  for  the  entire  period  without  reference  to  when  the 
receipts  occur  or  the  moneys  are  invested. 


Reviewing  Findings. 
35.     Reviewing  Findings  — 

The  object  sought  by  studies  under  any  or  all  of  paragraphs  1-34  will  be  missed  unless  when 
the  results  are  completed  effort  is  expended  in  going  over  the  work  once  more,  step  bj^  step,  for 
the  purpose  of  thoroughly  rechecking  and  revising  wherever  advantageous  changes  should  or 
can  be  made. 

Just  what  changes  this  final  analysis  will  suggest  can  not  be  forecast  with  absolute  precision. 

The  plan  may  show  that  the  capital  requirements  are  too  great  and  that  a  change  is  neces- 
sary in  the  scheme  as  originally  conceived. 

The  land  may  be  found  to  be  so  high  in  price  that  the  selected  type  of  business  is  not  justified. 

The  investment  in  Ijuildings  or  in  other  equipment  may  be  out  of  proportion. 

The  time  which  must  elapse  until  receipts  are  obtainable  may  be  too  great,  and  a  different 
cropping  system  thus  reciuired. 

There  may  be  long  periods  of  lack  of  productive  work,  so  that  poor  use  is  made  of  workstock, 
equipment,  and  even  personal  labor. 

The  market  demands  may  justify  a  change  to  more  profitable  crops. 

Personal  inclination  may  need  to  give  way  to  a  different  type  of  business  having  greater 
possibilities. 

Other  reasons  may  develop  and  other  causes  to  justify  a  change.  If  the  farm  won't  stand 
this  paper  test,  provided  it  is  accurately  done,  the  chances  are  against  its  success  under  actual 
working  conditions.  Hence  this  rechecking  should  be  a  constructive  move  to  revamp  the  entue 
plan  so  that  it  will  better  meet  the  demands  to  be  placed  upon  it. 


162  Farm  Management  Notes 


STUDIES  PERTAINING  TO  ESTABLISHED  CONCERNS. 

Farm  Bookkeeping. 

Studies  of  Farm  Bookkeeping  can  be  considei'ed  under  a  number  of  heads,  as: 

(a)  Systems  in  actual  use  on  farms  and  ranches  or  supplementary  systems  kept  by  firms 
interested  in  agriculture 

(b)  Systems  proposed  for  use  on  farms  and  ranches  or  in  connection  with  farming  opera- 
tions. 

(c)  Preparation  of  an  original  set  of  records  to  furnish  farm  or  ranch  data,  to  be  used  either 
to  convey  foreman  reports  or  to  record  farm  operations  or  findings. 

(rf)  Preparation  of  an  original  set  of  simple  farm  books,  to  keep  track  of  receipts,  expen- 
ditures, net  worth,  bills  receivable,  bills  owing,  etc. 

(e)  Preparation  of  an  original  set  of  cost  accounting  records,  to  determine,  in  a  financial 
way,  what  each  department  is  tloing,  and  to  keep  track  of  where  expenditures  are  going  and  from 
where  receipts  are  coming. 

(/)     Preparation  of  an  original  set  of  records  to  determine  farmers'  federal  income  tax. 

(g)     Farm  household  accounts. 

36.  Farm  Bookkeeping  Systems  in  Actual  Use  — 

In  this  study  the  investigator  is  to : 

3Ga     (a)     Collect  from  some  farmer  or  firm  a  complete  set  of  the  records  and  books  being  actually 
used  to  keep  track  of  the  financial  transactions  and  the  various  operations. 

30b     (6)     Write  an  account  of  what  the  system  aims  to  show  as  a  whole. 

36c     (c)     Write  a  description  of  the  use  made  of  each  record,  and  illustrate  with  selected  items. 

36d     {(I)     List  the  advantages  and  objections  to  the  system,  as  described  by  the  operator  who 
is  using  them,  and  as  unearthed  in  the  student's  analysis,  and  comments  con- 
cerning each. 
Reference:  Portfolio  of  forms  in  the  Division  of  Farm  Management  collected  from 
practicing  farmers,  firms,  and  corporations. 

37.  Farm  Bookkeeping  Systems  Proposed  for  Farmers'  Use  — 

This  section  has  to  do  with  the  various  systems  proposed  from  time  to  time  by  various 
authorities  for  the  use  of  farmers  in  an  attempt  to  standardize  farm  bookkeeping. 

An  investigator  who  is  to  study  any  of  the  systems  should: 

37.'^     (a)     Provide  himself  with  the  complete  set  of  forms,  blanks,  and  records  deemed  neces- 
sary by  the  author  for  the  proper  recording  of  data. 

37b     (b)     Write  an  account  of  what  the  system  aims  to  show  as  a  whole. 

37c     (c)     Write  a  description  of  the  use  to  lie  made  of  each  record,  and  illustrate  with  selected 
items. 

37d  (//)  List  the  advantages  of  the  system  as  described  by  the  author,  and  the  objections  as 
found  in  analyzing,  witli  coinnients  concerning  each. 
Sample.'^:  Samples  arc  on  file  in  tiie  Division  of  Farm  Management,  such  aa:  Booklet 
of  the  Davis  Ilardwai'e  ( ^o. ;  chcckliook  system  of  the  Bank  &  Trust  Co.  of  Central 
CaUfornia,  Fresno;  Farm  Record  Book  of  U.  of  C,  Clollege  of  Agriculture;  Farm 
Account  Books  of  various  State  ExixMinicnt  Stations;  system  of  Boss  &  Peck,  etc. 


Farm  Management  Notes  163 

38.  Preparation  of  an  Orkjinal  Set  of  Records  — 

Under  this  section  is  included  sucii  records  as : 

38a     (1)     Timebooks  or  timesheets. 

38b     (2)     Segregation  of  labor. 

38c     (3)     Monthly  reports  or  summary  form  of  cash  expenditures  and  receipts. 

38d     (4)     Records  of  yields,  as  from  fields,  orchards,  garden,  eggs,  milk,  butter  fat,  etc. 

38e     (5)     Records  of  increases,  as  births  of  calves,  pigs,  colts,  lambs,  etc. 

38f     (6)     Breeding  records. 

38g     (7)     Weather  reports. 

38h    (8)     Periodical  reports  on  condition  of  crops  and  stock. 

38i      (9)     Reports  on  operations  and  costs  of  running  pumping  plants,  tractors,  trucks,  auto- 
mobiles, etc. 

38j     (10)  Report  of  meals  served. 

38k     (11)  Costs  of  maintaining  workstock  and  cost  of  horse  labor. 

38l     (12)  Costs  of  running  the  commissary  department. 

38m    (13)  Costs  of  repairs,  parts  and  shop  material. 

38n     (14)  Report  of  materials  used,  as  sacks,  lumber,  cement,  seed,  feed,  etc. 

38o     (15)  Reports  of  deaths  of  or  accidents  to  stock. 

38p     (16)  Progress  reports  in  clearing  or  leveling  land,  or  irrigating,  or  plowing,  or  seeding,  etc. 
Reference:  File  in  the  Division  of  Farm  Management  of  foreman's  and  superin- 
tendent's records  used  by  such  fiirms  as  Spreckels  Sugar  Co.,  Mills  Orchard  Co., 
Miller  &  Lux,  Balfour-Guthrie,  etc. 
When  a  need  is  likely  to  arise  for  similar  records,  details  must  ordinarily  be  worked 
out  to  fit  the  given  conditions.    To  prepare  such  records,  the  students  will: 

38q  (a)  Describe  the  conditions  where  the  records  are  to  be  used,  e.  g.,  size  of  farm,  type 

of  farming,  and  similar  details,  after  the  requirements  of  paragraph  3  al)ove. 

38r  (&)  Outline  the  kind  of  information  which  the  records  are  to  show. 

38s  (c)  Make  up  a  set  of  records  which,  it  is  expected,  will  convey  the  information. 

Ordinarily  several  provisional  sets  must  be  tried  out  in  a  preliminary  way  before 
the  forms  finally  selected  can  be  drawn  up. 

38t  (rf)  Insert  illustrative  items,  to  show  how  the  records  are  to  be  kept,  and  to  fully  test 

the  system. 

39.  Preparation  op  an  Original  Set  of  Simple  Farm  Books  — 

The  simple  system  of  farm  books  consists  of: 

39a     (a)     Inventories  taken  at  the  beginning  and  at  the  end  of  the  farm  year. 

39b     (6)     Cashbook. 

39c     (c)     Annual  statement. 

In  the  preparation  of  such  a  system,  the  steps  to  be  followed  are : 

39d     (1st)     A  description  of  the  business  for  which  the  system  is  to  be  designed,  giving  detaUs 
in  accordance  with  paragraph  3  above. 

39e  (2d)  The  preparation  of  an  inventory  form  to  be  used  for  the  insertion  of  data  showing 
the  various  assets  of  the  farm,  properly  classified  in  accordance  with  common 
usage,  and  with  values  affixed.  The  form  is  to  be  prepared  with  sufficient  columns 
so  that  at  least  two  yearly  records  can  be  inserted  without  requiring  recopying 
of  the  items  after  the  initial  inventory  is  made. 
References:  Farmers'  Bulletins  numbers  511  and  1182  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of 
Agriculture. 


164  Farm  Management  Notes 

39f     (3d)     The  preparation  of  a  cashbook  to  carry  the  various  cash  items,  with  such  segrega- 
tion as  seems  desirable. 
References:  Farmers'  Bulletins  numbers  511  and  782  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of 
Agriculture. 

39f     (4th)     The  preparation  of  an  annual  statement  sheet. 

References:  Farmers'  Bulletins  numbers  511  and  782  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of 

Agriculture. 
Suggestions  can  also  be  obtained  from  files  in  the  Division  of  Farm  Management 

showing  (a)  Systems  actually  in  use  by  farmers;  (b)  Systems  proposed  for  farmers' 

use. 

40.  Preparation  of  an  Original  Set  of  Cost  Accounting  Forms  — 

Cost  accounting  is  the  ultimate  goal  of  farm  bookkeeping,  and  is  largely  a  combination  of 
records  (as  described  in  section  38)  and  farm  books  (as  described  in  section  39). 

When  a  need  develops  for  a  cost  accounting  system,  circumstances  must  determine  what 
books  and  records  are  to  he  kept.  Hence  the  drawing  up  of  a  system  depends  upon  the  individual 
and  the  conditions  under  which  he  is  to  work. 

Usually  the  procedure  will  consist  of: 

40a  (1st)  A  full  statement  of  the  conditions  for  which  the  system  is  desired  and  under  which 
it  is  to  be  operated.  Details  may  be  worked  up  after  the  idea  of  paragraph  3, 
above. 

40b  (2d)  A  defense  of  the  desire  to  institute  cost  accounting.  To  be  a  clear  exposition  of  the 
reasons  why  it  is  desired  to  undertake  farm  cost  accounting. 

40c  (3d)  A  statement  in  detail  showing  the  kind  of  information  which  the  system  is  to  con- 
vey. 

40d  (4th)  The  selection  of  types  of  forms  which  it  is  expected  will  serve  to  present  the  data 
in  a  clear,  comprehensive  and  economical  way.  This  determination  is  largely  a 
combination  of  the  work  outlined  in  paragraphs  38  and  39,  above. 

40e     (5th)     The  drawing  up  of  a  satisfactory  set  of  forms. 

Ordinarily  several  provisional  trials  are  necessary  prior  to  a  final  selection. 

40f     (6th)     The  insertion  of  illustrative  items. 

40f     (7th)     A  thorough  test  of  the  proposed  plan,  from  all  angles,  to  furnish  assurance  that  it 
will  meet  all  reasonable  demands  which  may  be  made  upon  it. 
References:  Farmers'  Bulletins  572  and  1139  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

41.  Determination  of  Federal  Farm  Income  Tax  — 

To  meet  a  need  for  data  which  will  aid  (a)  in  the  preparation  of  the  income  tax  report,  and 
(6)  in  determining  the  amount  of  the  tax  due  the  government,  one  should: 

41a     (a)     Make  a  condensed  statement  showing  what  items  are  to  be  included  and  what  left 
out  of  the  statement. 
Reference:  "Schedule  of  Farm  Incomes  and  Expenses,"  form  1040F,  U.  S.  Internal 
Revenue  Service. 

41  n     (b)     Draw  up  a  summary  sheet  to  show  what  is  needed  in  determining  taxal)le  income. 

References:  Form  1040  or  1040a  of  the  U.  S.  Internal  Revenue  Service;  "Diary  and 
Account  Book"  of  The  Country  Gentleman. 

41c     (c)      If  records  are  needed  to  keep  track  of  details  throughout  the  year  as  an  aid  in  making 
up  the  annual  statement  under  (6),  a  set  of  forms  is  fo  be  prepareil  and  tested 
for  their  serviceahiHty. 
Usually  these  records  will  be  made  up  according  to  the  procedure  indicated  in  para- 
graphs 38,  39,  and  40,  above. 


Farm  Management  Not  s  165 

42.  Farm  Household  Accounts  — 

This  section  is  for  (he  purpose;  of  fixiii<!;  iq)  .a  set  of  forms  to  record  houseiiold  or  personal 
accounts. 

The  steps  should  cover: 

42a     (a)     A  description  of  the  conditions  under  whicli  the  records  are  to  be  used. 

42b     (6)     The  reasons  for  such  accounts. 

42c     (c)     A  set  of  forms  to  contain  the  data. 

42d     (d)     A  prehminary  test  of  tlie  forms  as  to  desirability,  simplicity,  and  serviceability. 

Reference:  Farmers  Bulletin  964  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

43.  Cost  Data  — 

Many  different  kinds  of  inquiries  into  costs  are  possible. 

The  investigator  may  study  the  costs  of  producing  crops,  stock  or  stock  products,  the  costs 
of  equipment  —  buildings,  implements,  livestock,  etc.  Or  the  study  may  cover  costs  of  different 
operations  as  spraying,  pruning,  seeding,  cultivating,  harvesting,  or  of  different  groups  of  expenses 
as  labor,  or  materials  or  marketing. 

Whenever  a  study  into  costs  is  to  be  made,  the  investigator  should : 

Thoroughly  understand  the  methods  involved  in  studies  into  costs. 

Reference:  Circular  132,  office  of  the  Secretary,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Draw  up  a  complete  working  plan  showing  the  scope  of  the  inquiry,  the  method  to 
be  employed,  and  the  findings  which  are  to  be  sought. 

Collect  sufficient  information  to  provide  a  safe  basis  for  making  deductions. 

Compile  the  findings  in  a  neat,  condensed,  readable,  easily  understandable  form. 

Two  types  of  cost  studies  are  given  below.  These  will  also  serve  as  illustrations  of  the  many 
studies  that  are  possible. 

44.  Cost  of  Horse  Labor  — 

When  it  is  desirable  to  find  out  the  cost  of  horse  labor,  the  following  steps  are  to  be  taken : 

44a     (o)     a  statement  covering  name(s)  of  informant(s),  address(es). 

44b  (6)  A  description  of  the  working  conditions  of  each  farm  studied,  e.  g.,  type  of  farming, 
size  of  farm,  number  of  workstock,  amount  of  outside  work,  etc.,  after  the  idea 
of  paragraph  3,  above. 

44c  (c)  A  statement  of  how  the  stock  is  handled  —  feeds  and  feeding  methods  both  when 
working  and  when  idle,  care  in  stable  and  when  on  pasture,  etc. 

An  estimate  of  the  annual  costs  of  all  feeds  —  hay,  grain,  pasture,  etc. 

An  estimate  of  the  annual  amount  and  costs  of  labor  required  to  care  for  the  stock, 
other  than  when  at  work.  This  is  to  include  both  man  and  horse  labor  in  feeding, 
cleaning  barns,  inspecting  when  on  pasture,  etc. 

An  estimate  of  the  proper  annual  charge  to  be  made  for  building  space  used  for  the 
protection  of  the  workstock. 

An  estimate  of  the  proper  annual  charge  to  be  made  for  the  use  of  corrals,  fences,  and 
lands  used  by  the  workstock. 

An  estimate  of  the  proper  annual  charge  to  be  made  for  the  use  of  equipment,  as 
manure  spreader,  blacksmith  outfit,  etc. 


43a 

(fl) 

43b 

(6) 

43c 

(c) 

43d 

(d) 

44d 

id) 

44e 

(e) 

44f 

if) 

44g 

(g) 

44h 

ih) 

166 


Farm  Management  Notes 


44i      (i) 


44j 

(i) 

44k 

(fc) 

44l 

(0 

44m 

(m) 

44n 

in) 

44o 

(o) 

44p 

(p) 

A  calculation  of  the  cash  expenditures  for  veterinary  services  and  supplies,  for  breed- 
ing, for  shoeing,  etc. 

An  estimate  of  the  annual  charge  to  cover  depreciation. 

An  estimate  of  the  annual  interest  charge. 

A  summing  up  of  all  the  charges. 

An  estimate,  or  a  figure  taken  from  carefully  kept  records,  of  the  number  of  hours  of 
work  done  during  the  year. 

A  determination  of  any  credits  other  than  work  done,  e.  g.,  colts,  increase  in  value  of 
any  stock,  manure. 

The  net  cost,  determined  from  the  gross  cost  (paragraph  I)  less  the  receipts  (n). 

The  cost  per  hour  (or  per  day),  determined  by  dividing  the  net  cost  (o)  by  the  work 
record  (m). 

45.    Cost  of  Farm  Buildings  — 

To  be  a  compilation  of  building  costs  which  farmers  have  had  to  meet.   The  study  involves : 

45a  (a)  Details  as  to  the  name(s)  of  informant(s),  address(es),  location(s),  type(s),  of  farm- 
ing, size(s)  of  holdings. 

45b  (b)  A  description  of  the  building,  as  to  its  age,  present  condition,  satisfactory  service 
• —  to  date  and  in  the  future  —  suitableness  to  the  locality  and  to  the  business, 
etc. 

45c  (c)  Hints  gathered  from  structures  under  investigation  which  may  be  of  value  in  future 
construction,  e.  g.,  use  of  concrete  sills  rather  than  wood,  shakes  vs  shingles, 
overheavy  framing,  uneconomical  type,  not  suitable  for  farming,  etc. 

45d     (d)     Year  when  built. 

45e     (e)     Cost  when  constructed,  segregated  into 

Labor  costs,  including  the  value  of  time  of  farmer  or  his  regular  men; 

(2)  Materials  costs; 

(3)  Total  cost. 


45f     (/)     Farmer's  estimate  of  present-day  costs  for  similar  structure. 

Any  number  of  structures  can  be  included  in  this  study,  as  ranch  dwellings,  milk 
barns,  horse  barns,  hay  barns,  hog  farrowing  pens,  hog  field  shelters,  poultry 
houses,  fruit  pacldng  sheds,  silos,  tank  houses,  implement  sheds,  etc.,  etc. 
For  convenience  in  showing  and  in  reading  findings,  a  tabular  form  of  presentation 
should  be  employed,  especially  if  there  is  considerable  data,  using  some  such 
form  as: 


Date 


Form  for  Reporting  Costs  of  Buildings. 


Type  of  Structure 
Milk  barn 


Location 
3  miles  west  of  Manteca 


Remarks 

Rather  cold  in  rainy  season; 
should  be  provided  with  shut- 
ters for  use  in  cold  weather. 


Name  and  Address 
of  Informant 

John  Perrj^, 
R.  F.  D.  No.  3 
Manteca 


Investigator 

Description  of 
Structure 

Usual  California  1- 
story  milking  shed 
for  40  cows;  IG'  x 
80',  concrete  floor, 
open  sides,  two 
strings  cows  facing 
in,  fed  from  out- 
side, well  but  eco- 
nomically built. 


Year 

Cost 

Cost 

Total 

Mat'ls 

Labor 

Total 

Built 

Mat'ls 

Labor 

(bst 

1919 

1919 

1919 

1912 

$300 

$150 

$450 

$500 

$300 

$800 

Farm  Management  Notes  167 


Marketing. 

The  field  of  marketing;  is  so  extensive  and  so  likely  to  be  influenced  by  local  conditions  that 
a  great  many  studies  are  possible  under  the  heading  of  marketing. 

Two  or  three  suggested  studies  are  presented  under  this  heading. 

46.  Visiting  the  Markets  — 

Much  valuable  information  concerning  marketing  can  be  gathered  by  a  trip  to  available 
centers  which  handle  much  of  the  local  farm  output.  Visits  may  well  be  made  to  the  wholesale 
districts,  to  free  markets  —  whether  actual  or  so-called  —  to  the  tiairy  and  grain  exchanges,  and 
to  there  study  at  first  hand  the  way  that  products  are  handled. 

As  suggestions,  the  investigator  may  well  jog  around,  keep  his  eyes  and  ears  open,  and  start 
with  an  attempt  to  find  out: 

46a     (a)     Types  of  market  packages  or  containers  in  common  use. 

46b     (6)     Relative  desirability  of  different  kinds  of  containers. 

Measurements  of  8  or  10  containers  which  apparently  are  more  or  less  standard. 

General  quality  of  output  and  best  methods  of  packing  and  shipping. 

Ways  that  sales  are  conducted. 

Types  of  buyers. 

Attractiveness  of  displays. 

Amount  of  advertising. 

Cleanliness  of  surroimdings. 

A  desirable  firm  to  whom  to  ship  on  commission. 

The  possibility,  and  desirability,  of  the  free  market  if  one  lives  within  driving  dis- 
tance, with  reasons  for  the  decision. 

Amount  of  business  done. 

Time  of  day  of  greatest  trading. 
Other  ideas  will  suggest  themselves. 

47.  Study  of  Market  Quotations  — 

Market  quotations  may  be  studied  to : 

47a  (o)  Become  familiar  with  methods  of  reporting  daily  or  weekly  quotations,  e.  g.,  units  of 
measure,  symbols,  market  jargon. 

47b     (6)     Show  past  market  changes. 

47c     (c)     Provide  a  starting  time  in  determining  when  to  sell. 

47d  (d)  Compare  the  prices  of  different  markets  by  using  such  mediums  as  copies  of  {1)  the 
daily  newspapers,  {2)  the  weekly  agricultural  press,  {3)  trade  journals  special- 
izing in  certain  products,  as  butter,  eggs,  cheese,  beans,  rice,  hops,  etc. 

The  student  of  market  quotations  should  proceed  to : 

47e     (1st)    Make  up  a  list  of  symbols  used  with  an  explanation  of  their  meaning. 

47f  (2d)  Make  up  a  list  of  the  units  of  measure  employed  in  reporting  ten  or  a  dozen  or  more 
products,  selecting  a  variety  of  items  from  different  groups,  as  livestock,  vegetables, 
fruits,  poultry  products,  hay,  feedstuffs,  etc. 

47g  (3d)  Study  the  Los  Angeles  and  San  Francisco  prices  for  farm  products  and  note  any 
differences. 


46c 

(c) 

46d 

(rf) 

46e 

(e) 

46f 

(/) 

46g 

ig) 

46h 

(h) 

46i 

(i) 

46j 

ij) 

46k 

(fc) 

46l 

(0 

46m 

{m) 

47j 

(b) 

47k 

(c) 

47l 

id) 

168  Farm  Management  Notes 

47h    (4th)  Collect  past  quotations  for  at  least  one  product  by  gathering  together,  caluclating, 

and  charting: 
47i  (a)     Weekly  quotations,  preferably  from  mid-week  figures  for  each  week  during 

the  preceding  five  years. 
Monthly  averages  for  each  month  for  the  past  five  years. 
Yearly  averages  for  the  past  five  years. 

Five-year  averages  by  months,  e.  g.,  five  Januarys,  five  Februarys,  etc. 
This  material  is  valuable  in  showing  the  price  trend  of  farm  products  selected  for 
study,  and  the  variations  in  rise  and  fall  of  prices  which  have  taken  place 
during  the  past  five  years. 
47m    (5th)  Find  out  the  three  consecutive  months  of  high  prices,  and  the  three  consecutive 
months  of  low  prices,  as  shown  in  the  details  of  paragraph  id  above,  and  the 
amount  of  difference  available  to  cover  charges  of  holding,  depreciation,  interest, 
etc. 

This  investigation  will  give  an  idea  of  the  financial  desirability  of  holding  the  farm 
product  which  is  being  studied  from  periods  of  harvest  to  periods  of  high 
prices  when  these  do  not  occur  conjointly. 

Farm  Labor. 

The  subject  of  Farm  Labor  is  replete  with  interesting  studies.  In  these  outlines,  only  two 
or  three  are  introduced  of  those  more  vital  to  the  beginner  in  agriculture  or  the  newcomer  to  the 
State. 

The  subjects  selected  cover: 
An  account  of  one's 
(a)     Personal  farm  labor  experiences. 
(6)     Handling  of  farm  labor. 

(c)  Prevailing  conditions,  including  housing,  boarding,  wage  scales,  etc. 

(d)  Work  of  California  State  Commissions. 

48.     Personal  Farm  Labor  Experiences — 

This  has  to  do  with  the  personal  experiences  of  the  individual  when  working  as  a  farm  laborer 
or  foreman,  preferably  here  in  California  and  for  employers  other  than  a  relative. 

The  presentation  should  cover: 

48a  (a)  An  itinerary  showing  the  locality  where  the  various  experiences  were  obtained,  the 
length  of  time  involved,  the  size  of  the  ranch  or  farm,  the  types  of  farming,  and 
the  character  of  the  individual's  duties. 

48b     (6)     Findings  concerning: 

48c  (1)     The  working  day;  its  length,  the  usual  hours,  whether  too  long,  too  .short,  or 

satisfactory,  and  why. 

48d  (2)     The  board;  whether  excellent,  good,  fair,  or  poor,  and  why. 

48e  (3)     The  housing;  whether  satisfactory  or  not,  and  why. 

48f  (4)     The  wages;  whether  going  rate  or  above  or  below;  whether  satisfactory  or  not, 

and  why.  Any  examples  found  of  use  of  bonuses  for  either  common  labor,  or 
foremen,  or  superintendents,  with  details,  antl  comments. 

48g  (5)     Working  conditions.    Description  and  comments,  c.  g.,  heat,  isolation,  dust, 

winds,  sandstorms. 

48ii  (0)     Supervision;  kind  of  supervision  given  by  immediate  "bosses,"  whether  satis- 

factory or  not,  and  why. 

48i  (c)  Comments  and  suggestions  based  on  one's  own  experiences,  as  to  how  living,  work- 
ing, and  wage  conditions  could  be  improved  and  still  Ije  justified  from  the  standpoint 
of  ranch  earnings. 


Farm  Management  Notes  169 

49.  Handling  Farm  Labor — 

This  section  provides  for  accounts,  based  upon  one's  personal  experiences  witii  a  knowledge 
of  diffprent  types  of  fjinii  hihor,  as  hobo,  ncsi'o,  Japanese,  Chinese,  Hindu,  Porto  Rican,  Mexican, 
Armenian,  Russian,  Creek,  Italian,  lOnglish,  Irish,  Austrian,  French,  American,  etc.,  to  be  a  full 
discussion  of: 

49a  («)  Racial  characteristics  as  standards  of  living,  sensitiveness,  laziness,  loyalty,  faith- 
fulness of  selected  types  of  labor. 

49b  (6)  Best  methods  of  handling  selected  types  of  labor  to  be  covered  under  such  headings 
as: 

49c  (1)  Working  hours,  including  overtime. 

49d  (2)  Board. 

49e  (3)  Housing. 

49f  (4)  Wages. 

49g  (5)  Supervision. 

49h  (6)  General  considerations. 

49i  (c)  Points  of  view  concerning  ways  of  improving  labor  conditions  in  general,  and  the 
probable  effect  of  such  methods  in  increasing  labor  supplies,  efficiency  of  men, 
and  farm  output. 

50.  Prevailing  Conditions  of  Farm  Labor — 

Under  this  heading  is  to  come  any  individual  investigator  into  State  conditions  aiming  to 
find  out : 

50a     (a)     Prevailing  wage  scales  in  force;  trend  of  wages;  future  outlook  as  to  wages. 

Reference:  Reports  of  Public  Employment  Bureaus  and  State  Labor  Commissioner. 
(See  paragraph  51  for  details). 

50b     (b)     Wages  paid  by  different  communities  for  the  same  kind  of  work. 
Reference:  Same  as  under  (a)  above. 

50c     (c)     Wages  paid  to  different  classes  of  workers,  e.  g.,  milkers,  hay  pitchers,  pruners, 
sprayers,  baling  crews,  grain  harvester  crews,  etc. 
Reference:  Same  as  under  (a)  above. 

50d     (d)     Possibility  of  standardizing  wages. 

Reference:  University  of  California,  College  of  Agriculture,  Circular  193. 

50e     (e)      Housing;  existing  conditions;  farmers'  results  from  trials  to  improve;  type  of  housing 
for  different  classes  of  labor  being  employed;  costs. 
Reference:  University  of  California,  College  of  Agriculture,  Circular  193.    Reports  of 
State  Immigration  and  Housing  Commission,  and  California  Industrial  Welfare 
Commission.    (See  paragraph  51  for  details.) 

50f     (/)     Board;  existing  conditions;  kind  of  board  for  different  classes  of  labor  being  em- 
ployed; costs. 
Reference:  University  of  California,  College  of  Agriculture,  Circular  193. 

50g     (g)     Supervision;  methods  employed;  effect  upon  different  classes  of  labor;  costs. 
Reference:  University  of  California,  College  of  Agriculture,  Circular  193. 

50h     (h)     Working  hours;  present  custom;  trend  as  to  length  and  periods  (e.  g.,  7-12  and  1-6; 
or  6-11  and  3-8). 
Reference:  University  of  California,  College  of  Agriculture,  Circular  193. 

50i  (i)  Payment  by  piecework;  industries  using  this  method;  details;  satisfaction;  possible 
extension ;  limitations. 

50j     (j)     Bonus  systems;  examples;  satisfaction;  possible  extension;  limitations. 


170 


Farm  Management  Notes 


50k    (k)     Use  of  women  in  agriculture;  examples  of  trials;  necessary  restrictions;  limitations 
governing  emploj-ing;  extent  of  how  satisfactory;  suited  to  what  work;  what 
constitutes  a  day's  work;  relative  costliness. 
Reference:  Manuscript  reports  of  State  Farm  Labor  Agent  on  file  in  the  Division  of 
Farm  Management,  University  of  California,  Berkeley. 

50l     (?)      Use  of  children  in  agriculture;  examples  of  trials;  necessary  restrictions;  limitations 
governing  employing  —  legal,  physical;  how  satisfactory;  suited  to  what  work; 
what  constitutes  a  normal  day's  output;  costliness. 
Reference:  Same  as  under  (k). 

50m  (m)  A  day's  work,  e.  g.,  the  normal  output  per  man  or  per  crew  doing  different  farm 
operations.  To  be  a  collection  and  compilation  of  rates  of  work  by  hand,  with 
horses,  or  by  machinery,  such  as: 


(1) 

Plowing. 

(2) 

Harrowing. 

(3) 

Seeding. 

(4) 

Mowing. 

(5) 

Raking. 

(6) 

Thinning  sugar  beets. 

(7) 

Picking  up  walnuts. 

(8^ 

Pruning  trees. 

(9) 

Thinning  fruit. 

(10^ 

Picking  cotton. 

(ii; 

Picking  oranges. 

(12; 

Cutting  asparagus. 

etc. 

details  being  given  in  each  instance  to  show  skill  of  worker,  e.  g.,  experience,  size 
of  outfit,  e.  g.,  2  or  4  or  more  horses,  75-H.  P.  tractor,  etc.,  working  conditions  as 
soil,  topography,  distance,  hours,  size  of  crew,  size  of  implement,  e.  g.,  5'  mower, 
3-12"  gang  plow. 

Reference:  Tables  in  "Farm  Management  Notes" — Adams. 


51.    Work  of  California  State  Commissions — 

This  section  provides  an  outline  for  studying  certain  of  the  CaUfornia  State  Commissions, 
several  of  which  are  specifically  charged  with  duties  and  responsibilities  having  to  do  with  farm 
labor.   Those  of  outstanding  importance  from  the  farm  management  point  of  view  are : 

51a  (a)  The  Commission  of  Immigration  and  Housing,  with  headquarters  at  525  Market 
street,  San  Francisco. 

51b  (6)  The  Pubhc  Employment  Bureaus  of  the  State  of  California,  with  offices  in  several  of 
the  larger  centers,  as  San  Francisco,  Oakland,  Stockton,  Sacramento,  Fresno  and 
Los  Angeles;  headquarters  at  933  Mission  street,  San  Francisco. 

51c  (c)  The  California  Industrial  Welfare  Commission,  with  lieadquarters  at  525  Market 
street,  San  Francisc'O. 

51d  (d)  The  State  Insurance  Commission,  with  headquarters  at  525  Market  street,  San 
Francisco. 

51 E  (e)  The  State  Labor  Commissioner,  with  headquarters  at  948  Market  street,  San  Fran- 
cisco. 


Farm  Management  Notes  171 

Reports  ami  publicatiuns  of  these  Commissions  are  especially  valuable  in  i)ortraying: 

Publications  of  Com- 
missions Dealing  with  Information  Regarding  Farm  Labor 

Immigration  and  Housing Movement  of  labor,  housing  eonditioii.s,  nationality  of  labor,  camp 

sanitation,  legal  re(juiremcnts  in  housing  labor,  methods  of  build- 
ing labor  camps,  wages,  need  of  labor. 

Public  Employment  Bureaus     Extent  of  demand,  prevailing  wages,  types  of  workers. 

Industrial  Welfare Regulations  and  findings  as  to  use  of  women  and  children  in  agri- 
cultural pursuits. 

Insurance Rates  of  insurance,  farmers'  protective  policies. 

Labor ,. Statistics  concerning  laljor,  adjustments  of  claims  and  complaints, 

treatment  of  labor. 

Studies  of  the  former  State  Farm  Labor  Agent  —  a  war  activity  —  is  of  value  to  investiga- 
tors of  labor  conditions. 

These  reports  are  on  file  in  the  Division  of  Farm  Management,  LTniversity  of  California, 
Berkeley,  while  one  publication  has  been  printed  for  general  distribution.  This  Ls  LTniversity  of 
California,  College  of  Agriculture,  Circular  193,  "A  Study  of  California  Farm  Labor."  (March,  1918) . 

Leasing  Farming  Lands. 

From  the  farm  management  viewpoint,  interest  in  leasing  farm  lands  largely  centers  in: 

(a)  Prevailing  rental  rates. 

(5)  Types  of  contracts, 

(c)  Division  of  income. 

{d)  Preparation  of  a  lease. 

52.  Prevailing  Rental  Rates — 

This  section  provides  for  a  study  of  prevailing  California  leasing  methods  by  means  of: 

52a  (a)  Collection  of  original  material  by  means  of  personal  calls  upon  or  correspondence 
with  farmers,  bankers,  chambers  of  commerce,  boards  of  trade,  real  estate  men, 
horticultural  commissioners,  county  recorders,  farmers'  associations,  the  findings 
to  be  briefed,  properly  summarized,  and  presented  in  tabulated  form  for  easy 
reading,  together  with  summary  page  and  sufficient  detail  to  substantiate  all 
statements. 

52b     {h)     Study  of  material  now  available  to  be  studied  in  same  way  as  (o). 

References:  File  of  leases  in  the  Division  of  Farm  Management,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia, Berkeley,  California;  University  of  Minnesota,  Bulletin  178,  U.  S.  D.  A., 
office  of  the  Secretary,  Contribution  of  Office  of  Farm  Management,  Ijulletins 
650  and  850;  University  of  Missouri,  Bulletin  167;  Kansas  Agricultural  College, 
Bulletin  221 ;  University  of  Wisconsin,  Research  Bulletins  44  and  47. 

53.  Types  of  Contracts — 

In  this  study  the  investigator  will: 

53a     (a)     Collect  one  or  more  types  of  farm  contracts  in  use. 

Reference:  File  of  lease  contracts  in  the  Division  of  Farm  Management,  University 
of  California,  Berkeley. 

53b     (6)     Briefly  sum  up  the  contents  of  each. 

53c     (c)     Make  a  list  of  items  covered  in  each. 


53e 

53f 

53g 

(e) 

53h 

if) 

172  Farm  Management  Notes 

53d     {d)     Select  paragraphs  which  can  be  taken  as  standard,  for  use  in  the  preparation  of  any 
lease,  these  paragraphs  to  cover: 

(1)  General  regulations  applicable  to  any  lease. 

(2)  Special  provisions  governing  some  type  of  farming,  as  dair.ying,  fruit  growing, 
poultry  raising,  field  crop  production,  etc.,  or  some  type  of  tenant,  as  Japanese,  or 
Italian,  or  negro. 

Point  out  the  difference  to  be  found  in  cash  and  share  types  of  leases,  e.  g.,  length, 
amount  of  detailed  instructions,  safeguarding  provisions,  etc. 

Comment  on  the  findings  resulting  from  this  study. 

54.    Division  of  Income — 

A  study  of  what  constitutes  a  fair  division  of  income  resulting  from  farm  operations  con- 
ducted under  leasing  conditions,  to  find  out,  either: 

54a     (a)     If  the  way  of  dividing  already  in  force  under  the  terms  of  a  contract  is  in  accordance 
with  the  interests  and  responsil^ilities  of  each  party  to  the  lease. 
In  an  investigation  of  this  nature,  the  student  will: 

(1st)  Write  out  a  full  description  of  the  property  involved,  together  with  the  pro- 
posed plan  of  operation. 

54b  (2d)  List,  with  values  attached,  the  various  items  of  working  equipment  each  party 

to  the  lease  is  to  contribute. 

This  is  to  cover  land,  buildings,  workstock,  implements  and  machinery,  special 
equipment  as  dairy  house  or  spraying  or  pruning  equipment,  and  livestock. 

54c  (3d)  List  the  various  operating  costs  which  will  enter  into  the  operations  during  the 

period  of  the  lease. 

This  involves  seed,  feed,  labor,  taxes,  insurance,  boxes,  sacks,  management, 
office  expense,  irrigation  water,  spray  material,  dip,  lumber,  repairs,  veter- 
inary services,  etc.,  etc. 

54d  (4th)  Determine  the  proper  sums  needed  to  offset  depreciation  in  equipment  wherever 

such  occurs. 
54e  (5th)  Determine  the  sums  required  to  cover  interest  on  the  investment  of  each 

partner  for  such  periods  as  the  moneys  will  be  in  use,  and  a  fair  rate  of  interest. 

54f  (6th)  Bring  together  in  columns,  one  for  each  partner,  for  comparison,  the  various 

financial  items  involved  in  the  handling  of  the  ranch,  and  determination  of  the 
proportion  of  each. 

54g  (7th)  Compare  the  findings  with  actual  conditions,  and  note  any  variation  from  the 

theoretically  correct  shares. 

54h    (6)     What  is  a  fair  division  of  income  to  tenant  and  owner  under  a  proposed  leasing  plan. 
In  this  study  the  investigator  will : 

54i  (1st)  Write  out  a  full  description  of  the  property  involved,  together  with  the  pro- 

posed plan  of  operation. 

54j  (2d)    List,  with  values  attached,  the  various  items  of  working  equipment  each  party 

to  the  lease  is  to  contribute. 

This  is  to  cover  land,  buildings,  workstock,  implements  and  machinery,  special 
equipment  as  dairy  house  or  spraying  or  pruning  equipment,  and  livestock. 

54k  (3d)    List  the  various  operating  costs  which  will  enter  into  the  operations  during 

the  period  of  the  lease. 

This  involves  seed,  feed,  labor,  taxes,  insurance,  boxes,  sacks,  management, 
office  expense,  irrigation  water,  spray  material,  dip,  lumber,  repairs,  veter- 
inary services,  etc.,  etc. 


Farm  Management  Notes  17S 

54l  (4th)  Determine  the  jM-opcr  sums  needed  to  offset  depreeiation  in  equipment  wherever 

such  occurs. 

54m  (5th)  Determine  the  sums  required  to  cover  interest  on  the  investment  of  each  partner 

for  such  periods  as  the  moneys  will  be  in  use,  and  a  fair  rate  of  interest. 

54n  (Gth)  Bring  together  in  columns,  one  for  each  partner,  for  comparison,  the  various 

financial  items  involved  in  the  handling  of  the  ranch,  and  determination  of 
the  proportion  of  each. 

(Note — This  plan  is  solely  to  determine  the  degree  of  interest  each  partner 
has  in  the  receipts,  based  on  what  each  provides.  At  the  same  time,  it  offers 
a  basis  to  show  what  the  business  should  do  in  order  to  justify  a  leasing  ar- 
rangement.) 

55.     Preparation  of  a  Lease — 

This  consists  of  the  actual  writing  of  a  farm  lease  to  cover  (a)  a  given  property,  (ft)  an  in- 
dustry, as  a  form  of  lease  which  may  serve  as  a  standarfl  in  lenting  lands  to  dairymen,  fruit  growers, 
sugar  beet  men,  potato  growers,  etc.,  (c)  a  locality,  as  Imperial  Valley,  or  the  Deltas,  or  a  given 
county,  etc. 

The  lease  shall  take  up  in  proper  manner  and  detail: 

55a     (o)     The  usual  restrictions  applicable  to  leases  in  general. 

55b     (6)     Specific  provisions  for  the  particular  property,  the  industry,  or  the  locality. 

In  final  form,  the  lease  must  conform  to  the  following: 

55c  (a)     Be  written  in  ink,  or,  better,  typewritten. 

55d  (6)     Be  written  on  one  side  of  legal-sized  paper,  and  be  in  accordance  with   the 

common  practice  of  making  out  leases. 

55e  (c)     Be  in  proper  form  with  all  names,  dates,  and  signatures  either  inserted  or 

blanks  provided  at  the  proper  places. 
References:  File  of  leases  in  the  Division  of  Farm  Management,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia, Berkeley,  California;  "Sample  stock-share  lease,"  being  Bulletin  No.  1 
of  Cooperative  Extension  work  in  Agriculture  and  Home  Economics,  University 
of  Illinois;  Farmers'  Bulletin  No.  11()4. 

Farm  Law. 

Farm  law  for  our  purpose  is  perhaps  best  discussed  from  the  standpoint  of  legislation,  rather 
than  from  that  of  court  actions  and  decisions. 

For  purposes  of  convenience,  such  studies  may  be  grouped : 
(a)     Study  of  federal  statutes. 
(6)     Study  of  state  statutes. 

(c)  Study  of  county  statutes. 

(d)  Study  of  municipal  and  local  ordinances. 

To  further  simplify  the  work,  the  investigator  should  center  upon  some  particular  phase  foi 
his  studies,  as  water  rights,  legislation  pertaining  to  the  production  of  dairy  products,  or  of  fresh 
meat,  or  control  of  weeds,  rodents,  insects,  fungi,  and  other  pests,  or  to  the  employer's  responsi- 
bilities concerning  farm  labor,  or  schooling  of  children,  or  to  rights  of  way,  etc. 

Handled  by  subjects,  the  study  should  cover  all  the  different  statutes  —  federal,  state, 
county,  local,  etc. 


56a 

(a) 

56b 

(b) 

56c 

(c) 

56d 

(d) 

56e 

(e) 

56f 

(/) 

174  Farm  Management  Notes 

56.     Study  of  Legislation  Affecting  Agriculture — 

The  same  general  line  of  procedure  is  involved  in  the  study  of  statutes,  whether  attacked 
from  the  standpoint  of  source,  e.  g.,  federal,  state,  etc.,  or  from  that  of  application,  e.  g.,  to  dairying, 
butchering,  control  of  weeds,  etc. 

In  an  investigation  into  farm  law,  the  student  will : 

Get  together  his  basic  sources  of  information,  as  transcripts  of  federal,  state,  county, 
etc.,  laws  pertaining  to  the  subject(s)  to  be  studied. 

Carefully  read  over  the  law.  Usually  a  second  reading  is  advisable  before  proceeding 
further. 

Write  out  a  brief,  setting  forth  the  salient  points. 

Bring  together  all  data,  found  in  tlifferent  sources,  which  Ijear  upon  the  subject 
under  investigation. 

Write  out  a  statement,  giving  the  vital  legal  points  which  are  covered  in  the  various 
statutes  and  ordinances  investigated. 

If  readily  available,  add  any  court  decisions  which  may  affect  the  application  of  the 
legislative  or  congressional  acts  as  originally  drawn  up. 

California  subjects  which  will  provide  a  starting  point  for  the  student  who  is  inter- 
ested in  the  more  general  phases  of  farm  law,  are  such  as: 

56g     (a)     The  scope,  purpose  and  use  of  Torrens  system  of  recording  lands. 

56h  (b)  The  duties  and  powers  of  various  California  commissions  and  institutions  having 
responsibilities  which  directly  affect  farmers,  as  the  Commission  of  Immigration 
and  Housing,  the  Public  Employment  Bureaus,  the  California  Industrial  Welfare 
Commission,  the  State  Labor  Commissioner,  the  State  Market  Commissioner,  the 
State  Agricultural  College  and  Experiment  Station,  the  Stallion  Registration 
Board,  the  State  Department  of  Agriculture,  the  Highway  Commission,  the  State 
Board  of  Equalization,  the  State  Real  Estate  Board,  etc.,  etc. 
References:  Reports  and  publications  of  these  commissions  and  institutions. 

The  federal  farm  loan  act  as  affecting  farmers'  financing. 

The  federal  Smith-Lever  and  Smith-Hughes  acts  as  affecting  agricultural  investiga- 
tions and  education. 

Regulation  governing  the  production  of  milk. 

Regulations  governing  the  control  of  weeds,  rodents,  coyotes,  etc. 

Fencing  laws. 

Responsibility  for  labor. 

Workmens'  compensation  act. 

Regulation  of  market  packages. 

Legislation  pertaining  to  the  association  of  farmers  for  mutual  protection,  sale  of 
products,  etc.,  to  show  the  basis  of  operations  of  the  Associated  Raisin  Growers, 
the  Prune  and  Apricot  Growers  Association,  the  Associated  Dairymen  of  Central 
California,  the  Associated  Poultry  Producers,  etc.,  etc. 

Reference:  Annual  reports  of  the  State  Market  Commissioner,  525  Market  street, 
San  Francisco. 

56q     ( 1 )     Regulations  governing  the  homesteading  of  lands,  taking  up  desert  claims,  purchase 
of  school  lands,  etc. 

56r     (w)    Regulations  governing  tenanting  of  lands. 

56s     (o)     Regulations  governing  business  responsibilities  and  details,  as  selling  lands,  record- 
ing titles,  recording  mortgages  and  contracts,  etc. 


56i 

(c) 

56j 

(d) 

56k 

(e) 

(/) 

66l 

(?) 

56m 

(h) 

56n 

(i) 

560 

U) 

56p 

ik) 

Farm  Management  Notes  175 

Valuing  Fakm  Properties. 
57.     When  investigating  the  value  of  farm  properties,  three  elements  are  to  be  considered : 
(a)     the  market  value. 
(6)     the  producing  value, 
(c)     the  speculative  value. 

Market  value  is  based  on  the  sum  the  property  would  probably  bring  in  open  unforced  sale 
under  prevailing  conditions  of  supply  and  demand. 

Productive  value  means  the  value  which  will  return  a  fair  rate  of  interest  upon  the  invest- 
ment. It  ignores  any  proportion  of  the  total  value  traceable  to  home  or  spcjculative  values.  It  is 
the  present  existing  value  based  upon  the  use  to  which  the  land  is  l)eing,  or  is  to  be  put,  and  ignores 
consideration  of  scenic  advantages,  neighbors,  pleasant  climate,  or  nearness  to  towns,  unless  these 
features  have  a  bearing  on  the  profits  resulting  from  the  use  of  the  land. 

Potential  values  have  to  do  with  the  possible  increase  in  land  valuation  because  of  greater 
demand  for  development  Ijy  plantings  of  fruit  trees,  utilization  of  irrigation  systems,  planting  of 
alfalfa,  etc. 

Data  should  be  collected  preliminary  to  the  actual  study  of  values  to  provide : 

57a     (a)     A  general  description  of  the  property  and  its  equipment. 
After  sections  I,  2,  3  above. 

57b     (6)     A  general  description  of  the  country. 
After  section  4  above. 

57c     (c)     An  outline  map. 

After  section  5  above. 

A  list,  with  individual  values  attached,  of: 

Building  equipment. 

Implement,  machinery,  tool,  material  and  special  equipment. 

Fencing,  pumping,  draining,  bridge  and  road  equipment. 

Livestock  equipment. 

Any  other  items  of  equipment  not  heretofore  covered. 
Lists  of  equipment  should  be  given  in  four  columns  headed  respectively  "Item," 

"Age,"  "Original  Cost,"  "Present  Value."    Value  should  be  based  on  market 

prices  prevailing  during  normal  times. 

57j  (c)  An  estimate  of  receipts,  based  on  figures  covering  a  period  of  years,  for  each  crop  or 
product  grown  or  produced. 
(Use  such  sources  as  farm  book,  packing  house  records,  commission  men's  returns, 
neighboring  farmers'  estimates,  statements  of  horticultural  commissioners,  farm 
advisers  and  banks.  Make  every  attempt  to  get  authoritive  information,  checked 
in  every  way  possible.) 

58.    Determining  the  Market  Value  of  Farm  Properties — • 

With  basic  data  determined  as  outlined  in  paragraph  57,  the  investigator  will: 

58a  (a)  Without  naming  the  property  involved  in  the  investigation,  obtain  figures  covering 
sales  or  purchases  of  lands  without  equipment  similar  to  the  various  classes 
represented  on  this  property. 

(Figures  should  be  obtained  from  leading  merchants,  bankers,  realty  men,  chambers 
of  commerce,  newspaper  men,  horticultural  commissioners,  farm  advisers  and 
farmers.  Figures  should  apply  to  similar  lands,  devoted  to  the  same  crops,  in 
the  same  general  state  of  upkeep,  and  under  similar  conditions  of  distance  from 
town,  climate,  roads  and  acreage.) 

58b     (6)     Calculate  the  land  value  based  on  data  of  paragraph  58a. 

58c     (c)     Add  the  values  of  buildings  and  equipment  as  determined  under  paragraph  57a. 


57d     {c 

/)     A 

57e 

1. 

57f 

2. 

57g 

3. 

57h 

4. 

57i 

5. 

176  Farm  Management  Notes 

59.  Determining  the  Productive  Value  of  Farm  Properties — 

With  basic  data  previously  determined  as  outlined  in  paragraph  57,  the  investigator  will: 

59a  (a)  Determine  the  gross  receipts  obtained  from  the  sale  of  all  products  under  normal 
conditions. 

59b  (b)  Carefully  estimate  the  operating  costs  by  including  labor  (wages  and  board),  feed, 
materials  (i.  e.,  boxes,  wire,  sacks,  fertilizer,  seed,  dip,  and  spray),  foreman's 
wages,  lighting,  fuel,  office  expense,  repairs,  power,  water  bills. 

(These  figures  should  be  based  on  intelligent  judgment  concerning  the  amoimt  of 
expense  really  necessary  to  the  proper  conducting  of  the  ranch  in  its  present 
shape.) 

59c  (c)  Determine  all  overhead  charges  —  taxes,  insurance,  sinking  fund,  management, 
office  expense  and  depreciation. 

Substract  items  in  paragraphs  (6)  and  (c)  from  (a)  as  outlined  in  this  section. 

Determine  rate  of  interest  expected  from  investment. 

Determine  investment. 

(This  figure  gives  the  value  of  the  property  under  normal  times.) 

60.  Determining  the  Potential  Values  of  Farm  Properties — 

With  basic  data  as  previously  determined  as  set  forth  in  the  introductory  paragraphs  under 
"Valuing  Farm  Properties,"  above,  the  investigator  will: 

60a  (a)  Investigate  all  additional  possible  development  worthy  of  consideration  with  ac- 
companying data  to  show : 

(a)  Capital  needed  to  estabhsh. 

(b)  Probable  returns. 

(c)  Probable  costs  to  produce. 

(d)  Resulting  added  value  to  investment. 

60b  (b)  Investigate  all  possible  chance  of  increase  due  to  rise  in  value  of  real  estate  because 
of  increased  demand. 

60c  (c)  A  final  comparison  and  analysis  should  be  made  between  present  market  values  and 
present  productive  values  with  potential  values. 


59d 

(rf) 

59e 

(e) 

59f 

(/) 

PART  VIII. 
SELECTED    FARM   MANAGEMENT  LITERATURE 

( For  Students ) 


Farm  Management  Notes  179 


PART  VIII. 

SELECTED  FARM  MANAGEMENT  LITERATURE. 

(For  Students) 

Note — Students  in  Farm  Management  should  t)e  well  acquainted  with  the  scope 
and  contents  of  such  sulijects  as  the  ones  given  in  this  list.  This  list  is  illustrative.  It 
is  not  necessarily  coniplete. 

General  Texts — 

"The  Young  Farmer" — Thomas  F.  Hunt,  published  by  Orange  Judd  Co.,  N.  Y. 

"How  to  Choose  a  Farm" — Thomas  F.  Hunt,  published  by  Macmillan  Co.,  N.  Y. 

"Farm  and  Garden  Rule  Book" — L.  H.  Bailey,  published  by  Macmillan  Co.,  N.  Y. 

"California  Poultry  Practice" — Susan  Swaygood,  published  by  Pacific  Rural  Press.  S.  F. 

"California  Fruits" — E.  J.  Wickson,  published  by  Pacific  Rural  Press,  S.  F. 

"California  Vegetables" — E.  J.  Wickson,  published  by  Pacific  Rural  Press,  S.  F. 

"Field  Management  and  Crop  Rotation" — Edward  C.  Parker,  published  by  Webb  Pub.  Co., 
St.  Paul. 

"Citrus  Fruits" — J.  Eliot  Coit,  published  by  Macmillan  Co.,  N.  Y. 

"Farm  Management" — G.  F.  Warren,  published  by  Macmillan  Co.,  N.  Y. 

"Farm  Structures" — K.  J.  T.  Ekblaw,  published  by  Macmillan  Co.,  N.  Y. 

"Law  for  the  American  Farmer" — J.  B.  Green,  published  by  Macmillan  Co.,  N.  Y. 

"Farm  Accounting" — H.  T.  Scovill,  published  by  D.  Appleton  &  Co. 

"Agricultural  Economics" — H.  C.  Taylor,  published  by  Macmillan  Co.,  N.  Y. 

"The  Marketing  of  Farm  Crops" — L.  D.  H.  Weld,  published  by  Macmillan  Co.,  N.  Y. 

Bulletins  and  Pamphlets — 

Agricultural  Statistics,  Descriptive  Matter: 

U.  S.  D.  A.  Soil  Surveys  of  the  Bureau  of  Soils. 

U.  S.  G.  S.  "Water  Supply  Papers." 

U.  S.  D.  A.  Climatological  Data  —  Weather  Bureau. 

Annual  Reports  S.  F.  Chamber  of  Commerce. 

Annual  Reports  California  Development  Board,  San  Francisco. 

Annual  Reports  State  Board  of  Equalization. 

Annual  Reports  State  Board  of  Agriculture. 

U.  S.  Census. 

"Irrigation  Districts  in  California" — Bulletin  No.  2,  from  State  Department  of  Engineering. 

San  Benito  County  Agricultural  ^Survey  (Chamber  of  Commerce). 

San  Joaquin  County  Agricultural  Survey  (Chamber  of  Commerce). 

Santa  Clara  County  Agricultural  Survey  (Chamber  of  Commerce). 
Farm  Management: 

"Farm  Management "—U.  S.  D.  A.  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry,  Bulletin  No.  236. 

"What  is  Farm  Management "—U.  S.  D.  A.  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry,  Bulletin  No.  259. 


180  Farm  Management  Notes 

Buildings  and  Structures: 

"Practical  Suggestions  for  Farm  Buildings" 
Farmers  Bulletin  No.  126. 

"Barns  for  Work  Animals," 

Texas  Bulletin  No.  210. 

"Construction  and  Equipment  of  Dairy  Barns," 
Washington  Popular  Bulletin  No.  95. 
Kentucky  Bulletin  No.  179. 

"Lambing  Sheds," 

University  of  California  Circular  No.  188. 

"Housing  Farm  Poultry," 

Utah  Circular  No.  14. 
Texas  Bulletin  No.  207. 
Farmers  Bulletin  No.  574. 

"Sewage  Disposal," 

Farmers  Bulletin  No.  43. 
Oregon  Bulletin  No.  100. 

"Cement,  Mortar  and  Concrete," 
Farmers  Bulletin  No.  235. 

"Hog  Houses," 

Mississippi  Bulletin  No.  233. 
Farmers'  Bulletin  No.  438. 
Iowa  Bulletin  No.  152. 

Equipment: 

"Care  and  Repair," 

Farmers'  Bulletin  No.  347. 
Farmers'  Bulletin  No.  946. 
Farmers'  Bulletin  No.  947. 

"Minor  Ai-ticles," 

Farmers'  Bulletin  No.  816. 

"Selection,  Adjustment  and  Care  of  Machines," 
Oregon  Bulletin  No.  133. 

"Water  Systems  for  Farm  Homes," 
Farmers'  Bulletin  No.  941. 

Farm  Accounting: 

"Farm  Bookkeeping," 

Farm  Bulletin  No.  511. 

"System  of  Farm  Cost  Accounting," 
Farmers'  Bulletin  No.  572. 

"Use  of  a  Diary  for  Farm  Accounts," 
Farmers'  Bulletin  No.  782. 

"A  Method  of  Analyzing  the  Farm  Business," 
Farmers'  Bulletin  No.  1139. 

"Farm  Inventories," 

Farmcns'  Bulletin  No.  1182. 


Farm  Management  Notes  181 

Tenancy: 

"The  Farm  Lease  Contract," 

Fanners'  Bulletin  No.  1164. 
Minnesota  Bulletin  No.  178. 

"Lease  Contracts  in  Use," 

U.  S.  D.  A.  Office  of  Farm  Management,  No.  650. 
Missouri  Bulletin  No.  167. 
Kansas  Bulletin  No.  221. 
Wisconsin  Research  Bulletin  No.  47. 

Farm  Management  Surveys: 

Montana  Bulletin  Nos.  97  and  111. 
Missouri  Bulletin  No.  140. 

Cornell  (N.  Y.)  Nos.  295,  344  (descriptive)  and  349. 
New  Jersey  Nos.  312,  320  and  329. 
Iowa  No.  185. 
Minnesota  No.  180. 

U.  S.  D.  A.,  Office  of  Farm  Management  Bulletins  Nos.  425,  482,  492,  582,  633  648 
651,  654,  659,  665,  705,  713,  716,  920. 

Irrigation: 

"Selection  of  a  Small  Pumping  Plant," 

University  of  California  Circular  No.  117. 

"Irrigation  in  Sierra  Nevada  Foothills," 

University  of  California  Bulletin  No.  253. 
"Irrigation  of  Rice," 

University  of  California  Bulletin  No.  279. 

"Farm  Reservoirs," 

Farmers'  Bulletin  No.  828. 

"Irrigation  of  Alfalfa," 

Farmers'  Bulletin  No.  865. 

"Irrigation  in  California," 

U.  S.  Office  of  Experiment  Stations  Bulletin  No.  237. 
"Irrigation  in  the  San  Joaquin  Valley," 

U.  S.  Office  of  Experiment  Stations  Bulletin  No.  239. 
Annual  Reports  —  State  Water  Commission. 

Labor: 

"In  California," 

University  of  California  Circular  No.  193. 
"Normal  Day's  Work," 

U.  S.  Bureau  Plant  Industry  Bulletin  No.  3. 

U.  S.  Office  of  Secretary  Bulletin  No.  412. 

"Seasonal  Distribution," 

1911  U.  S.  Yearbook. 

Missouri  Research  Bulletin  No.  6. 

U.  S.  Office  of  Secretary  Bulletin  No.  528. 

Annual  and  Special  Reports  —  California  Commission  of  Immigration  and  Housing. 

Annual  Reports  —  Cahfornia  Public  Employment  Bureaus  of  State  of  CaUfornia. 


18S  Farm  Management  Notes 


Laws: 

Covering  Production  of  Milk, 

California  State  Board  of  Health  Special  Bulletin  No.  13. 
State  Dairy  Bureau  Publications. 

"Rules  and  Regulations  in  Appropriation  and  Use  of  Irrigation  Waters," 
State  Water  Commission. 

Maintaining  Soil  Fertility: 

"Green  Manuring  in  California," 

University  of  California  Circular  No.  110. 

"Use  of  Lime  and  Gypsum  on  California  Soils," 
University  of  California  Circular  No.  111. 

"Principles  of  Liming," 

Farmers  Bulletin  No.  921. 

"Commercial  Fertilizers," 

University  of  California  Bulletin  No.  286. 

Marketing: 

Annual  Reports  —  State  Market  Commissioner. 

U.  S.  D.  A.,  Bureau  of  Markets,  Bulletins: 
Doc.  10  —  Western  Cantaloupes. 
No.  290  —  Fresh  Tomatoes. 
No.  298  —  Peaches. 
No.  302  —  Apples. 
No.  315  —  Cantaloupes. 
No.  401  —  Muskmelons. 
No.  456  —  Creamery  Butter. 
No.  558  —  Grain. 
No.  594  —  Wheat  Prices. 
No.  688  —  Berries  and  Cherries. 
No.  69G  —  Corn. 

Wisconsin  No.  209  — "Prices  of  Farm  Products." 

Michigan  No.  191  — "Shrinkage  of  Fai-m  Products." 

U.  S.  D.  A.  Bureau  of  Statistics  Bulletin  No.  89 —  "Marketing  Grain  and  Livestock  in  the 
Pacific  Coast  Section." 

Farmers'  Bulletins: 

Nos.  703  and  922  —  Parcels  Post  Marketing. 

No.  707  —  Cantaloupes. 

No.  753  —  Potatoes. 

No.  830  —  Eggs  by  Parcels  Post. 

Miscellaneous: 

"Suggestions  to  the  Settler  in  California," 

University  of  California  Circular  No.  210. 

"Selecting  a  Farm," 

Farmers  Bulletin  No.  1008. 

Tractors:     (See  page  143). 


University  of  California 

SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 

405  Hilgard  Avenue,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90024-1388 

Return  this  material  to  the  library 

from  w/hich  it  was  borrowed 


SRUF 

2  WE  IK 


/\PR3019W 


CJNIVERSITY  of  CALIFOHNIA 
AT 

LOS  ANGELES 
IJBRARY 


s 

561 

A21far 


